Actions

Work Header

Us, Together (Slow Updates)

Summary:

It ends with a Journal.

Notes:

I'm going to be entirely honest that this would be a pure attempt at humour and romance with a pinch of angst on the side. Don't mind the pacing too much, It'll be erratic. How do you transition from slow burn pining to mutual pining to tooth rotting fluff? You don't, you'll get all of them. Bear with Draco this year, it's hard to go against something you've learned since the moment you've opened your eyes to the world. Send a prayer for the Weasley Twins because all this year, they'll be trying to break down Darling D's walls. This is the year you've all been waiting for!!

 

We won't be focusing much on the happenings and going ons in detail like fourth year because this might get dragged out for yet another year and we don't want that, we're almost half a decade old now and I wanna cry because some of my Our Darling D readers are still here and my new readers are so supportive and you're all so very patient. So this is for us, darling reader, this school year is ours. Enjoy!

(See the end of the work for more notes.)

Chapter 1: Summers and Septembers

Chapter Text

Draco should've known this year's summer will not be easy.

 

Mother was the one who picked him up in the King's Cross station. There was no telling if Voldemort's in their Manor with her demeanour. They got inside the carriage and only then did his Mother envelope him in a hug.

 

"Oh my dear, I am glad you are safe." She said, kissing his forehead. Draco leaned into her warm embrace. He missed her the most.

 

The arrival of the Malfoy heir seemed to cheer up the magical home, the Malfoy Manor practically glowing and pristine by the time Draco and Narcissa came home.

 

"I'm home." Draco called out, caressing the large front doors in greeting. The doors opened immediately, welcoming him back and enticing him to step inside its warm abode.

 

Tilly popped up to take his belongings to his room, jumping up and down happily at the sight of the young master. 

 

At the cheery silence, Draco knew no Death Eaters were inside. That's a relief!

 

"Your father took his companions on a business trip." Narcissa's voice cut through his thoughts.

 

"Ah, mother." Draco smiled softly as they made their way to the garden gazebo for some tea. "Surely you can talk all about what I missed during tea."

 

Narcissa and Draco talked until the sun set and stars appeared in the night sky. Dear oh dear, oh dear Salazar.

 

Draco dreaded summer but there's a hundred and four days of summer vacation and the next semester's going to come along just to end it.

 

But, really, the annual problem with people of his upbringing is planning a good way to spend it. 

 

 

D: Jo, Ker, have you arrived at your home?

 

Jo: Smooth ride home, darling 

 

Ker: Joyous celebration dinner the moment we opened the doors!

 

Ker: How about you?

 

Jo: Any visitors? 

 

D: Funny you asked that first.

 

Jo: We figured someone would have a surprise visit?

 

Ker: Is there no celebration dinner at yours?

 

D: No to both questions. But there is a welcoming dinner scheduled sometime this week.

 

D: And which reminds me, I will be limiting our delightful conversations during this summer because my dearest father announced we'll be staying at a different place. I don't know where it is yet.

 

Ker: …hmm…is the different place safe?

 

D: I'd think so.

 

Jo: Sanitized?

 

D: I'd hope so. There are spells for that.

 

Ker: Secured?

 

D: Like all the other noble houses, yes.

 

Jo: So it's going to be warded :(

 

D: hence the limited conversations

 

Ker: cuz our magick is not registered and there is a high chance it can be detected :(

 

D: hence the limited conversations

 

Jo: but will you be safe? :(

 

D: I do strive to be safe in my journeys, Jo.

 

Ker: but will you be safe safe

 

D: from my responsibilities, I'd think so. Don't worry so much if I don't reply for days, okay? I'll be alright. I'll check in when I have time to.

 

Ker: You know worrying is our strongest feature.

 

D: I'd like to think it's creativeness but we're not going there. That argument will be hours.

 

Ker: Day 1 of worrying about Darling :(

 

Jo: We miss you already :(

 

D: Saps.

 

D: Take care of yourselves and have fun this summer. It's your last one before graduating, right?

 

Ker: Ah, the woes of adulthood are calling us already.

 

Jo: Bills, rent, certificates, every day dealing with long lines in the ministry of magic, ah yes. Adulthood.

 

D: You're both being ridiculous, I'm sure you'll do fine!

 

Jo: Not a lot of people support us, darling!

 

Ker: You're the most precious gem in our single Gringotts vault.

 

D: and with success comes into hundreds of Gringotts vaults. I believe you can achieve it.

 

Jo: Did we ever tell you we love you, Darling?

 

Ker: You have taken our hearts as captive.

 

D: Then take my soul as compensation.

 

Ker: Gladly.

 

Jo: We'll protect it so much, it'll transcend this life to the next one.

 

 

The Riddle Mansion does not hold a candle to the prestigious and pristine white Malfoy Manor. The crumbling and disappointing decor of the main entrance leaves much to the imagination. Draco idly noted that this house fits perfectly well with a distant cousin of theirs that loved the complete opposite of anything bright. 

 

It's been a week and he's already finished his assignments. Blaise and Pansy were apparently not allowed to see a glimpse of him this summer, quite a complete opposite of last year's. Owl delivery is cut off, the firecalls are redirected and the floo is ever so limited. Their lessons together are also put on hold.

 

Instead of feeling trapped and disconnected to the Wizarding world, Draco cherished the peace and quiet. With Voldemort resurrected, there's no telling when screams will start, right?

 

"My lord," Lucius Malfoy, Head of the Most Ancient, Noble and Sophisticated House of Malfoy, bowed to a snake-like figure sitting on a throne in a gloomy, dark, and dreary receiving room. "I have come to introduce to you my heir."

 

"Draconis Lucius Malfoy." Draco masked his emotions as he bowed, and recited his introduction which quite pleased the person sitting on the throne. (Which frankly looks like it needs a few more cushions in Draco's opinion.)

 

"Draco Malfoy." Voldemort repeated, humming and chuckling in amusement. "Dragons are said to be loyal creatures. Tell me, boy, are you loyal?"

 

"To those I deem worthy." Draco answered immediately, ignoring Lucius's disapproving stare.

 

"Quite the fiery heir you are." Voldemort noted. "Did Lucius raise you for your tongue to be so scathing?"

 

"My tutor knows best." Draco smiled angelically, not at all guilty at bringing his Godfather into this. "He taught me a lot of skills and knowledge."

 

"Severus." Voldemort said knowingly, "I ought to invite him here sooner."

 

"I believe he's still busy with lesson plans but I am sure he'll have time soon." Draco answered politely, "He is, after all, responsible."

 

"Indeed. Severus managed to weedle his way in Hogwarts and that is no easy feat." Voldemort acknowledged. "I shall speak to him before summer ends, how exciting."

 

Sending a single prayer to Merlin to give his Godfather thousands of chances to live, Draco knelt down and put his hand on his heart.

 

"To commemorate our meeting, my Lord." Draco stood up and smirked, daring to look at the Dark Lord in the eyes. "I have a gift I think you'd like."

 

Lord Voldemort raised a curious brow. The door opened and a huge snake slithered inside the throne room, encircling the chair where the madman resides before the snake lifted itself to look Draco in the eye. It was long and big and can probably swallow Draco whole but the blonde refused to back down and maintained eye contact. Basilisks were the only ones who can petrify people, some huge century old snake isn't going to stop him. Nagini is a Magical Python and as far as Draco's concerned, snakes love him very much.

 

"Your snake is very beautiful and dangerous." Draco pointed out before smiling at Nagini.

 

"Her name is Nagini. She has been with me for years." Before the Dark Lord could call back Nagini, the snake hissed at Draco and settled down. "She's curious about your gift."

 

"I think you'd quite like it if there is someone in the media working for you." Draco pointed out as he handed a small vial to Nagini who delicately handed it to Voldemort. "And I have the perfect person to be your pawn."

 

There was a sound of glass shattering and a blinding light before a petite, battered and haggard woman re-emerged while whimpering and sniffling. Draco took pity on her and sent refreshening charms on her way so she'd look a bit more presentable.

 

"Rita Skeeter."

 

Rita Skeeter's gyrating scream echoed in the room once she saw the intimidating sight of the Dark Lord and his pet.

 

"V-v-Volde–He! W-who mustn't–Oh M-merlin…" Rita stuttered, going on her knees and bowing pathetically at the Dark Lord. "P-please don't k-kill me!"

 

"What a surprise."

 

Draco curtsied. "Thank you, I'm glad you liked my gift."

 

Rita's panicked eyes locked with Draco's cold ones.

 

"I am very fortunate to meet you." Draco continued as if he's not staring down at Rita Skeeter.

 

"However, her worth is yet to be seen." Voldemort concluded.

 

"Of course," Draco waved a hand towards Rita. "She's all yours, test her however you like, my Lord."

 

"Well, this will be fun." Voldemort chuckled, stroking Nagini's head. Said snake was looking at Draco and hissing/whispering to his master.

 

Draco smiled angelically at Lucius Malfoy who had been quiet the entire conversation.

 

Well, whatever, that was one crisis averted! Like he's been taught since he can walk, First impressions matter.

 

Giving them power to the press (which was a plan in the making, Draco's sure of it) was the power move he needed to attain his own standing.

 

Dark Lord or not, he will not be kissing someone's shoes!

 

 

Jo: Hello, Darling! (◕ᴗ◕✿)

 

Ker: We miss you (╯ರ ~ ರ)╯︵ ┻━┻

 

D: I do not condone table flipping behaviour

 

Ker: ┬─┬ノ(ಠ_ಠノ)

 

Jo: You're alive ༎ຶ‿༎ຶ

 

D: Of course, I am.

 

D: Didn't I write to you the other day that I've been hanging with a snake this summer? They're quite good company!

 

Ker: Yeah, so when you say snake, I thought it was a person that has a nasty personality but the way you write…(⊙_◎)

 

Jo: so it was an actual snake ⊙﹏⊙

 

D: What is with all these drawings, by the way? And yes, a real snake.

 

D: a really big snake. Cuddly and clingy, too. My warming charms improved because of them.

 

Ker: We figured you can visualize our emotions better if we draw it (≧▽≦)

 

Jo: So you can't be mistaken or misinterpret our wordings (◕ᴗ◕✿)

 

D: I had to wait for you to finish the drawing so I could reply

 

Ker: ༼;´༎ຶ ༎ຶ༽

 

D: Are you ready to go back to Hogwarts, JoKer?

 

Jo: Not really.

 

Ker: Not ever!

 

D: Hogwarts and the Ministry of Magic are under fire for having a student death again, I wonder how we're still operating

 

Ker: Professor McGonagall, most likely

 

Jo: She's the one who got interviewed about it! And the Prophet didn't embellish anything!

 

D: Probably because Rita didn't do the article!

 

Jo: Oh, that was a shock too! She appeared after months of disappearing

 

Ker: Suspicious behaviour. We don't even know if she's Rita Skeeter anymore.

 

D: She's still annoying, no doubt.

 

Jo: Her articles are still trashy, too. I wonder how she always gets the front page coverage

 

Ker: Money ( ̄ヘ ̄;)

 

Jo: Money ( ̄ヘ ̄;)

 

D: Money

 

Jo: …

 

Ker: …

 

D: No, I am not drawing it.

 

Ker: ༼;´༎ຶ ༎ຶ༽

 

D: You look ridiculous

 

Jo: ༼;´༎ຶ ༎ຶ༽

 

D: Stop it 

 

Jo: ┐( ̄ヘ ̄)┌

 

D: You're seriously going to sulk?

 

Ker: 乁 ˘ o ˘ ㄏ

 

D: I don't like wasting my wishes but I'm really tempted to redeem one right now

 

Ker: You had me distracted! Let's discuss your wishes! (≧▽≦)

 

Jo: Let's!! 

 

D: You said it's valid until the end of the upcoming school year, isn't it?

 

Jo: yes (✿^‿^)

 

Ker: And we can't bring back the dead :( we don't like zombie outbreaks

 

D: There is no such thing as the undead

 

Jo: Necromancy!!!

 

D: Illegal and still doesn't have enough research to be feasible. There are no more souls that occupy the body, so necromancers just commit sacrilegious acts.

 

Ker: Stop (ᗒᗩᗕ) you and Jo can go on for hours about this topic, no gory stuff!! Wishes, we're talking about wishes (ᗒᗩᗕ)

 

Jo: Don't you want to be an undead person?? 

 

Ker: I think we'll be Hogwarts ghosts, personally but stop distracting me or I'm flipping another table 

 

D: I just wanted to say that my wishes are simple and you both can grant it to me. I'm good at adjusting like that, ever since I was a child I already knew nobody can be as amazing as me

 

Ker: Okay, darling, whatever you say

 

D: Such is life.

 

Jo: Darling, you already have everything you want, right? What would you wish for so we can be ready?

 

D: Not material things.

 

Ker: Good, because we can only afford sugar quills

 

D: I like sugar quills but I get them monthly so I'm not going to waste my wishes on that!

 

Ker: just saying!

 

D: Probably it's going to be one wish for ker, one wish for jo and two wishes for both of you. How does that sound?

 

Jo: sounds like we want to grant it all for you ( ꈍᴗꈍ)

 

Ker: If you wish it (ノ◕ヮ◕)ノ*.✧

 

Jo: And so long as we CAN do it

 

D: Okay, I'll think of what to wish for carefully.

 

Ker: How about a picnic wish? ✧\(>o<)ノ✧

 

D: No

 

Ker: ༼;´༎ຶ ༎ຶ༽

 

Jo: How about an astronomy tower date ✧\(>o<)ノ✧

 

D: No

 

Jo: ༼;´༎ຶ ༎ຶ༽

 

D: You're both ridiculous

 

Jo: We can both grant it for free!!!

 

Ker: Yeh, what he said!

 

D: I'll think about it.

 

Ker: (・ω・)つ⊂(・ω・)

 

Jo: (・ω・)つ⊂(・ω・)

 

D: I do hope we have a peaceful year in Hogwarts. Do you think Cedric's going to have an altar or something?

 

Ker: No? We miss him but it'd hurt Harry to have that kind of reminder, doesn't it?

 

Jo: We'll find out after we get there or after we get inside the Hufflepuff common room.

 

D: Keep safe, both of you.

 

Jo: You're the one who should keep safe!!

 

D: I'll be fine! I feel on top of the world nowadays, nothing is going to stop me from spreading chaos into the world.

 

Ker: Somehow, I feel scared

 

D: :)

 

Jo: Merlin! A drawing! I'm scared!

 

D: :)

 

 

Hogwarts sorting is taking longer than usual, Draco noted. It was as if the Sorting Hat was stalling for time to introduce a certain menace-to-be clad in pink on the Professors table.

 

Frankly, Draco doesn't really care much as he spent much-needed bonding time with Pansy and Blaise. During the summer, they had interacted a total of three times and obviously, it wasn't enough. Through touch and leglimens, they sent scenarios towards each other to catch up silently. If anyone were to look at them, they seemed interested in what's happening on the front but they're actually sharing memories.

 

It was a good thing they know how to guard their walls so only a few can gain access. Thank Merlin for Uncle Sev for teaching them both Leglimency and Occlumency that they can do it wandlessly already. 

 

"Students, time has come to introduce our new staff," Dumbledore's voice sounded and they all broke contact simultaneously. One look at their Head of House and Draco knew he's found out what they're doing.

 

The Slytherins all sat properly in attention at the piercing gaze of their Head of House. They all looked at the podium where Dumbledore cheerily introduced Dolores Umbridge.

 

"She looks like a frog." someone commented on the neighboring table. 

 

"She is your new Defense Against the Dark Arts teacher."

 

"And will be the cause of my migraines." Draco predicted.

 

There was something about the way Dolores Umbridge held herself that tells them she's trying to act like a pureblood. The Umbridge name is not well-known to the family trees, Draco wonders why that person seemed to think she outsmarted all the students?? She's clearly a half-blood pretending to be a pureblood. A supremacist. Both!

 

Rolling his eyes and focusing on the feast that finally appeared, he celebrated small mercies as the familiar slices of apple pie popped in front of him as if in welcome. Draco is surely happy for Dobby's continued employment in Hogwarts!

 

"Two o'clock." Pansy murmured.

 

Draco looked up and locked eyes with Harry. 

 

Room? Harry gestured.

 

Tomorrow. Draco answered.

 

Harry simply nodded and went back to his fudge. Seriously, Draco prays for The Boy Who Has A Sweet Tooth.

 

"We're so popular today. 10 o clock." Blaise tapped in their code.

 

Draco locked eyes with Fred and George Weasley.

 

He blinked when they looked flustered and looked away. Nothing important, then.

 

"How was your summer, Malfoy?" Nott asked, interrupting Draco's thoughts.

 

An attractive Malfoy Heir smile graced upon his lips as he started engaging with his peers, as always the norm after his silent summer.

 

"Dare I say, it was adventurous."

 

If he can survive summer and this dinner, he can surely survive their classes, right?

 

 

D: First night back in Hogwarts, how are we feeling?

 

Ker: Finally being able to talk to you everyday made everything bearable (◍•ᴗ•◍)✧*。

 

Jo: and the food is delicious, as always (◕ᴗ◕✿)

 

D: I surely did miss the apple pie

 

Ker: What apple pie, there's no apple pie on our table

 

D: Poor thing, you're all missing out

 

Jo: First night and we're already heartbroken

 

D: Ready for your classes tomorrow?

 

Ker: Not ever!

 

Jo: The question is "are the professors ready for us this school year?"

 

D: I think the answer to that is "Not ever!" too

 

Ker: We'll have you know that Professor Flitwick loves us! (ᗒᗩᗕ)

 

Jo: and Madam Hooch!! (ᗒᗩᗕ)

 

D: Didn't you steal her Cleansweeps from the Quidditch shed? And flooded the Charms classroom?

 

Jo: So how was your night? (◕ᴗ◕✿)

 

D: It was tolerable. Better now that it's ending 

 

Ker: I'm not really excited for tomorrow. Something bad is going to happen, I can feel it in my bones.

 

D: That's because you're tired. Sleep?

 

Ker: Dream of us, darling (☆▽☆)

 

Jo: Sweet dreams, darling (◡ ω ◡)

 

D: Good night, JoKer

 

D: (◠‿◕)

 

Ker: I AM GASPING ⁄(⁄ ⁄•⁄-⁄•⁄ ⁄)⁄

 

Jo: ⋋✿ ⁰ o ⁰ ✿⋌

 

– 

 

Needless to say, the whole group met after their first DADA class. Ron and Harry startled when Hermione and Pansy burst through the door.

 

"She's impossible! We won't learn anything!" Pansy and Hermione said in unison.

 

"I've already read ahead and the book Pansy got me during the summer is much more informative than this one!"

 

Draco tossed the book to the table. "That is one of the troll books I told you about."

 

"The magical inconsistencies are almost as many as Lockhart's books!" Pansy yelled, gripping her wand tightly so as to not burn the book. The dagger on her other hand was wisely confiscated.

 

"We need to do something about this." 

 

"Yes, 'Mione. You're right."

 

"How about making a club or something?" Ron suggested. "You know, like those chess clubs Hermione told us about." 

 

Pansy and Hermione looked at Ron.

 

"You're on to something, Ron."

 

"Yes, that's a great idea!"

 

"We need someone to teach us." 

 

"How about Harry?" Draco pointed at Harry who shot him a 'who, me?' look. "I’m betting a galleon that Professor Lupin showed him how to do all the spells in that troll book properly, I’ll even bet another one that Professor Lupin even corrected the inconsistencies in Harry's book."

 

"How'd you know that?"

 

"Harry, your book is filled with Professor Lupin's handwriting. It's obviously not the chicken scrawl we're still improving."

 

"My handwriting is not a chicken scrawl." Harry complained then grumbled. "I should've brought pens."

 

"What the bloody hell is that?" all the Purebloods looked at him in confusion.

 

Harry and Hermione stared at the simultaneous question.

 

"Oh, this is precious." Harry grinned at Hermione. 

 

"We will not be fooling them, Harry." Hermione snorted at Harry's dejected expression. It's as if she didn't purposely botch some muggle phrases when teaching Draco. "But we can sell some to those that don't know about it."

 

"Deal! I'll ask Moony to send a bunch!"

 

"I'll ask mine, too. And if they don't sell, at least you don't need to use quills. You write well enough for pens."

 

"So a pen is a muggle writing tool. How's that any better than a quill?"

 

"Well, for one, it's comfortable to hold and the nibs are manageable and also you don't need to dip it into ink repeatedly. Much like the self-inking quill but more manageable."

 

"Sounds convenient." Draco conceded.

 

"It's what I use when writing essays." Hermione commented. "Though, I forgot to pack it this time."

 

"More to Harry's book than Harry's handwriting, please." Ron prompted.

 

"Oh, right."

 

"Have you mastered the spells, Harry?" Pansy asked, a calculative look already in place.

 

"Uhhh debatable." Harry said, shrugging. "but Moony said I did a great job at lots of the spells. It's such a nice thing The Grimmauld Place is so deeply warded I can practice magic."

 

"That's great, Harry. So you'll teach?" Hermione asked, a pleading expectant look in her eyes that always had Harry and Ron weak. 

 

Harry stepped back when he saw the look, laughing nervously. "I don't know... I'm not a very good teacher, I think. What if someone gets hurt?"

 

"That’s an easy problem to solve, Harry. I can be the Healer." Draco scoffed, "I know there's a lot of people going to get injured."

 

"You're not learning the spells, Draco?" Ron asked, flicking through the book and grimacing at the written information that even he knows are questionable.

 

"I know some of them." Draco said, waving a dismissive hand. "Anyway, I need to focus more on the Healing part. I'm getting that Healer licence. Uncle Sev is recommending me to St. Mungo’s come sixth year."

 

"Alright then, how should we do this?" Harry sighed, silently content at the happy and triumphant looks he got at his question.

 

Seriously, the things he does for his friends.

 

"But first, how was your summer?" Ron asked, frowning in confusion as the Slytherins groaned in unison after hearing his question.

 

 

D: JoKer, Professor Umbridge is impossible! How would we learn??

 

Ker: Darling D! We would like to tell you we know how to help you..

 

Jo: But we can't actually say details of it.

 

D: Why?

 

Ker: Just can't.

 

D: I imagined a shrug there, please tell me I'm right.

 

Ker: Well, you're not wrong. ╮(^▽^)╭

 

D: I guess I'll just self study. I'll ask Professor Flitwick for some tips, too.

 

Jo: We'd like to help you out with any way we can. (^∇^)ノ♪

 

D: Moral support, JoKer, I'm going to be needing those lots.

 

Ker: Write to us when you feel stressed ( /^ω^)/♪♪

 

Jo: We're here for you (。・ω・。)ノ♡

 

D: Write to me when you're stressed too, I can't be the only one who's stressed.

 

Jo: Of course, darling. It goes both ways, like my sexuality.

 

Ker: Our sexuality. Your words made me feel better. You're so kind, Darling.

 

D: Well, I still don't know my sexuality. What I do know is that there's a lot of people experimenting in the halls. And the public indecency is really testing my patience 

 

Ker: Are you one of them?

 

D: Merlin, no.

 

Ker: We really would like you to know we're quite glad that Darling is not one of them. (*˘︶˘*).。*♡

 

D: I'd like to, though, if I find someone worth it.

 

Jo: WE VOLUNTEER (┛✧Д✧))┛彡┻━┻

 

Ker: (ノ≧∇≦)ノ ミ ┻━┻

 

D: Stop flipping tables!

 

Jo: ┬─┬ノ( º _ ºノ)

 

Ker: ┬──┬◡ノ(° -°ノ)

 

Jo: Oh, by the way, Darling. Do you know the inventor, Marry?

 

D: Marry who?

 

Ker: Us (◍•ᴗ•◍)✧*。

 

D: Not familiar, what did they invent?

 

Jo: Love? (✿ ♡‿♡)

 

Ker: Devotion? (✿^‿^)

 

Jo: Vows? ⋋✿ ⁰ o ⁰ ✿⋌

 

D: I don't know? I'm certainly not familiar with the name.

 

Jo: …

 

Ker: …

 

Jo: Do you see something burning?

 

D: There are no fires at Hogwarts at the moment or else the rune will sound the alarm

 

Ker: Yeah, our proposal. (〒﹏〒)

 

D: Someone rejected your proposal for an experiment? What was it about?

 

Ker: Treating a broken heart. (〒﹏〒)

 

D: I don't know, Ker. Sounds too complicated.

 

Jo: <\3

 

 

Somehow, it's getting a bit easier to sneak inside the Room of Requirement. The Gryffindors (Hermione, Harry, Ron, Fred, George) and Slytherins (Draco, Blaise, Pansy) and Ravenclaw (Luna, who claims to have a wisp told her about the D.A plan and led her there so they just rolled with it) were all lounging on the cushion pit.

 

"I'm not quite comfortable calling ourselves Dumbledore's Army." Ron commented as Pansy and Hermione scribbled rules away. "Not after what he did to Harry."

 

Apparently, Professor Dumbledore had the gall to visit the Grimmauld Place during the last week of summer after the Grimmauld Place trio had the most wonderful time being a tourist in Japan and insisted that Harry be transported back to the Dursleys for reasons he did not disclose which led to Harry being evacuated to The Burrow the last week of summer so his guardians can tie up loose ends. The headmaster also went there after tracking Harry but apparently Molly was a badass protector and Harry was safe. The Gryffindors really don't get what is on the Headmaster's mind, why send Harry to a Muggle home when He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named is back?

 

"Well, there's no reason not to." Pansy sneered, still miffed about how Harry's summer ended. "Besides, once we get caught, he'll take the blame since he likes the flair and attention. Then, he'll go into hiding and bide his time to have a dramatic entrance."

 

"We'll call it D.A for short." Hermione compromised. "Dumbledore's Army by name. Defense Association by meaning… Although I have this feeling that Draco will lead this army and not Harry at all so personally, I think it could also stand for Draco’s Army?"

 

Hermione laughed as she gestured to Draco intimidating the newest members by making them cast Vows of Secrecy. Neville Longbottom and Ginny Weasley seemed dazed upon entrance and seeing the Malfoy heir.

 

"Honestly, we already have a contract. Hopefully no one ends up dead because of the Vow." Hermione commented, shaking her head at the Slytherins' antics. As if the consequence spell idea didn't originally come from her.

 

"Well, if they dishonor it, they deserve it." Pansy stated, proudly smirking at the sight. It seemed Harry had to stop Draco’s fussing. 

 

"I can't argue with that." Hermione conceded. "Ron! Distract Harry and Draco before they do their bickering."

 

Ron sighed helplessly, "I've been doing this a lot lately. I'm blaming both of you for the acting classes you made them watch."

 

"That reminds me, 'Mione." Pansy tapped the Official list of names. "Draco, Blaise and I won't be writing our names in documents. When the D.A is found out and our names are there, we'll be dead by Christmas."

 

"What the fu-"

 

"Language, lady." Pansy cut in. "Someone will report it, no doubt about it. With the Dark Lord near us, we won't be safe at all. We’re already putting ourselves at risk because there’s some people outside Slytherin that are Watchers, too. And we don't really know if the newcomers will blab."

 

Hermione gasped, "So it's true he's considering living in Death Eater manors?"

 

Pansy nodded before jutting her chin to Draco’s direction. "Yes. My bet is that he'll be with Draco in Malfoy Manor by sixth year since the Ministry, according to our connections, is sniffing out the Riddle Mansion as we speak. Honestly, I also heard Madam Pomfrey and Professor Snape talking about Draco's Healer license might be put on hold that’s why he wanted to be D.A’s healer."

 

"We've got to do something for him!" Hermione shook Pansy’s shoulder. “Let’s think of something!”

 

Pansy shook her head. "Draco says he's got a plan."

 

"Let's grill him later, then. By the way, for a nonexistent record, between the two of us, you have a much colorful language." Hermione commented, raising a brow at Pansy’s laugh.

 

"I know, it just slipped out. Summer Etiquette Training is a bitch. More so when Blaise and Dray aren't suffering beside me."

 

"Can I just say I'm so happy to be a muggleborn? I get the best and worst in both worlds."

 

"Poor 'Mione."

 

There was a swooshing sound as Fred and George soared through the air after getting attacked by Draco. All the occupants of the room turned to the commotion and wisely chose not to intervene.

 

Ron looked in awe as they watched Draco admonish the twins for ten minutes now. Apparently, Draco caught them red handedly trying to prank him.

 

"Blimey, I can't believe it. Even they don't listen to mum that well when it comes to injuries."

 

Ron looked even more impressed, shaking Harry excitedly as they both watched as Draco whipped out his wand again, pointing it threateningly at the twins who looked like kicked puppies.

 

"AND You will not be experimenting in MY cauldron. You will regret it. Do I make myself clear!?"

 

The twins held their hands up in surrender.

 

"Poor Fred and George."

 

A sneeze broke through the silence and they all turned towards Blaise who was unfolding his handkerchief.

 

"Sorry, it feels dusty here." He commented, waving a hand to cleanse the area where he's in.

 

Knowing not to trust a Zabini sneeze even if Blaise claims to have overcome it, Pansy warily eyed the lone mahogany table as it rattled unprompted. She winced as the table came alive and started to chase Ron and Harry around the room. 

 

"Poor Harry and Ron."

 

Neville, looking at the chaos in front of him, nudged a wildly impressed Ginny.

 

"Please tell me I'm dreaming."

 

Ginny patted his shoulder sympathetically.

 

"Aw, poor Nev."

 

"Shut up, Gin."

 

 

D: Please tell me you are actually studying for your N.E.W.T.S.

 

Ker: Darling! That's months away! We just got back at Hogwarts (ᗒᗩᗕ)

 

Jo: What makes you think we're 7th years? (・o・)

 

D: Well for one, Ker complained your N.E.W.T.S is months away.

 

Ker: So? I could just be commenting...

 

D: The other one is that you complained about a potion Professor Snape only tasks 7th years to do.

 

Jo: Maybe we're complaining on behalf of our friends.

 

Ker: We got As during O.W.L.S

 

D: Oh. 

 

Ker: Oh, indeed darling. <( ̄︶ ̄)>

 

D: Okay I'll believe you but you both wrote to me thirty and fifteen pages ago that you're glad that it's your last year here so maybe I'll just ignore that too.

 

Jo: ... 

 

Ker: ...

 

D: Well, there's no point in pointing out who is at fault. Both of you let it slip separate times, you know.

 

JoKer: …Touché (。•́︿•̀。)

 

 

It was really inevitable that Lee Jordan will know about the D.A. As the appointed Terror Twins' babysitter for seven years, he's prone to sniff out Fred and George's shenanigans. He'd indulge their sneaking out the last few months of the year during their sixth year because he was preoccupied with the Triwizard tournament and entertaining the guests but now, Lee Jordan has enough free time to crash in on the Twins' hidden agendas.

 

Lee Jordan was quite surprised with the number of students who joined. He was skeptical with a few ones but he's open-minded enough not to judge outright. Besides, after skimming over the contract, he's quite sold onto this project. Like Fred and George, he doesn't really need the extra spell lessons but he'll get free entertainment (and of course, guide the younger ones, Lee promises). 

 

Seeing the dynamics of Draco and the twins in person, the first thought he had was that he should've brought snacks. The twins were by the corner of the room where Draco is with a cauldron, clearly bugging the blonde about something. Watching them felt like a reality television Dean Thomas likes to describe to him. Lee was even more amused as Draco managed to make the twins help him instead of distracting him. Huh. Whipped.

 

"Never expected the Gryffindor Head of House favorites would gather for the D.A." someone commented on a couch nearby. Lee looked over to see Pansy doing dagger maintenance. It was a student-only secret Professor McGonagall holds Gryffindor pranksters/troublemakers close to her heart.

 

"Never expected purebred purebloods to gather with the tainted." Lee Jordan shot back, glancing at Blaise helping the Golden Trio with homework. Their ancestors are probably rolling in their graves and urns. Thank Merlin his parents are not traditional.

 

"We're not in the Room of Requirement. We're in an alternate universe." Pansy answered sagely.

 

"And we heard that, by the way." Blaise called out, frowning. "You should know by now we've unfortunately stumbled upon friendship with these losers and it was not by choice."

 

"It was a lapse of sanity." Pansy and Blaise said in unison.

 

The Golden Trio merely rolled their eyes, used to the dramatics.

 

"You're still my favourite loser." Blaise reassured Harry, patting the irate Chosen one.

 

"You're so annoying, idiot."

 

"Your idiot." Blaise shot back, chuckling as Harry hit him with a pillow.

 

"But you're welcome to the D.A, Lee." Hermione smiled sweetly as she whacked Blaise and Harry's shoulders. "We usually schedule Thursdays and Saturdays."

 

"It works well on my schedule, anyway." Lee Jordan shrugged. "And with the twins still close by, we can plan pranks more. We need to upscale it a bit since it's our last year."

 

Pansy perked up suddenly as she finished storing away her dangerous pointy weapons.

 

"Hey, Lee. I was curious about something I know you'll confidently know the answer to."

 

"As long as it's not History or Arithmancy, ask away."

 

Pansy grinned, a long sword at hand to point harmlessly at Lee Jordan. "What's Fred and George's type?"

 

"What's Fred and George's type?" Ron repeated incredulously. "Why would you want to know about it?"

 

"For research purposes," Pansy answered.

 

Lee Jordan smiled all-knowing and smug as if he wasn't on the receiving end of a sharp weapon. "I'll tell you if you tell me what Draco's type is."

 

Pansy retrieved her sword and locked eyes with Blaise with a smirk. Finally, the dots are connecting faster than ever.

 

"Oh, for research purposes, too?" Blaise asked, grinning at Lee Jordan. The seventh year grinned back, eyes sparkling in mischief. Comrades, he's found them at last.

 

"Deal." Pansy and Lee shook hands. And just like that, a silent alliance was formed. 

 

Ron, Hermione and Harry did a three way glance before shrugging.

Sometimes, when Pansy transacts with someone, it's best if they don't know.

 

"They both have the same type, actually. I've grown tired hearing about it for years. And I quote 'Smart, sweet, caring, has an enchanting smile, and beautiful laugh' pretty much sums it up."

 

"Draco's types are creative, kind and thoughtful." Pansy said.

 

"My my, I just know someone who fits that criteria."

 

"My my, I know someone as well."

 

"What are you all talking about?" Fred and George asked as they sat beside Lee, already satisfied on their 'quality time' with Draco. They helped themselves to the provided snacks and glanced around the room.

 

"How obvious your crush on Draco is." Hermione answered.

 

The twins choked and it was comical because they were still synchronized about it.

 

"But we'll keep it a secret for now." Harry added exasperatedly looking at Pansy, Blaise and Lee Jordan looking a bit too smug.

 

"What secret and why do I not know it?" Draco asked as he walked over to them, potions already in vials and stocked on shelves. 

 

"Nothing!" Ron shrieked, always been terribly bad at lying.

 

"Are they dying?" Draco asked as he looked at the pale Weasley Twins.

 

"Dying for love." Lee Jordan cackled as he patted the twins' backs harshly. At Draco's unbelieving gaze, Lee added. "I mean, they loved the biscuits so much they choked because they wanted to eat more."

 

Draco sighed and shook his head. "Idiots."

 

"In love." Lee Jordan nodded wisely.

 

"Huh?" Draco raised a brow, suspicious.

 

Fred and George promptly shoved a cackling Lee Jordan out of the couch.

 

 

D: Have you ever had detentions?

 

Ker: Lots, darling.

 

Jo: We've lost count, Darling.

 

D: Isn't that a lot of work? How about your schoolwork?

 

Jo: Well, it's fun if we think of ways how to entertain ourselves.

 

Ker: There's also that we don't do our best to complete schoolwork 

 

D: But you guys are quite smart too.

 

Ker: Awwww, darling!

 

Jo: A compliment! Today's a good day.

 

D: I always say nice things.

 

Jo: Yes, darling.

 

Ker: Whatever you say.

 

 

Draco was in a playful mood and that was rare. He even allowed Harry to cuddle up to him in public, in the presence of the D.A. before the lesson started. During the lessons, Draco was stricter than Harry on wand movement repetition but the blonde was still in a good mood.

 

After the lessons, only the Golden Trio and Slytherin trio were left since they decided to do their homework. An hour later, the twins and Lee Jordan came back after pranking Umbridge. Fred and George had sworn to make Umbridge's life in Hogwarts as uncomfortable as they could.

 

Now, they were having breakfast for snack time, pancakes and bacon all over the table for their picking. The jams and honey were limited since Dobby said it was needed in the kitchen.

 

Fred and George were just watching Draco and Harry banter, when suddenly Draco looked at George.

 

"Honey." Draco said, raising a brow at the flustered redhead.

 

Beside George, Fred choked. George stared wide-eyed at Draco, heart beating faster than a flying Firebolt at the term of endearment Draco just said.

 

"What?" George asked, blinking owlishly at the Slytherin.

 

"Honey!" Draco said, exasperated.

 

"Oh my Godric, my heart can't take it." George murmured to Fred who had finally composed himself and whacked his brother on the head.

 

Fred wordlessly held out the jar of honey in front of George towards Draco, ignoring George's mortified realization.

 

"Well, aren't you a sweetheart, today?" Draco asked, reaching out for the jar. The moment he said those words though, Fred let go of the jar, causing Draco to catch it before it could shatter on the table. Raising a brow at the flustered, sputtering twins, he frowned. 

 

"No, seriously, is there something going on with you two?"

 

Fred and George squeaked out a "No."

 

When Draco shrugged and put the honey over his pancakes and Harry's, Fred leaned his head on his brother's shoulder and groaned.

 

"Oh my Godric, my heart can't take it."

 

On the other end of the table, Pansy, Blaise and Lee Jordan looked on in amusement as the disaster akin to a trainwreck continued.

 

--

 

D: How do you tell if you're in love with someone, Joker?

 

JoKer:

You always want to be by their side.

 

You always want to see them happy.

 

You see them smile and your day just get brighter

 

You hear them laugh and it's like music to your ears, becoming one of your favorite music.

 

You see them being with someone else and you feel excruciating jealousy.

 

You see them smile so differently to someone they love and all you want is to see that smile when they look at you.

 

You want to hold hands, cuddle, go on dates, all those things couples do and more

 

You want to plan pranks or business with them, never letting details out.

 

You want to guide them, want them to be happy even if it's not with you.

 

You want to help them every time, no matter if they need it or not.

 

When you realize you're in love, 

 

We reckon it feels like you've been hit by a bludger

 

So surprised, you almost feel like falling off your broom

 

But not get mad when you saw they were the one holding the beaters bat.

 

D: Thank you

 

Jo: Is everything alright, Darling?

 

Ker: Do you want a hug?

 

D: Everything is alright, Joker. I got to tell these things to my friend.

 

Ker: Oh, we see. We thought you were going through love problems, darling.

 

D: I am.

 

Ker: What!

 

Jo: What?!

 

D: My friend is crushing hard on someone and somehow it's my problem too.

 

Jo: Oh.

 

D: Have you been in love JoKer? Sounds like your definition comes from experience.

 

Ker: Wouldn't you like to know, Darling.

 

D: That's why I'm asking?

 

Jo: Of course you can ask, darling.

 

D: But I'm not getting answers?

 

Jo: Oh would you look at the time.

 

Ker: Time for us to sleep, darling D, 

 

Jo: Long day tomorrow!

 

D: Huh, it’s just after dinner? Joker? Hello?

 

 

At the balcony of the Astronomy tower, Fred and George cleared their throats and welcomed the chilly breeze on their red tinted cheeks.

 

"Dodged that bludger, didn't we Georgie?"

 

"I would say so, Freddie."

 

"Do you suppose Draco's figured it out?"

 

"That we're JoKer?"

 

They were silent for a moment and thought back on their random interactions that month.

 

"You know what, I can't actually say for sure."

 

"Because he's so good at acting."

 

An owl hooted as it passed by.

 

They glanced down at the journal and couldn't help but smile.

 

Fred and George can wait, they'll be ready to confess their identities soon enough.

 

 

D: Good night, JoKer. Busy days are ahead so be sure to rest well. And if you're planning on pranking Professor Umbridge, Peeves is willing to be bait. He's been an absolute menace!

 

D: Dream of me.

 

Chapter 2: Under The Apple Tree

Summary:

Predictive dreams coming true

Notes:

Thank you for the 106 kudos, it was a shock to get that number already. Let's welcome a new chapter in Draco and the twins' lives.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

October 31st.

 

Hallow's Eve, most commonly known as Halloween. It's not really coming yet, there are still thirty two days before it arrives but apparently it is a big deal and a lot are quite excited. With the Yule Ball now gone, the Halloween party is hyped up more than ever, it was all they could talk about as the pumpkin patch grew bigger and bigger by Hagrid's hut. Even the Hogwarts ghosts seemed excited.

 

Fred and George, however, were planning on a more elaborate prank this year. They've been practising with Lee Jordan on how to control it. They can't wait to showcase it during the evening feast. They still have to lie low because Peeves almost got banned from Hogwarts after their last collaboration but the poltergeist was saved by Professor McGonagall at the last moment.

 

D.A. had been progressing normally well, with given incentive, the members learned to ignore Draco and Harry's skirmish and bickering when they go at it outside the Room of Requirement. Inside the D.A, they found out that the Slytherins were a treasure trove of knowledge and respected them. Due to that, Draco had stepped up at times and assisted on teaching wand movement and spells. Blaise was officially Harry's duel partner and they politely declined Pansy's offer of dagger throwing lessons.

 

So far, no one snitched and Hermione was particularly smug about that. Ron and Harry were wary of her when she casually told them "it's a matter of time before someone slips up and have permanent disfiguration." (Someone needs to keep 'Mione away from the books the Slytherins recommends her to read)

 

There were no spell demonstrations during DADA anyway, they all just needed to read along as Umbridge recited what's written in the book. Boring.

 

After the D.A was adjourned for their last meeting that week, Fred and George went to the Potions corner to get their things. (They wanted to sneak some pepper up potions for late night adventures but Draco caught them earlier.)

 

Glancing around, the twins and Draco were the only ones left in the Room of Requirement.

 

"Do you want some kisses?" Draco asked as he packed his belongings with a swish of his wand.

 

"Whut?" Fred choked out as George patted his back.

 

Draco pulled out a handful of teardrop shaped chocolate wrapped in tinfoil out of his front pocket, honestly his pockets are too deep at this point, and offered it to the twins.

 

"Hermione gave them to me earlier when I showed her a trick to the spells we're learning. It's too creamy for my liking so I'm giving it to both of you." Draco glanced at the bunches of carrots that the twins made and chuckled. They always butchered up the bouquet charm for some reason. "I'll take the carrots, I guess. Hopefully there's no Salter in there. I've heard that from Moony."

 

"No Salter at all!" George said defensively, handing the bunches of carrots towards Draco and grinning delightfully at Draco's offered treats.

 

"Say, Draco. What would you be during the Hallow's Eve feast?"

 

"I'm not entirely sure. Probably a vampire like the last time."

 

"We'll be werewolves!"

 

"I think Moony will be delighted to hear that."

 

"No werewolves!" 

 

"Join my coven." Draco offered, raising a brow. "I don't have enough lackeys to drink blood off of."

 

"I don't think I want to be a blood sacrifice on Hallow's Eve." George frowned.

 

Fred put a hand on his chin, lost in thought before grinning. "I thought of a new identity!"

 

Fred dragged George away, waving at Draco enthusiastically.

 

"Bye Draco! Look forward to our identity!"

 

Draco stared at the overexcited twins in confusion. Hallow's Eve is still less than forty sleeps away, really. How ridiculous of them.

 

But…hmm…it wouldn't be the Weasley Twins if they weren't just a wee bit ridiculous, ain't it?

 

Draco shook his head to rid of the fond thought.

 

Although…now that he's in this headspace… Something must've happened during the D.A. for him to think this way but still, he felt right. At peace.

 

Looking at the date, September 27th, Draco felt ready. After all, way back in 1992, Draco sent his first anonymous letter that day and that was the start of it all. Now, years later, there ought to be another first to commemorate this day, right?

 

Something like a first meeting...

 

They've known each other for years. They went through a lot. JoKer had fun with him, comforted him, encouraged him and was with him through ups and downs like he was with them. They've motivated each other, they've grown closer.

 

The three of them already have a bond that stood the test of time.

 

Wasn't this the perfect time to meet JoKer?

 

Wasn't this the perfect time to introduce himself as their Darling D?

 

To Fred and George Weasley?

 

Draco scoffed as he emerged out of the Room of Requirement and into the halls of Hogwarts, his Malfoy Heir mask already in place.

 

Of course, he's not that dense. With just a few rereads in the journal and connecting dots of information, it was easy for Draco to figure out who JoKer is. 

 

There was a time during summer when Draco felt like he's conversing with the Weasley Twins. He felt as though he's just confused with his miniscule ((massive)) crush on the twins with Joker's affectionate way of words but now that he's back at Hogwarts and seeing the way Fred and George act at times when he says their term of endearment, it was obvious they found out who Darling D is too, huh?

 

So…

 

Isn't it finally time to face the fire?

 

Walking towards the moving staircase with his heart beating like a horde of centaurs off to war, Draco couldn't help but smile genuinely.

 

Years ago, he'd have laugh himself to death at the thought of loving two people but now, Draco can confidently say that Fred and George is a risk he'll always be willing to take.

 

 

D: Hello, JoKer.

 

Jo: Wotcher, darling.

 

Ker: Hullo, our Darling!

 

D: Can I wish for something?

 

Jo: Of course!!

 

Ker: So long as we can grant it!

 

D: Are you sure?

 

Jo: Yes!

 

Ker: Tell us! It's your first wish! I'm so curious!

 

Jo: We. We are so curious!!

 

D: I will be waiting in the Forbidden Forest.

 

D: My first wish is that I wish JoKer can find me. (*˘︶˘*).。*♡

 

 

Draco hummed as he penned the words with his normal quill, the forgery quill back in his study table and will now never be used. 

 

It was time for a new beginning.

 

He can't wait!

 

 

Fred and George stared at their journals for a few long seconds, eyes rereading the message that their Darling wrote a minute ago.

 

Together, with the realisation that IT IS FINALLY HAPPENING, they bolted out of their beds, wands at ready and journals already stashed to an accio-d bag. Spells flew by as they changed out of their ratty sleep clothes, pulling their jumpers and trousers on while hairbrushes flew around trying to untangle their bed hair.

 

The scuffles and sense urgency alerted their roommates but Lee Jordan continued knitting peacefully on his bed. He's seen the twins fumble and stumble and eventually calm down from their self-induced adrenaline rush enough times to know when to ignore it.

 

"Are you off to see your Darling with how you're rushing?" He asked jokingly, knowing that even if it's possible, the twins still have a long way to go to confess to Draco without fainting or making an embarrassment of themselves. He knows quite confidently if it happens, it would be the latter.

 

"YEEEESSSS!!!" Fred and George hollered, shoving each other to take a quick look in their mirror before saluting Lee Jordan and stampeding out of the room.

 

"They do know it's curfew, right?" Kenneth Towler asked from his four-poster bed, flipping a Quidditch Magazine. 

 

"Eh, they'll be back soon enough." Lee said, knotting a stitch before pausing to oversee his work. "We never had peace and quiet. Let's have a moment to ourselves."

 

Before anyone could say anything, the door burst open and the twins fell back to the room, yelping. Lee Jordan felt like he should've bet a galleon, he knew this is what would happen too.

 

"Minnie McGee is in the common room! Why is she here, of all places?!" Fred groaned out.

 

"She's our Head of House."

 

"I can't take this prison anymore, I need to get out of here!!" George bemoaned, clutching his hair in distress.

 

"You were literally here a minute ago."

 

"But you don't understand!!!" Fred and George said in unison, wailing.

 

"Darling wants to meet us!!!" Fred and George cried out, clutching at Lee's sleeve and shaking him.

 

"WE WANNA GOOOOOO!!!"

 

"THEY'LL BE WAITING IN THE COLD!"

 

"THEY SUCK AT WARMING CHARMS!"

 

"Help us distract Professor! Set the library on fire!"

 

"No! Flood the basement!! The Chamber of secrets is not a secret anymore, anyway!"

 

"Cast a hurricane to the Greenhouses!"

 

"Let the H.owls out of the Owlery!"

 

"CALM DOWN!" Lee Jordan yelled out, grabbing the twins and forcing them to follow his breathing. "Your suggestions are way out of the normal range and that's saying something."

 

"But Lee!!"

 

"This is a once in a lifetime opportunity!!"

 

"Uh, no it's not? You can see your Darling everyday."

 

"But it's not the sameeeeeee…"

 

Lee Jordan groaned and looked at Kenneth Towler who looked like he's watching a Wizarding Musical. It was a good thing their other roommate can sleep through an earthquake.

 

"How about you borrow Kenneth's firebolt and fly out of here?" Lee Jordan smiled sweetly, ignoring Toni's enraged roar as he threw the Quidditch Magazine at Lee and missing.

 

The twins immediately changed their target.

 

"I WILL PUT BULBADOX POWDER IN YOUR JAMMIES, Kenny!"

 

"HAND OVER YOUR TRUSTY STEED!"

 

"OH, PISS OFF!!!"

 

 

Draco frowned down at the journal, curiousity awakening in him when he didn't get any reply.

 

"They couldn't have been asleep already?" Draco mumbled, leaning on the apple tree.

 

"Dobby be thinking that Young Master Draco be sleeping, too." Dobby said, clicking his tongue as he sat down next to Draco.

 

Draco scrunched up his nose in displeasure. No way!

 

"I had a hard time finding you in the kitchens so you'd take me here."

 

"Dobby be appearing when Young Master Draco calls me, though." Dobby reminded the younger.

 

"Okay, that was a temporary misjudgement on my part." Draco conceded. He was on his way to the Forbidden Forest but then thought of Dobby. "In my defense, I saw the portrait to the kitchens before the doors outside, I was distracted."

 

Dobby nodded with an indulging smile. "Why do young master Draco wait here?"

 

"I wanted to meet someone but I don't really know if they'll come."

 

"Professor Snape be doing rounds." Dobby said after a quick Tempus. House elves knew the Professor timetables best.

 

"Not Uncle Sev." Draco shook his head. "Some friends I had, for years now."

 

Dobby gasped excitedly, it was rare for his Young Master to initiate friendship!

 

"And it's a secret so nobody must know."

 

Dobby twisted his tea towel anxiously, knowing he's bad at keeping secrets.

 

"Oh no, Dobby be needing to clean up." Dobby thought of an excuse, wanting to respect Draco's wish to keep it a secret.

 

Draco chuckled at the attempt of lying, already having figured Dobby out. "Go on, then. I'll be fine to go back on my own. I know the way."

 

Dobby hesitated at first but jumped up to give Draco a hug, a rush of warming charm covering the blonde.

 

"Dobby is happy for you."

 

"Thank you, Dobby. I am, too."

 

With a happy grin and a snap, Dobby was gone and Draco was left to do the waiting game alone.

 

A quick tempus later told Draco it was an hour before midnight. He felt a little silly not wanting the night to come to an end, feeling sentimental to the anniversary of his first letter. Although he didn't know when the twins received his first letter, Draco wanted this night to be special for him atleast.

 

"Let me have one special moment." Draco whispered to the stars above, eyes tracing the constellation where his namesake is in as if wishing for guidance.

 

The stars twinkled in the sky, watching him hope that his whispers would be sent by the breeze so he'd be heard.

 

If a centaur was beside Draco, they'd have told him something that would make him smile brightly like the waxing crescent moon above.

 

The moon tonight signifies a new beginning and at this time of night, the stars always listen.

 

Draco gasped in surprise a few minutes later, the bushes rustling to indicate a new presence. Eyes widened with fascination, he can't help but stand up to greet his unexpected visitor.

 

 

"DESPERATE TIMES CALL FOR DESPERATE MEASURES!!!"

 

Successfully prying off the smuggled firebolt (named Tony, that is supposed to be in the Quidditch shed) off of Kenneth's dying body (because Kenneth did say "over my dead body" and they're desperate, okay?!)Fred and George mounted the broomstick and jumped off the dorm window, thanking Godric once again for claiming a tower as his territory.

 

They left the room long enough to hear their bestest ever friend for forever Lee Jordan sighing and dealing with the aftermath of their ultimate prank/blackmail on Kenneth. 

 

"We owe Lee a fruit basket."

 

"Maybe we should give him the free pass voucher earlier." Lee Jordan's annual gift was a coupon/voucher book from the twins like they give to their parents.

 

"Agreed!"

 

They cast a camouflage spell the moment they jumped off and a silencing spell to cover their hollering and overall noise as they flew through the clouds with a few birds before descending by Hagrid's Hut near the Forbidden Forest. There's no use in using a broomstick if flying above the Forbidden Forest, it just looks the same.

 

Hiding the firebolt around a huge patch of pumpkins and a tracking + camouflage spell in place, they scurried off to the Forbidden Forest. They were aware that their Darling knows the forbidden forest for years now, if their Darling truly is Draco then the Slytherin would've been tagging along and gathering Potions ingredients even in the night, right?

 

Lucky for them, they know quite a few spots from years of experience. They know how to stay away and toe the line of territories within. The Forbidden Forest creatures disliked them for it.

 

Energy was thrumming in their veins as anticipation crawled into their very being.

 

This was it.

 

Tonight was the night.

 

They'll meet Darling D.

 

Fred and George are confident that no matter who could be on the other end of the journal, they'd love them with their whole being.

 

It was almost a miracle, feeling this way towards someone who they didn't even know the facial characteristics of. They've kept up with it for years and Darling D's personality shone through no matter how much they'd tried to hide.

 

"We're losing moonlight." George clicked his tongue after they went through three Potions ingredients destinations later.

 

"Did you hear something?" Fred asked, doubting his ears as the breeze picked up.

 

"JoKer…" it seemed to whisper as the cold wind kissed their cheeks.

 

That familiar voice!!!

 

"Darling!" Fred called out, the word echoing.

 

They must be close if the Forest was leading them voluntarily. Darkness seeped in from the shadows, trees overhead swallowing away the moonlight.

 

Fred and George had eye contact and ran, embracing the occasional darkness when the wind picked up and the trees danced with the breeze. Then, they saw it.

 

Moonlight filtered through seemingly random spots at first glance but when they looked at it for a second time, it looked as if it was leading them somewhere. As if in a trance, Fred and George ran faster, following the moon's blessing.

 

They need to keep running, just in case they're already too late.

 

Fred and George chased the light, chased the whispers.

 

They broke through the clearing together, panting and slowing down to catch their breaths only for the sight before them to leave them even more breathless.

 

A cloud passed by the moon, making a silhouette figure from afar appear, stroking a majestic unicorn. The glow from the creature was enough to highlight the beautiful smile that only belongs to one person.

 

To the person they swore to love and cherish.

 

To their precious Darling.

 

"Darling!! Darling D!" Fred and George called, throat protesting at the coldness, causing them to cough and try to regain composure.

 

The figure turned and smiled even brighter. Merlin, their Darling was already beautiful in the Weasley Twins' eyes at first sight.

 

Under the lone apple tree and beside the majestic unicorn, Draco Malfoy laughed at the ridiculous sight of Fred and George Weasley with twigs stuck in their hair and dishevelled appearance probably due to running around looking for him.

 

It really must be love, Draco thought, because the sight still leaves him feeling fonder of the two people in front of him.

 

The unicorn nudged Draco slightly before walking away, leaving the three of them and the moon and stars as witness to the grand 'reunion'.

 

"Hi." Draco said the moment Fred and George walked closer to him. He wandlessly waved refreshing charms towards the twins.

 

"Hi." The twins said back, still awestruck upon hearing Draco's melodious laughter.

 

Draco glanced up at the moon 🌒, smiling at it. He can't seem to stop smiling tonight and it's probably because of how happy he is that he was right on JoKer's identity. 

 

Fred and George.

 

Jo and Ker.

 

His Jokers.

 

"The moon is beautiful tonight, isn't it?" Draco asked, gesturing at the skies.

 

"Yes, I wish I could watch it with you for good." 

 

Draco quietly sat at one uprooted tree near the apple tree, gesturing for the twins to make themselves comfortable. Fred and George sat down on the same tree too, Draco in between them. They looked at the view in front of them, gathering courage to face the other.

 

"Here I am, your Darling D." Draco introduced himself, showing his journal to the twins.

 

"I'm your sweetheart, Jo." Fred said, brandishing his own journal in sync with George's.

 

"I'm your honey, Ker." George grinned as Draco rolled his eyes at the terms of endearment used.

 

"So, you found me." Draco mumbled, fingers tracing his first wish on his opened journal.

 

"We wanted to grant your wish."

 

"Because we promised and we wanted to see you."

 

"Did I meet your expectations?" Draco asked, head tilting to the side curiously.

 

"Exceeded it." Fred and George smirked as Draco looked away, trying not to blush.

 

George silently casted a warming bubble dome over them the moment he saw Draco shiver a bit.

 

"Did we meet your expectations?" Fred asked, trying to mask his nervousness.

 

Draco hummed, smiling as fireflies appeared from the bushes around them. "Barely."

 

George let out an offended gasp, grasping his chest and looking at Draco in betrayal. "Darling, how could you?!"

 

Draco laughed at the reaction. "That is something like what Ker would say."

 

"Your laugh is music to my ears." Fred commented, a smile gradually widening to a grin.

 

"And that is something that Jo would say." Draco rolled his eyes, amused.

 

"Well, what are the odds that all this time we wanted to meet you but then we found out you were just right under our noses?"

 

Draco scrunched up his nose at that, with the Twins' constantly growing taller by the year, he's barely above their shoulders. 

 

"I think it's a good height difference." Draco said. 

 

"We're not complaining at all."

 

Draco was the first to move, clasping the hands nearest to him. Fred's right, George's left. The twins were the ones who interlaced their fingers.

 

"We're not complaining at all." The twins repeated.

 

"What now?" Draco asked. "You already know the real me."

 

"We've already shown the real us." Fred said, rubbing a comforting motion on the back of Draco's hand.

 

"We could just be JoKer and Darling, be Fred, George and Draco, too." George piped up.

 

Draco tested the waters more, his self-preservation skills locked away as he tucked his head on Fred's shoulder and locked ankles with George's.

 

"We could just be Us." Draco agreed. "The three of Us, Together."

 

"And we could be more, if you want." Fred offered, digging up some Gryffindor courage to lay a featherlight kiss on Draco's hair.

 

"You already know how we feel, Darling." George reminded the blond, planting a featherlight kiss on Draco's forefinger. "We're just saying we haven't changed our minds."

 

"Actually, we've been hoping that you and Darling were the same person probably since the Triwizard Cup started."

 

"We don't know how, you're just too loveable."

 

"I feel like this is all just a dream." Draco mumbled, trying hard not to show how flustered he was.

 

Fred and George looked at each other, a silent conversation going through them. With a soft smile, they enveloped Draco in a warm embrace, kissing their Darling's cheeks in unison.

 

They've wanted to do that for years.

 

And finally, they could do it.

 

Draco gasped at the show of affection, eyes blinking rapidly at the warm hug that ended too soon for his liking.

 

"We're living on borrowed time, our Darling D." Fred said, tucking a wayward fringe off Draco's cheek.

 

"If you give us a chance, we solemnly swear to take care of your heart." George continued, cupping Draco's cheek for a few seconds before he and his twin stood up.

 

Facing Draco, Fred and George offered their hands out to him.

 

"Darling."

 

"Draco."

 

"Do you want to have an adventure with us?"

 

The moon, the stars, the sky bore witness as Draco Malfoy took the offered hands with another breathtaking smile.

 

"I do."

 

The wind carried the response, the twins hearing it clearly as if whispered in their ears.

 

Fred and George grinned.

 

"You won't regret it!" They promised.

 

Draco scoffed before smirking at them, "I already am."

 

Seeing their dumbfounded looks, Draco couldn't help but chuckle. Truly, it was a special night to be laughing and smiling so much.

 

"Come on, we need to get to Hogwarts by midnight."

 

They started walking away from the apple tree, still hand in hand and conversation flowing naturally like the river just a hundred metres away.

 

The Forbidden Forest creaked and leaves shuffled about as midnight stroked, a new day already arrived and yet another forbidden thing was born inside the forest.

 

For the love of a Purebred with a blood traitor was a path full of thorns. What more if it's doubled?

 

The creatures of the dark watched on, already wanting to know how it'll end before it could even start. It's a pity to put an end to something that's only budding and starting to bloom.

 

From the Centaur campsites, the Centaurus gazed upon the stars and appreciate the moon as they listened to the constellations.

 

The Waxing Crescent phase is often referred to as the rebuilding phase. Once the moon has re-emerged with new energy, it is the perfect time to set new intentions for the month ahead and work on self-improvement.

 

All-knowing creatures as they are, they vowed to support this innocent love the Forbidden Forest let to be brewed. After all, It's a pity to put an end to something that's only starting to bloom. Love conquers all, and love brings wonder to everyone.

 

 

Before they went separate ways, Fred and George took Draco's hands and bestowed a kiss on his knuckles.

 

"Dream of us, Darling."

 

Draco, cheeks already hurting from all the smiling he did, nodded as he squeezed their interlocked hands three times.

 

"Dream of me, JoKer."

 

"We will." Fred promised.

 

"And it will be sweet."

 

"We won't let the bedbugs bite."

 

Draco rolled his eyes before shooing them off. It was still a school day, after all.

 

Draco watched as the twins seamlessly became one with the night, the camouflage spell in effect.

 

He looked up at the sky, eyes seeking out the constellation of his ancestors.

 

Fred and George are worth it. He wanted to convey it to them. This relationship is worth it.

 

Fred and George are a risk he will always be willing to take, Draco solemnly swears.

 

And even if we're bound to burn, so be it.

 

Like a moth to fire, they'll burn.

 

 

Ker: We've reached the tower, darling.

 

Jo: are you in bed yet? Did you get caught?

 

D: I'm pretty much free to roam about since Mrs. Norris likes me and doesn't report to Filch.

 

Ker: Why am I forgetting we're talking to the most privileged git in Hogwarts?

 

D: That you love.

 

Ker: just because we do doesn't mean that you're not the most privileged ┐( ̄ヘ ̄)┌

 

D: I have a lot of titles under my name. That's just one of them. But I do believe Harry is the most privileged one.

 

Jo: You're a prefect, Umbridge likes you, Mrs. Norris doesn't report you, your Head of House gives you a curfew pass (from potions making right?) And madame pomfrey adores you

 

Ker: Harry's not a prefect and everyone else mentioned above has ninety nine problems and all of them are about Harry.

 

D: Well, I do take care of my image and that is why I'm well-liked.

 

Jo: For one day, if you can tarnish your image, what would you do?

 

D: Do everything that's been forbidden of me.

 

Ker: Like kissing on the hallways kind of stuff?

 

D: Like infiltrate Greenhouse 3 and make poison darts out of the poisonous flowers there.

 

D: Take over the Gryffindor room and change all the colors to silver and green then watch them foam at their mouths with rage

 

D: steal all of Hufflepuff's tea ceremony sets then blame the Ravens by leaving evidence there

 

D: Invade the Cat rooms

 

D: Collaborate with Peeves to prank-trap the Professors Lounge

 

D: Destroy Professor Umbridge's cat plate wall

 

Jo: Are you writing this down, brother?

 

D: Call the aurors because my ideas are getting stolen at the moment…that kind of stuff.

 

Ker: I don't fancy Azkaban, I've heard all about it from Padfoot.

 

D: and I don't fancy living my forbidden day to-do list vicariously if you're doing it.

 

Ker: Of course not, darling! We'll be doing all those things and more with you!

 

Jo: One prank at a time!

 

D: Well okay then, I can allow one kiss in public.

 

Ker: that's for each, right? One for me, one for Jo?

 

D: Early schedule later, good night

 

Jo: We need answers! Hello?!

 

Ker: No way, I keep forgetting you're such a little shit sometimes (╯°□°)╯︵ ┻━┻

 

Jo: I can't even say I hope you sleep with one eye open because we don't know the Slytherin password right now. ಥ_ಥ

 

Ker: Just be warned, Darling…

 

Jo: We're definitely making it a kiss each, okay?!

 

Ker: Good night, sweet dreams!

 

Jo: Dream of us, darling!

 

 

Closing the journals with shaky, excited hands, Fred and George tried their best not to scream or slap their twin since Lee Jordan had cashed in on his "Be quiet till morning" coupon the moment they arrived.

 

Fred went over to George's bed and squeezed in, a muffliato reducing their laughs and shuffling to minimal noise. 

 

"This is real, right?" George asked his twin, pinching Fred's cheek.

 

"Yes." Fred nodded, slapping the hand pinching his cheek away before retaliating.

 

"I can't believe it."

 

"I can't believe it either."

 

"Oh Merlin, we were so lame. Going in there unpresentable, we should've worn our best clothes."

 

"Don't be stupid, darling had on his pyjamas, didn't he? We were right on theme."

 

"His silky satin pyjamas don't compare to our well-worn jumpers but okay, I guess it still fits the theme."

 

"Our meet-cute is magical, ain't it?" George grinned, still giddy. "There was even a unicorn. It felt like a déjà vu moment but I don't get why."

 

"I can't believe unicorns still approach him. He's pure even at that age?"

 

"Don't say that as if we'll taint him!"

 

"Ah, no. We're going to show him and teach him how to love and have fun, didn't we?"

 

"Yes." A laugh. "I can't wait."

 

A minute of silence before someone whispered again.

 

"It's real, right? We met our darling?"

 

"Yes." came the equally giddy reply.

 

"GO TO SLEEP!" Lee Jordan yelled, throwing a pillow towards them, wandlessly tucking them in and closing the curtains of the four-poster bed right after. "I CASHED IN MY VOUCHER!"

 

Fred and George mimed a muggle zipper closing on their lips as they settled for bed.

 

Never had they thought they'd be excited for the morning sun to rise.

 

For now, they'll dream of the new adventures they'd have. 

 

They've always declared it for years but now, truly, this'll be the best school year they'll ever have.

Notes:

Don't think too much on the dates going forward, some date are taken from Our Darling D back when they were corresponding letters!

Fun fact: Some of you might've noticed I use August 13 in my stories! The reason to that is that's the date Our Darling D series was posted in Ao3. And now Sept 27 will be added to the recurring dates!

In this chapter only, i searched about the moon phase fr and it got out of hand that's why there's a lot of constellation references.

Typing up this chapter, there was no changes because it felt right! I'm sure a lot of you have been waiting for the day JoKer and Darling would meet and I feel like it's anticlimactic at the same time natural. *Pats the mutual pining tag* you did good. How many subtle 'I love you's do you think Draco can squeeze in one interaction?

Lemme know what you think! We're just starting on a clearly different adventure so buckle up!

Oh and, thank you for existing too, darling readers! Xoxo

Chapter 3: The Start of Borrowed Time

Summary:

October brings the picnic all awaited.

Notes:

Anyone who has read Affection needs to know that the author likes picnics and is proud to present the Our Darling D version.

Thank you for the 180 kudos, comments and bookmarks! I feel the love (。・ω・。)ノ♡

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

 

Jo: Hi, darling

 

Ker: Darling D

 

Jo: It's been a week since we've been together ⁄(⁄ ⁄•⁄-⁄•⁄ ⁄)⁄

 

Ker: Happy weeksary (灬º‿º灬)♡

 

D: I never knew you were both the type to celebrate week anniversaries

 

Jo: every moment with you is a moment to be celebrated

 

Jo: Oh, and it's because we're in the honeymoon phase ;)

 

Ker: we're taking advantage of the fact that we already know how you hide your blushing face

 

Ker: and you're still pretty when you blush ;)

 

D: What if I don't like celebrating milestones?

 

Ker: Coming from you, darling? When you were one trip away to the kitchens the other day so we could celebrate our high grades in our Transfiguration quizzes and essays?

 

D: Didn't Professor McGonagall outdrank Professor Flitwick because they were celebrating your high grades, too?

 

D: Both of you being achievers in practicals and academics the past week had the professor's lounge in chaos. (Except in DADA but it's understandable)

 

Jo: We can't help it when we're so inspired by you, Top 1

 

Ker: We told you, it's called the honeymoon phase

 

D: I don't think that's how it works.

 

Ker: Paint bomb Umbridge's office with us? We can destroy her cat plates to the point a 'reparo' won't work.

 

D: I'll be by Gunhilde de Gorsemoor.

 

Jo: To who?

 

D: The One-eyed witch, Jo. We've already had this conversation.

 

Jo: The healer, gifted potioneer and the creator of the Dragon Pox cure. 

 

Ker: Of course we remember her. We were admiring her beauty the first time we conversed with you (◍•ᴗ•◍)✧*。

 

D: I hope you get lost.

 

Ker: Heart been broke too many times now <\3

 

 

October 12, 1995

 

It was just after dinner and Draco was taking a walk to digest before turning in. He was walking aimlessly until he felt like visiting the Hospital Wing just to see if there's any patients.

 

Or in this case, feeling a familiar magical signature, a patient-to-be.

 

Draco caught a glimpse of red on Harry's forearm when the Boy Who Is A Danger Magnet rounded off to the corner, trying to hide a wince.

 

He looked around and then shot a mild stinging hex by Harry's feet. He smirked at the surprised squawk as Harry glared at him when he approached.

 

"Potter." He drawled lazily, eyebrows raising.

 

"What do you want, Dra--Malfoy?" Harry grumbled, he's gotten quite used to referring to the blonde as Draco.

 

"Show me your hand."

 

Uh oh. Harry stepped back and hid his right hand.

 

"I'm fine."

 

Constant vigilance was out the window as soon as a wand was pointed at his neck. Harry gulped audibly as Draco sneered.

 

"You. Will. Show. Me." He said in his healer voice Harry couldn't disobey.

 

Begrudgingly, he showed the scar forming. 

 

I will not tell lies.

 

Draco tutted and lowered his wand.

 

"Ugh. It's not that bad. It's just another scar." Harry mumbled his excuse and looked away as Draco's eyes glinted. "Please don't tell my guardians."

 

Draco's gentle wandless magic washed over his hand with diagnostic spells humming, Harry stood silently as Draco proceeded to apply first aid.

 

"I will make a balm for this during D.A. Tell me, do people get this too or is it just you?"

 

"Just me." Harry answered. "...Maybe. For now?"

 

Draco shot him a pointed look. Harry shrugged. He looked at the healing skin and released a delighted noise.

 

"Someone's approaching. Soak that in burlap. Hermione knows what it is, ask her." Draco messed his hair then cast a glamour at Harry's cheek. "THAT'S WHAT YOU GET, POTTER!"

 

"I DIDN'T DO ANYTHING, YOU GIT!" Harry yelled back, rolling his eyes. He rubbed his cheek and grimaced at the 'pain'. Draco shrugged.

 

"STAY AWAY FROM ME!"

 

"RIGHT BACK AT YOU, MALFOY!"

 

Fred and George rounded the corner, laughing at Harry and Draco's act. 

 

"It's just us."

 

Draco's heart beat rapidly but he can still feel someone coming. Harry looked at Draco's conflicted look and shook his head. He didn't feel any magical signature.

 

"I have to go." Draco said softly at Harry then looked sternly at the twins. "You two better make sure he gets his hand soaked and wrapped in burlap or you'll get it."

 

The twins held up their hands in surrender before saluting.

 

"Yes, sir!"

 

Draco nodded before showing the sign of 'act'. He shot a tickling hex at both twins who dodged.

 

"Shut up!"

 

"Mister Malfoy!" Professor Umbridge's grating voice echoed at the end of the hallway. "Just the person I needed to see."

 

Draco shot an 'I told you so' look at Harry. He approached Umbridge halfway then tilted his head in greeting. He made his wand release a message behind his back 'Puking Pastilles'. Harry squinted at the words, unable to see them clearly because of the distance.

 

"Yes, ma'am? Is there anything I can help you with?"

 

"What are you doing with Mister Potter?"

 

"I'm a prefect, Ma'am. Just reprimanding them from running down the halls."

 

She looked at the twins and Harry and smiled sweetly. No one had the heart to say she looked constipated. "Hem hem, why pray tell are you running down the halls?"

 

At that moment, George puked.

 

"Oh my!" Umbridge shrieked in surprise.

 

"That's why, Professor! We best be going!" Fred said in a dramatic tone, a hand going on his forehead in a flourishing way as he gasped. George made hurling noises and slumped towards a concerned Harry. "It must've been the tea! Harry come on, now! Help me get Georgie help!"

 

Draco bit lip behind Umbridge to keep from laughing at George's exaggerated act and Fred's opera-like acting. Harry's genuine panicking expression had been a nice bonus, he forgot the Chosen One’s eyesight is worse than a blind bat.

 

Vanishing the mess George created, Draco regarded Umbridge's disgusted expression. He cleared his throat to regain her attention. At least this way, she won’t give out detention for whatever excuse she could think of.

 

"You were looking for me, Professor?" Draco reminded.

 

"Yes, let us go to my office, young Malfoy." Umbridge blinked, as if trying to erase what's happened the last few minutes. “I mean, Mister Malfoy.”

 

Draco froze for a second at the term she said before slipping a perfectly fake genuine smile on his face.

 

“Of course, Professor.” Draco gestured for her to lead the way. "I heard what happened to your plate collection. It must be tragic."

 

"I wasn't there when it shattered and sadly none of the portraits know the culprit! No worries though, Mister Malfoy, I have a new Owl post delivery to expect by the end of this week. Now, come come."

 

Once her back was turned, he frowned at the Merlin slip.

 

Another Watcher, great.

 

And did she just say another cat plate collection?!

 

 

It was a peaceful free hour that Draco is taking advantage of. The professors had a meeting so the students were off wandering around Hogwarts. The meeting was probably about career path counselling and N.E.W.T.S preparation from what Blaise and Pansy saw during their after class lessons. Since Draco caught a glimpse of some forms like that during his weekly brewing session with his godfather, Draco thinks the career path counselling is unnecessary on the pureblood's part. Wasn't it an immediate "Take over the family business"?

 

Not wanting to waste such a good day, Draco picked the river inside the Forbidden Forest. As a potioneer intern, he's allowed clearances to parts of the Forbidden Forest! It was the perfect weather to harvest riverstones and other ingredients.

 

He is free.

 

Kinda.

 

The wind was soothing and the sunlight was just right. There were no clouds in the sky and the birds were making music as they flew by.

 

The only thing that's stopping him from being peaceful were two redheaded pranksters beside him bored out of their minds. Somehow, they managed to find him the minute he entered the forest.

 

It was a rare opportunity to be together since the twins have free period as well. The potion ingredients collecting was done with the three of them involved so they're now just lounging by the riverbank. Draco took out his homework after a few minutes of peace and quiet, striving to ignore the nonsense that would inevitably come out of one of the twins' mouths.

 

"If we were frogs…" Fred started, contemplating.

 

"No." Draco stated firmly, still writing. He figured that he'll draft the Charms essay they needed to pass next week and cross reference with Hermione after D.A.

 

"I haven't finished my question yet!" Fred protested, pouting as he got shushed.

 

"Fine, complete the question but my answer will still be no."

 

"Really?? If we were frogs, you won't be sharing your lilypad with us?"

 

Draco looked at the Weasley Twins and wondered why he is still enamoured with them.

 

Must be love, huh.

 

"I'm willing to share if you pay rent." 

 

"Do you accept hugs and kisses?" George asked.

 

"No."

 

"Capitalism!!!"

 

"Yes."

 

"No!"

 

"Alright then, if you were a frog, I'd set you up with Trevor."

 

"I think Trevor deserves a toad that he can copulate with. It's a wonder how he's living so long."

 

"We should find Trevor a pink toad."

 

"I don't think I've seen any." Draco deadpanned. "You're into animal cruelty if you're thinking of dyeing one of the toads by the Black Lake."

 

"Magical dyes are organic, darling."

 

"Which reminds me, do you think we should have a Hogwarts-wide haircolor change prank again?"

 

Draco scrunched up his nose, homework forgotten. "I think that dyes are hard to come by for a wide-ranged prank. Potions ought to do the work."

 

"We already used potions on our hair color changing candies a year ago." Fred booed. "It was hard work!!"

 

"And hard to mass produce!!"

 

"Hear hear!"

 

"I don't know, should we ask Moony? If it's a spell this time, it'll last longer, right?" George asked, humming in thought. "I think he said that they pranked Slytherins with it during their Hogwarts days but I can't remember if it's a spell or potion…"

 

"It was a spell." Draco answered, remembering how his cousin cackle and laughed until tears fell from his eyes the moment he and Moony told the story during a mirror conversation.

 

Honestly, Draco would've paid a lot of galleons to whoever could provide him a memory of a red haired Lucius Malfoy but he doesn't have to because his cousin is a fallen angel and will provide him with the memory as his 'Christmas gift of the many'. 

 

"How about we make a spell too?!"

 

"We can make you a spell, darling. One only the three of us knows."

 

That's probably one of the greatest ideas Fred and George presented him with.

 

"I like it." Draco nodded, smiling. "I'd look forward to that more than the haircolor change."

 

"Aw, darling. Your smile is so bright even when we're in the shade, I'm blinded."

 

"Do you hear some glass shattering? No? Oh, it was the mood."

 

"Noooooo, don't leave usssss!"

 

"Why are you allergic to pick-up lines? We can just pick you up, too!"

 

"Come baaaaacckkk!"

 

Draco fought the urge not to laugh at the ridiculous attempts to make him come back. Honestly, don't they have their next class starting in fifteen minutes? They'd be late if they don't get a headstart.

 

Sometimes, Draco hates that he's learning magic in a castle with rooms changing after their lessons!!

 

 

October 17, 1995

 

Draco burst into the Room of Requirement in a dramatic way. 

 

"Students, future patients, members of D.A." he began, interrupting Harry's lesson. "I have an announcement to make."

 

"Oh my God, you confessed!" Hermione yelled. Draco shot her a look. They heard something break and look at the twins innocently putting something in their pockets, 'new invention' they coughed out. Draco ignored them.

 

"No, Granger. I don't have any crushes or people I'm infatuated with at the moment." He waved off her mouthed apology. "What I'm going to say is that I'm running for Actor of the Year."

 

"There's no such thing, mate." Ron commented, wand swishing as he successfully conjured a podium for Draco. Draco tilted his head in thanks before he stepped up the podium.

 

"There is now." Draco said, brandishing a badge. "I, Draco Malfoy, known as ‘Healer Draco’ among you butterfingered scoundrels, was hired by Professor Umbridge as part of her Inquisitorial Squad."

 

There was silence before Hermione connected the dots and sputtered.

 

"Draco! You can't be serious."

 

"I'm not, Hermione. I’ll have you know that he's my cousin." Snickers went around.

 

"DRACO MALFOY!" she yelled, going up the podium to smack him. Draco dodged, laughing.

 

"Someone fill us in, we're not all the brightest witch of our age." Dean requested, Seamus nodding in agreement as they both grinned at Hermione’s flushed face.

 

Hermione huffed. "This Slytherin here just agreed to join something created to bust rulebreakers, which means us. He's basically a double spy!"

 

Draco shrugged as he went down the podium, casting diagnostic spells at Harry's hand and nodding approvingly. "It's not as if I can't say no, Hermione. She's one of the people who can contact my father and report what I've been doing."

 

Fred and George looked at each other and mouthed together, 'watchful eyes.'

They looked at Draco poking each word ignoring Harry's 'ow's.

 

Could it be that Umbridge is keen on smoking out the D.A members?

 

Draco healed Neville's scratched cheek. "Besides, I can redirect and fool them as well. I was hired, I'm being paid, too. We'll use the money for Hogsmeade treats or healing potions. Or balms. Who knows what will happen during her detentions.”

 

Hermione shook her head ready to argue but Draco caught her eye and held up a sign that meant 'later'. Draco stroked his hand through Ginny's singed locks due to duelling with Seamus earlier. He weaved a grooming charm through the hair as he stroked it.

 

"Back to lessons! I have a balm to make." Then he brandished his wand. "And If anyone at all received detention with a blood quill you will say so. Are we clear?!"

 

There was a chorus of 'Yes' and Draco smiled.

 

"Good."

 

With a wave of his wand, the room provided him the Potions lab in the corner.

 

"Blimey, the room listens to Draco than any of us here in this room." Ron whistled, amused.

 

The twins clenched their jaws. That Umbridge better not lay a finger on their Darling!!

 

 

Jo: Our feelings are valid.

 

Ker: And they will remain valid.

 

D: Why are you both defending yourselves, did you do something?

 

Ker: We can't exactly protest you being in that squad :(

 

Jo: and we understand how good of a position it is to protect D.A.

 

Ker: but we're still allowed to be worried

 

Jo: and fret over your well-being

 

Ker: we just don't like the idea of the hours taken away because of squad duties and meetings

 

Jo: and again, we're worried too :( we don't trust Umbridge!

 

Ker: if only there was some way to lighten your workload

 

Jo: You're already overworking and you're not even out of Hogwarts yet 

 

Ker: woe is us, our Darling won't have time for us (。•́︿•̀。)

 

Jo: but we're so proud of your achievement at the same time we're worried ༎ຶ‿༎ຶ

 

D: Calm down, nothing draining will happen. It's just extra patrol

 

Ker: You, Hermione and Ron are already prefects. That's enough isn't it?? 

 

Jo: The inquisitorial squad is just utter nonsense.

 

D: but it is under her control.

 

Jo: again, we worry (ᗒᗩᗕ)

 

Ker: Does Hermione know about us?

 

D: No, she knows I'm infatuated with someone but not their identities

 

Jo: Let's see how it'd take them to notice (ノ*0*)ノ

 

D: they're smart so we don't need to broadcast our relationship, right?

 

Ker: We want to protect you.

 

Jo: even though we want to shout to Hogwarts how much we love you, we can't. :(

 

Ker: and you're part of the inquisitorial squad, too so your Watchers are even more active :(

 

D: I'll be fine, I've got D.A, I've got both of you.

 

Jo: aw, darling o((*^▽^*))o

 

D: also, I got Peeves. Moony told me how to make a deal with him and now we're partners in crime.

 

Jo: (ノಠ益ಠ)ノ

 

Ker: Betrayal doesn't come from enemies. It comes from people you trust the most. (╥﹏╥)

 

Jo: Take. It. Back!!

 

Ker: WE, me and Jo!, Are your partners in everything!! E v e r y t h i n g!! ಥ_ಥ

 

D: you're seriously jealous of a poltergeist?

 

Jo: yes (-̩̩̩-̩̩̩-̩̩̩-̩̩̩-̩̩̩___-̩̩̩-̩̩̩-̩̩̩-̩̩̩-̩̩̩)

 

Ker: Darling, my heart been broke too many times <\3

 

D: Don't cry so much.

 

D: Joker is my partners for life. 

 

Jo: (ノ゚0゚)ノ~

 

Ker: (ノ*0*)ノ

 

D: I can hear your screaming all the way here in the library.

 

 

October 22, 1995

 

With Dolores Umbridge becoming High Inquisitor and Professor Dumbledore doing nothing about it to appease the Ministry, chaos descended on Hogwarts in the form of Educational Decrees. Within a week of her atrocious pink reign, thirty Educational Decrees were established.

 

The students gathered in front of the Great Hall, murmurs going around as Filch hammered yet another frame outside the dining hall. The Educational Decree Number Thirty-One.

 

Boys and girls are not permitted to be within 8 inches of each other.

 

It was a rather comical event in the eyes of Peeves who was swinging on the chandelier above the students, laughing at their miserable lives.

 

He could see the synchronisation as several people shoved their female friends away.

 

Harry The Danger Magnet, Ron the Chess Freak shoving Hermione Bookworm.

 

Sneaky Draco, Sneezy Blaise backing away as Pansy Dagger challenged them to try anything.

 

Even Crybaby Neville shoved Seer Luna and Fiery Redhead #2 away! Peeves cackled at the sight.

 

The poltergeist caught sight of his rivals, Fred and George shoving his otp couple Katie and Angelina away from them too!! Hilarious!!

 

Peeves blames the kissy kissy couples for this decree!

 

But won't he have fun with this as well?! Fun has no ally!! Besides, Sneaky snakey Draco is powerful right? Fufufufu, Peeves can so snitch!!

 

"She really did this before Hallow's Eve? How would we have fun?" A sixth year nobody asked.

 

"Do you want fun?" Peeves asked, appearing beside the side character's face with an enormous grin. The poltergeist snickered at the horrified scream as he cartwheeled away.

 

Ah but the decree is so much more advantageous to same sex couples, huh?? 

 

Peeves is a gossip, he knows who's smooching who!!

 

That's probably the nicest gesture Umbitch did.

 

Peeves cooed, 'ooh'-ed and 'aahh'-ed at the linked pinkies he sees as students filtered inside the Great Hall.

 

Ah, it would be a nice time to instigate a food fight but his deal with the House elves won't be expiring anytime soon. How sad!

 

Going through walls to the Professor's Lounge to announce that dinner's ready, Peeves locked on the muggle chandelier just before his pink basher's office.

 

Tapping the lightbulb and giggling and cackling madly, he twisted and turned the numerous bulbs, forgetting to get the Professors.

 

Peeves was whistling while he worked when a door nearby opened to reveal Minnie McGee, hehe Deer Jamie came up with that nickname!

 

"It unravels to the left." Minnie McGee informed him as she passed by.

 

Peeves laughed joyfully, eyes filled with stars. Truly, Minnie is such a good informant. She's his favourite!

 

Job considered well done, Peeves hollered through the floors and hid in the trophy room. The portraits will entertain him there! Sir Cadogan might be feeling adventurous again!

 

That'll be fun.

 

And if the chandelier just so happened to crash in front of the office when the pink menace returned from dinner, well…

 

Peeves is innocent until proven guilty.

 

 

D: I'll be busy on the 27th.

 

Jo: But that's our first month anniversary (。•́︿•̀。)

 

Ker: you don't love us anymore? (´;︵;`)

 

D: Wanna have a picnic on the 26th after curfew?

 

Ker: YOU STILL LOVE US!?

 

D: I didn't say I stopped.

 

Jo: You're melting my knees, darling.

 

D: that's a serious condition, go to the Hospital Wing.

 

Ker: I might need to because I feel like I'm having a heart attack right now 

 

D: go to the hospital wing.

 

Jo: nevermind that! Darling, the picnic! Are you sure?

 

D: Yes, do you not want to?

 

Jo: are you kidding? Ker is screaming out of the window right now 

 

Ker: YES! Y E S! OF COURSE I WANT THE PICNIC DATE. I. AM. SCREAMING. AAAAAAAAAAAA

 

Jo: He really is still screaming, rolling down the floor and making an absolute mess and scaring our roommate.

 

Ker: AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA

 

Jo: Darling, please. 

 

D: Honey, calm down.

 

Ker: AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH YOU CALLED ME HONEY ⁄(⁄ ⁄•⁄-⁄•⁄ ⁄)⁄

 

Jo: I don't think you're helping right now.

 

D: Ker, calm down, tell me your picnic plans last time since you didn't win the bet.

 

Jo: Wait a moment, Darling. We're finding the scroll.

 

D: a scroll.

 

Jo: yup.

 

D: You have headaches whenever you finish a foot-long assignment and you manage to finish a scroll? All five-foot of it?

 

Jo: We never said our priorities lie in academics (・ω・)つ⊂(・ω・)

 

D: Unbelievable.

 

Ker: Again, Darling D, you deserve fine dining.

 

Ker: and it's a pain to rewrite our plans so I'll just write the food plan.

 

Jo: we'll handle the rest, darling. Don't worry, we wanted this to happen for months now!

 

Ker: You're making MY wish come true. I wanna cry ༎ຶ‿༎ຶ

 

Ker: Menu!

Per Darling's request: finger foods, sandwiches, fruits

Additional: a whole charcuterie board

Note: ask Dobby for apple pie

 

Jo: if you want Butterbeers, we can get you some too

 

D: I don't know, I want to be coherent the whole night.

 

Ker: I never knew you were a lightweight, darling.

 

Jo: after all the wine you drink, it's a wonder.

 

D: Pans can probably outdrink an adult by now but for me, all the wine I consume is non-alcoholic.

 

Jo: Never challenge them with a drinking challenge. Noted.

 

Ker: Look forward to our picnic, darling. (☆▽☆)

 

Jo: We'll sweep you off your feet. (✯ᴗ✯)

 

D: Remind me to take the brooms away from both of you.

 

Ker: we'll send you the details (^∇^)ノ♪

 

D: Looking forward to it :)

 

Jo: Send a heart if you love us!

 

D: .

 

Ker: </3

 

D: ♥╣[-_-]╠♥

 

Ker: (*^3^)/~♡

 

Jo: (。・ω・。)ノ♡

 

 

October 26, 1995

 

George was excited, he dreamt of having picnics with darling for months and now it's coming true! Fred had been excited about it, too. Good things truly do come to those who wait!

 

Back at the burrow, they always like to do picnics in the treehouse. They also insisted on their family to have picnic getaways just by the hills when the weather is great! George is proud to say that he's an expert on picnics alongside Fred.

 

It was a surreal feeling, preparing for THE picnic he's been waiting for and thought he wouldn't be able to do! Picnics are kind of a bonding event for the twins and it's always special. Since it was George's wish for a picnic, they took the opportunity to grant Fred's wish for a date night in the Astronomy tower. 

 

Romance is not yet dead!!

 

So now, beaming with pride at their setup in the Astronomy tower balcony, George could say he and his brother did a job well done. The large picnic blanket was huge enough to be a carpet and filled with fleece and cotton blankets. The food was smartly placed by one side and is plated for easy picking. The spells Fred added (warming charms on the blankets and pillows, sticking charms to the picnic mat and stuff so they don't get upturned by the wind, a stasis charm on the food and such and most importantly the camouflage dome) were the finishing touches.

 

Since technically, they're just sneaking after curfew, they can't very well put up the muggle fairy lights (that weren't actually fairies) that Hermione and Harry smuggled inside Hogwarts (which worked with the use of bat-teries). To provide some light, Fred and George figured it's time to showcase their new invention.

 

Frankly, it's just a prototype and was inspired by the fireflies that appeared during the first meeting with their Darling under the apple tree. It's small enough and plenty that people would think fireflies are just congregating in the Astronomy tower (come to think of it, can they fly this high?!)

 

Casting a tempus and seeing the appointed time nearing, he prayed to Godric that nothing bad will happen. 

 

"Almost time, brother." Fred noted, seeing the tempus. He placed the apple pie Dobby made right at the center of the food section and put stasis on it. "Shall we get our darling?"

 

It was a giddy feeling. 

 

Nearly a month after they got together, it still feels like a happy dream!

 

The twins descended down the stairs to the hidden passage by the crystal ball portrait. They emerged to the third floor just by Gunhilde de Gorsemoor. (Pro tip: Near the secret passageways out of Hogwarts, were 2 or 3 other hidden shortcuts)

 

They leaned on the wall and waited. Their Darling was amazingly punctual and they were early.

 

"Should we do a disillusionment charm?"

 

"Mrs. Norris can still detect us."

 

"Oh yeah, Hilt still does too."

 

(Note for the future: Master disillusionment charm before graduation)

 

"Maybe add magic signature detection to your skillset." A beautiful voice sounded.

 

Fred and George turned their heads towards the voice and stood dumbstruck as Draco Malfoy slowly appeared from the shadows.

 

"Wow." The twins chorused as Draco smirked up at them.

 

"You're so beautiful." George blurted out.

 

Draco shook his head, "You're just saying that because we're having a picnic today."

 

Fred tapped a section on the wall as George protested. The three of them entered the hidden shortcut with Draco teasing the redhead. As the wall closed behind them, Fred was the first one to hug the blonde.

 

"I missed you, darling." Fred greeted, kissing Draco's forehead.

 

"So unfair!" George shoved his twin away and hugged Draco fiercely. "I missed you more, Darling!!"

 

"You're both ridiculous, we see each other every two days and everyday while in the Great Hall." Draco pointed out but still returned the hug. "Not to mention D.A."

 

"D.A always steals your attention! Ron and Ginny monopolise your time!"

 

"Hermione and Harry always have you discussing lesson plans!"

 

"Pansy and Blaise eggs Neville on to talk more with you!!"

 

"It's not my fault Pansy and Blaise pseudo-adopted Longbottom." Draco rebutted as they made their way to the Astronomy tower. "That makes me, like, an honorary godfather to him, right? And as one, I have this urge to indulge him."

 

Fred and George thought back to the previous weeks of Pansy and Blaise gradually moulding Neville's confidence into his 'Purebloodedness'. Draco really had been spoiling Neville, quite frankly, Neville was the safest Gryffindor in D.A. (and the whole of Hogwarts, too if the Slytherins have any say this moment forward).

 

"Isn't it a good thing we're kind to Neville?" George asked Fred with a mischievous smile.

 

"He already told me in detail all of the pranks you did to him." Draco informed them and chuckled as the twins winced.

 

Neville was gullible enough to fall for most of the twins' tricks.

 

"Well, we never did any permanent damage!"

 

"Hmmmm… if you say so."

 

"But it's a good thing that Neville's improving too. So his Gran won't give him a hard time."

 

Draco frowned, "I'd like to see improvement of their relationship after the hols."

 

"We hope so, too. We'll let you know." Ever since Harry can visit during the holidays, Neville was invited to the annual holiday party held in the Burrow after Christmas.

 

"Ah but let's leave your pseudo-godson's improvements for another day! We shall now focus on our improvements!"

 

The portrait door opened and they emerged to the stairs leading to the balcony entrance. Draco gasped as he took in the view the moment they stepped outside.

 

The picnic setup was illuminated by moonlight, the breeze was relaxing and the food looked delicious. The view of the Forbidden Forest just ahead of them adds up to the wonderful sight. The fireflies that flew randomly was a nice magical touch!!

 

"You certainly have gone all out." Draco commented, a smile on his lips he didn't know was showing. "Color me impressed!"

 

Fred and George high fived in celebration.

 

Draco immediately sat down on the picnic mat and marvelled at how comfortable it was. Eyes sparkling at the sight of familiar apple pie, he pulled the lovestruck twins to join him.

 

Once they're all settled, Fred erected a warming charm dome and sneakily refreshed the charms he'd casted earlier.

 

"There's so much food!" Draco scolded them as he accepted a plate to fill with. Scones, muffins, cookies, and fruits were eye-catching but the snack he wanted the most is…

 

George grinned as Draco immediately went for the apple pie. "Don't worry, anything leftover we can finish later in our dorms since our roommates like midnight snacks."

 

"Well then, I'll just eat till I'm full." Draco sent sanitation charms on their hands so they could handle the finger foods more refined.

 

"Of course!"

 

Fred plucked a grape out of the fruit bowl and offered it to Draco who accepted it. Draco picked out a strawberry and offered it to George and then another one to Fred.

 

Conversation flowed naturally as they talked about their studies and how their NEWT preparations were going. They continued hand feeding each other in between, teasing and jokes were said here and there. It was clear that they're all having fun.

 

"And then professor Sprout handed all of us pots with magical seeds and told us to grow a plant or flower in them."

 

"Lee sprouted a rafflesia, can you believe that? Professor was so happy I bet she's thinking of snatching Lee away from Professor McGonagall."

 

"What did yours grow into?" Draco asked, curious. Seventh years were encouraged to refine wandless casting even during Herbology, it seems.

 

"I grew a pine tree! I was thinking it's nearly time for them to be harvested for December so that's what grew."

 

"I got a Willow! Not the whomping ones. But my imagination got skewed because the ones beside me were talking about trying to grow one."

 

"Professor said it was a good thing he didn't imagine the whomping ones or else Greenhouse 4 will be no more."

 

"Why do you even still have Herbology?" Draco asked, realising that it was a curious choice of electives to maintain.

 

"Oh! Because during our counselling, we said we'd like to be professors in either Herbology or Charms if being a ministry worker doesn't work out."

 

"And since Lee was also aiming for a professor position, Professor McGonagall just told us to pick electives that the three of us are willing to learn from so in the future, we'd be able to substitute each other's subjects."

 

"Actually, she picked them all while giving us the options unknowingly." 

 

"A Professor?" Draco raised a brow, "I thought you'd be making your very own jokeshop the moment you stepped out of Hogwarts."

 

The twins went quiet. 

 

An owl hooted as it passed by.

 

Humming, Fred laid down on the blankets and made himself comfortable. George followed soon after.

 

Draco blinked at the silence. "Did I say something wrong?"

 

Draco went willingly when two sets of hands pulled him down and let the twins rearrange their positions so they'd all settle down. Draco guesses it's time for the heart to heart talk he's been expecting the twins to do.

 

"We considered it, we wanted it for years." Fred started, unconsciously patting Draco's arm as he stared at the starry night.

 

"We wanted to establish it on Diagon Alley, then expand to Hogsmead once we've gathered enough funds."

 

"But there's too many risks to take for now." Fred and George said in unison.

 

"There are a lot of people who are against us not being ministry workers."

 

"A lot more people who think we're not suited for professor work."

 

"But you're good at Charms and Herbology." Draco pointed out.

 

"Yes but people see that we're always up to no good so being a professor will be hard for us!"

 

"Which is a bunch of hippogriff shit since Moony was up to no good and he's the best DADA professor we had!"

 

"You're both good at what you do." Draco huffed, holding each of the twins' hands. "I know whatever path you'll take will be thorny since a lot of people expect you to fail but for me, I believe you both will do great! In whatever! Job! Both of you will take!"

 

Draco was enveloped with warmth as the twins hugged him tightly. Kisses were bestowed on his cheeks, causing him to blush.

 

"Thank you for believing in us, our Darling Draco."

 

"We do have some funds for a jokeshop and we're already doing the costing and merchandise design, logo making and other miscellaneous process with Lee Jordan but it's all still plans."

 

"And not yet set in stone."

 

"Being a professor is our backup plan."

 

"But you're right, darling. Every path we take will be thorny."

 

"We'll take it easy. We promise."

 

Draco got up to stroke each of Fred and George's cheeks, a genuine smile on his lips.

 

"I'll support you in every way possible, My Jokers."

 

Fred and George stared at Draco, heart beating rapidly as Draco pulled away and put a hand on his chin, muttering about rent and locations, and being adorably endearing to their eyes.

 

Darling had always been supportive of them ever since they've corresponded. Seeing it on Draco and feeling the genuine full-on support was enough for their hearts to be full of love.

 

"Hey, Draco…"

 

"Hm?" Draco tilted his head in curiosity as Fred and George looked at him too fondly.

 

"Have we ever said that we love you?" Fred and George asked in unison.

 

"Wha-?!" Draco sputtered, a blush rising on his cheeks. "Fools! Don't say it so lightly!!"

 

George shook his head, pulling Draco's hand so he'd be closer to them. "We don't say it enough."

 

"You're a treasure in this world." Fred added as they once again cuddled closer to the blonde.

 

Overwhelmed with the affection the twins had for him, Draco couldn't help but take deep breaths to calm his hammering heartbeat.

 

"You're both going to be the death of me." Draco groaned but pulled on their jumpers so they'd be closer. Honestly, the contact makes him feel…

 

Safe.

 

Warm.

 

Loved.

 

Protected.

 

All the fuzzy, giddy feelings that were limited in his upbringing and emotions he'd wanted to feel for years were always present when JoKer, Fred and George, his Honey and Sweetheart, are always with him.

 

Ah, yes…

 

"My JoKer feels like home."

 

The moment those words left Draco's lips, tears fell from his eyes. It shocked the three of them that it was silent for a heartbeat before Fred and George rushed to wipe his tears away as Draco laughed softly and cried some more.

 

"Darling, you're gonna give me a heart attack! Don't cry!" Fred cooed, conjuring a handkerchief when his thumbs weren't enough to deter the tears.

 

"These are happy tears, I think." Draco responded as his voice broke, causing George to pull the blonde closer to stroke his back.

 

"Okay, if it's happy tears, we have to let it flow."

 

With that, the only other way Fred and George knew how to calm someone crying is cuddles. They're very good at giving cuddles, just so you know!

 

"Words…" Draco trailed off as he accepted the new position, cheek smushed as he lay on George's arm, with Fred's around his waist. 

 

It makes him feel warm, safe and free.

 

A reminder that right now, he's Just Draco.

 

He's Darling D.

 

And what a freeing thought that is, to not be shackled by responsibilities and dark history and familial status.

 

"No words are enough for you, my loves." Draco continued, "Your love for me…it's overwhelming. It's scorching. It's unfamiliar. I haven't been in love until I met both of you as JoKer. A crush is a confusing concept until I met Fred and George Weasley. This past month…" (because surely it's midnight already with how long they've been there) "I was surrounded by your love. You made me feel what love truly feels like. You're amazing, Fred. You're wonderful, George. Thank you for the love that makes me feel new beginnings. For the company that feels like it's set for a lifetime. Thank you…for being my Comforts."

 

Fred and George locked eyes, touched on how Draco bared his heart for them and the blatant assurance that they're not the only ones falling deeper made them fall more.

 

"There's just something about you that tugs our heartstrings." Fred said, kissing Draco's forehead. "Dare I say, in another life, we're soulmates."

 

"And there will always be something about you that makes life worth living." George added, smooching Draco's cheek as he wiped away the last of Draco's tears.

 

"Our Darling Draco." Fred and George chorused, leaning their foreheads towards Draco's. "Thank you for existing."

 

Draco bit his lip as an attempt to stop a gasp at the words Fred and George uttered.

 

Truly, he must've done something good in his past to be able to meet the twins in this timeline.

 

Smiling up towards the sky, Draco stared at the moon and stars, the witnesses of their blooming relationship.

 

"Hey Joker…the moon is beautiful, isn't it?"

 

Draco blinked as he got pecked on both cheeks.

 

"We love you too." was the knowing reply before Draco got smothered with cuddles.

 

Much later, before they packed up to head back, Fred raised his head towards the skies to smile up at the moon. It's a habit while in the Astronomy tower to observe the moon phases. Noting the Waxing Crescent Moon again, he chuckled as he realised that the moon sign for the night was Sagittarius.

 

He can already hear the Professor's lecture as they descend down the stairs towards the portrait.

 

The greatest need is to always search for something. In order to feel safe you might find that you need to have a goal, mission or philosophy that gives your life meaning.

With Moon in Sagittarius you have an optimistic approach to life and you believe that things will get better even if you get into trouble.

 

As they safely ventured down towards the Slytherin dorms and hugged their Darling goodnight, Fred was confident that no matter what storms may come, they'll weather through it!!

 

After all, Draco Malfoy is worth fighting for.

 

"The moon is at 18 degrees tonight." Fred commented.

 

"Ah, moon phase and moon signs. Hmmm," George grinned. "Well, isn't that a good omen for our relationship?"

 

Fred grinned back. "Thought so, too."

 

"No matter what happens, there will always be rainbows after downpours, ain't it?" George asked, nudging his twin.

 

"Of course." Fred responded confidently.

 

"We should have more picnics!" George said excitedly, sparkling eyes and all. Fred could only agree.

 

Fred and George safely made it to their dorm room, miraculously without any Professor sighting them.

 

Truly, a thrilling night, indeed.

 

 

D: Good night, JoKer.

 

D: I love you. 

 

Jo: I love you more.

 

Ker: I love you morest.

 

D: Saps.

 

Ker: <\3

 

D: Happy month anniversary

 

Jo: I can't believe I wasn't the first one to say it!

 

Ker: I can't believe Darling was the first to say it!

 

D: I can't believe I didn't end this relationship before it even started.

 

Ker: Do you want me to cry? Because I can ಥ_ಥ

 

Jo: We can cry a river ಥ╭╮ಥ

 

D: I'm just kidding. My heart is yours to break.

 

Jo: Our souls are yours to keep.

 

Ker: Our lives are yours to end.

 

D: That's a morbid way to say you can't live without me, how ridiculous.

 

Ker: but you like it.

 

D: I do!

 

Jo: And we'll never break your heart.

 

Ker: We'll keep it safe with our love!

 

D: <3

 

D: Dream of me

 

Jo: Every night!

 

Ker: Sweet dreams, darling!

 

D: See you in my dreams :)

Notes:

Soo... How is it? (≧▽≦) I was watching something while doing the final edits so I hope I didn't make too many mistakes and typos.

I researched the moon during picnic night too (ノ◕ヮ◕)ノ*.✧ I hope it was a fun read! Thank you for the compliments last chapter, I was too flustered to reply ⁄(⁄ ⁄•⁄-⁄•⁄ ⁄)⁄

Also, it was a bit funny that second chapter in, some of you are already requesting angst. I enjoy making you all smile non-stop so let's drown in fluff for a bit~~

Chapter 4: A Choir of Chaos

Notes:

I've come crawling out from six feet under to present this chapter to you all.

And to those wondering, yes, I'm rewriting the unsaved drafts again. And doing triple backups. Again!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Ker: Darling, how are your patrols?

 

D: Surprisingly boring. It's just like regular patrols I do as a prefect.

 

Jo: No troublemakers?

 

D: Well, I haven't bumped into both of you during my patrols, haven't I?

 

Jo: So mean :(

 

Ker: but can't argue with it at all!!

 

Jo: We actually plan our pranks around your patrol routes and schedule, you know?

 

Ker: Your planner was quite a handy loot!

 

D: I knew you were going to steal it at some point so what you have is only a copy. So, which ones were the ones you think were true?

 

Jo: …wait…

 

Ker: So you're telling me…

 

Jo: we've been learning weeks of a fake Darling?!

 

D: You can't possibly have thought I'm actually allergic to apples right?

 

Ker: Well, Ronniekins has a flower allergy and he can still coexist with it, right?

 

Jo: And we think Dobby gives you magically filtered apples that's why your apple dishes always taste more delicious…

 

D: Dobby doesn't have a fruit filter in his arsenal but he does know how to take seeds off a fruit even if it isn't sliced.

 

Jo: So you don't wear multicoloured fuzzy socks to bed? That bit was so cute though…

 

Ker: and the skin care routine

 

Jo: the ballroom dance step shortcuts

 

Ker: the study routines!!!

 

Jo: plant maintenance

 

Ker: and were even the mermish hand signs right?!

 

D: You managed to weed out most of it already. What image have you painted me in your minds these past few years?

 

Jo: Like… an angel 

 

Ker: Like… a reincarnated Four Founder, yknow.

 

Jo: Yeah, since the castle loves you.

 

D: The reason the castle doesn't like you is because you've been pranking her for seven years.

 

Ker: She's like a second Professor McGonagall!! 

 

Jo: but even more exposed to mischief!!

 

D: Try to be kind to the castle, maybe it'd like you.

 

Ker: Yknow what… we'll do that!!!

 

 

In life, you truly needed to expect the unexpected.

 

Like a bludger is always out to give you a concussion.

 

Or in this case, a pair of twins appearing in the Hospital Wing.

 

"Dear me," Madam Pomfrey raised a brow at the sight of two gobsmacked Gryffindors. "Is there anything we can help you with?"

 

"We tried to be kind and it sort of led us here." George replied, crossing his arms and huffing.

 

"Who?" Draco asked, a twitch on his lip the only indication he was trying hard not to laugh.

 

"Hogwarts!! We stroked the doors and everything, cleaned floors and sang to them!!" Fred started, acting out the things they did.

 

"And they led us here!"

 

"Maybe they're running a fever." Draco commented to Madam Pomfrey who nodded and made Fred and George lay down on the vacant beds.

 

"You're both always running around, you're bound to be here anyway." 

 

"So mean."

 

"Does this mean we can skip classes?" Fred asked, a smile on his face as he was tucked in. George smiled as well, curious.

 

"It means Professor McGonagall is going to be contacted."

 

"Oh, what the?! Your presence alone was enough to heal me!"

 

"I feel better! Soooo much, I can even play Quidditch right away!"

 

Fred and George shot up the beds and rushed towards the door.

 

"Look at the time, we have to go now!"

 

Before Draco or Madame Pomfrey could even say anything, the door to the Hospital Wing swung open and closed.

 

"Well then, shall we go over the documents while we wait for tea?" Madame Pomfrey asked Draco, already used to the twins' antics.

 

Draco chuckled and gestured towards the office. "Lead the way."

 

 

Quidditch is a very welcome sport now that the Triwizard Cup ended and the pitch wasn't used to grow hedges. The energy in the pitch is always booming!

 

Not that they didn't play mock quidditch last year. Krum was there so obviously he'll be challenged a lot... And Harry, the Boy Who Finally Got Permission along with the Weasley siblings spent the longest time with the Bulgarian flying around Hogwarts. (There was a time they couldn't find the snitch at all because they didn't limit its range and had to ask a Professor for help)

 

There was even a Durmstrang vs. Hogwarts Quidditch match that ended with a tie. Viktor encouraged the Weasleys to train more, his heart eyes on Ron's talent ignored by the twins and Ginny.(okay, fine, they were just crashing on Viktor, Ron and Hermione's Quidditch dates shhh)

 

That led to Harry, Fred, George, Ron and Ginny playing mock Quidditch more this year now that the pitch is available again. Angelina and Katie were all amazed on how they've improved!

 

Ron still has flaws in being a Keeper but with Viktor and the Power of Love, he's improved a lot. Ginny joined the Quidditch team as a substitute Seeker and Chaser, so far she's the most balanced player in her year. Fred and George are Fred and George, unbeatable beaters. Harry apparently sucks at being Keeper, his beater reflexes are good but he excels well in being a Seeker. 

 

Now, Draco… Draco honestly doesn't enjoy Quidditch that much.

 

Because his teammates suck.

 

The only way to win is to find the snitch AND FAST. He did that with Hufflepuff (with Cedric gone, they're still a bit off-centre) and Ravenclaw (Cho Chang had been a vicious player but he pulled through).

 

(What's the use of weekly training if you're just flexing your muscles and not scoring, Montague?)

 

The Quidditch Match of Slytherin vs. Gryffindor had almost the entirety of Hogwarts in attendance. The cheers were deafening and the players were all brimming with energy.

 

Katie and Angelina were facing off Crabbe, who kept on sending bludgers towards them. A few minutes later, the girls could evade the bludgers easily when they were each assisted by the twins.

 

Above the Quidditch pitch, Seeker Draco's eyes narrowed towards the action and scoffed.

...No, he is not jealous.

Doing a quick scan on why his heart felt like it's being squeezed, it's because his stamina is almost running empty, okay?!

 

Gritting his teeth, Draco ignored the flirty (teasing) remarks from Announcer Lee Jordan who had been amused when he saw Draco scoff minutes earlier. The announcer had a good vantage point and clearly saw what made the blonde irritated. (Let Lee enjoy this, okay? It's been a long time coming…)

 

Harry looked at the scoreboard, 100 - 120, in favor of Gryffindor and tilted his head as he did calculations. If the snitch shows up now, Draco could still turn the tides. He promised Angelina to move when the score turns into 150, anyway. Glancing at the audience stands and catching Blaise's intense gaze, he looked away and hid his blush when the Slytherin Casanova just had to wink at him! That git!

 

Madam Hooch's whistle blew as Slytherin scored 20 points, tying with Gryffindor.

 

"And it's a tie, ladies and gentlemen! But the seekers are still not seeking! Even gold hunter Harry Potter had stayed above the Quidditch pitch, not moving! Slytherin fast striker Draco Malfoy stayed in his position for more than a minute! Has anyone found the snitch yet?!"

 

Harry and Draco glared at Lee Jordan in unison as the attention fell onto them, shouts of 'find it', 'get on with it' echoing from the hyped up crowd.

 

"He's enjoying this a bit too much, isn't he?" Harry commented across the field. Draco scrunched up his nose and agreed.

 

"We'll get back to him at D.A." both Seekers vowed as they moved, circling the Quidditch pitch.

 

"The Seekers are on the move!!!" Lee Jordan hollered, gaining the attention of the players briefly.

 

"No, Harry!" Angelina cried out. "Stick to the plan!!"

 

Draco heard it and smirked. That's right.

 

Stick to the plan, eh?

 

His broom led him to the Slytherin audience stands, locking eyes with the Slytherin Hogwarts Musical members and the Slytherins who participated in his plan. Like a Maestro starting the band, he swung his hand and the acapella started.

 

"To celebrate the debut of Ronald Weasley as Keeper." Draco bowed reverently at Ron who was a good distance away.

 

A high, mocking, fast paced and annoying song sounded and gained the attention of the cheering Houses. They paused for a bit to hear what the song is about until the Gryffindors were roaring for them to stop singing across the stands once the lyrics sunk in.

 

Weasley cannot save a thing,

He cannot block a single ring,

That's why Slytherins all sing:

Weasley is our King.

 

Weasley was born in a bin

He always lets the Quaffle in

Weasley will make sure we win

Weasley is our King.

 

Throughout the song, Ron did keep missing the Quaffle, the Slytherins who weren't singing were cheering as the score went up for their House.

 

"Ron, don't listen!!" George growled out, glaring at the Slytherins.

 

George had gripped his bat so hard, it was splintering. But he can't very well swing his bat against the audience even if it's Slytherin. The bludger he hit went hurtling down the sand with a heavy thud. It was enough to silence a few but the others who knew of the barriers sang louder.

 

Draco's melodious laughter rang out the pitch, amusement clear in his body language as the song came to an end.

 

The score was 160 - 120, in favour of Slytherin.

 

"Did you like my gift to your friend, Potter?" Draco drawled and Harry looked enraged, brows furrowed and nose flared in anger.

 

"Take that back! Don't sing the song ever again!" Harry yelled out, his voice loud enough to be heard amongst the cheers.

 

Gryffindors booed at the stands, Ginny screaming out that the Slytherins were basically cheating for causing distractions.

 

"That's enough, Harry." Katie flew up and physically dragged Harry's new Firebolt away from the Slytherin Prince. "You know we just have to score!!"

 

Angelina had checked up on Ron and he held a shaky thumb up. 

 

"I can do this!"

 

Hearing it from above, Draco did a few tricks and smirked, the other Slytherin players snickering.

 

"Let's see how long you'll last, Your Majesty."

 

An hour later, the song was sung a total of three times now and Harry caught the snitch. Draco was beside him but was about to hit the Quidditch rings stand so he pulled back as Harry dived into the largest ring to catch the snitch, belatedly hearing Angelina's horrified 'No!'

 

300 - 300

 

The Gryffindors and Slytherin tied.

 

"It's a tie! The Gryffindors and Slytherins are having a remaaatcchh!" Lee Jordan's voice sliced through the silence that enveloped the Quidditch pitch after the scoreboard released the numbers.

 

The crowd murmured as Ron, Harry and the Weasley Twins immediately went to the locker rooms without confronting Draco Malfoy.

 

"A tie?!" Montague shouted in outrage, alighting his broom and stalking up to Draco. "Bloody hell, Draco! A tie!"

 

Draco raised a brow at the Slytherin Quidditch Captain. "I'm the one who should be irritated, I already did enough to distract the Keeper as I said I would but your skills are obviously not up to par! Why have you been playing Quidditch for Children all this time??"

 

"It's your fault we're tied again!"

 

"Why, are you a Weasley? Did the song affect you as well?" Draco's tone was mocking as Montague flinched and stepped away. "You suck at being a Keeper, too, right? Are you sure your career choice should be in Quidditch? Your records are going to make your recruiters cry."

 

Montague was about to retort, his pride in tatters, when Angelina pushed him out of the way to stand directly towards Draco.

 

"What was that, Malfoy?? How could you be so cruel to do that song!!"

 

Draco looked boredly at the Gryffindor Quidditch Captain.

 

"Were there any rules regarding singing in the Quidditch Rulebook? It if wasn't allowed, Madame Hooch would've stopped it the moment the first notes were sung, right?"

 

"How could you do this to Ron?!" Katie yelled, standing beside Angelina. "Play fair, you Slytherin."

 

Draco put a hand on his chest, "Why are you all berating me as if it's my fault? It's not my fault Gryffindors only rely on Potter to turn the tides or even out the scores."

 

"Take that back!"

 

"That's enough." Professor McGonagall interrupted, "Go to your locker rooms, now."

 

And with that, they dispersed. Angelina and Katie shot Draco icy glares but it did nothing to deter the blonde's menacing smile.

 

Mischievous silver grey eyes eyed the scoreboard as he went inside the Slytherin locker rooms, soaking the 300 - 300 into his memory.

 

It was a good game.

 

After all, it all went according to his plan.

 

 

(A few weeks before the Quidditch Match)

 

After a successful lesson on 'Reducto' during D.A., (where they found the youngest Weasley to have affinity for explosions), Draco had proudly presented Ron a foot-long parchment paper.

 

"What's this? More homework?" Ron balked, accepting it. As he was unrolling it, he paused the moment Draco said:

 

"Pansy, Blaise and I wrote you a song."

 

"We're quite proud of it." Pansy smirked.

 

"Eh, I just added dramatic flair." Blaise commented as he directed Harry towards his best friend.

 

Harry and Hermione, curious beings on why Ron was the only one who got a song, sandwiched Ron in between them as Ron nervously unrolled the parchment.

 

Reading the lyrics, Ron groaned.

 

"I knew it. I knew you'd do this!!" Ron was close to whining but thought better not to, knowing the Slytherins were worse than his brothers when it comes to teasing. "And Viktor already gave me tips and tricks, just so you know!"

 

"It's alright," Draco said wisely. "We all have our own flaws."

 

Hermione groaned as her mind finally processed the lyrics. "Don't tell me you're making Slytherin sing this? You're basically bullying him!"

 

"Well, isn't it time for Ron to be our center of attention? Harry and I are lacking any more topics to pick from." Draco pointed out.

 

"Harry, say something!" Ron shook Harry by the shoulders.

 

Harry did a thinking pose, staring intently at the parchment paper. "I don't think that's the only trick up their sleeve."

 

"You're getting smarter, Harry." Pansy cooed, patting the Boy Who Did Not Get Into Ravenclaw on the head.

 

"Harry's right." Blaise said, brandishing a 'Weasley is Our King' badge with a broom, Quaffle and Quidditch rings logo. "We have badges, too!"

 

"I knew it." Harry hissed at the merchandise before hugging his best friend. "It's okay, Ron. It'll get better. They did this to me last year, too, didn't they?"

 

Right. The 'Potter Sucks' badges.

 

"And we profited so much." The Slytherins said in unison.

 

"Don't worry, Ron. Like Harry, you'll be well compensated. This project is like, non profit for us."

 

"And we'll give you the remaining galleons after we docked off the charming, transfiguration and spell work fee."

 

"It's a collaboration project in our Pureblood classes." Pansy elaborated, groaning at the thought of it. "Our Professors are kind of sadists when fishing out projects."

 

"And we'll even give you invisible earplugs when you hear it outside the Quidditch pitch." Blaise offered, smiling like a marketing manager. "We gave one last year to Harry, too. We spelled his glasses so that he won't see the badges we made for him."

 

"Tempting." Ron murmured, brain already in overdrive as he weighed the pros and cons.

 

"Viktor would be very angry with the three of you." Hermione admonished them, already knowing Ron would agree the moment she heard 'galleons'.

 

"Oh, don't worry about him. I'm sending him a letter." Draco said, taking a pristine white envelope out of his pocket and handing them to the Golden Trio.

 

 

To my dearest, most beloved friend that I cherish with all my heart, Viktor

 

How is Bulgaria's weather? Wait, I do not know where you are doing your training but I hope this letter finds you well.

 

I'm fine, thank you. I appreciate your concern. Oh, why did I write to you? I'm just updating you on the going-ons in Hogwarts like a good friend, like I've always done.

 

By the way, I'm breaking Ron's spirit and love for Quidditch during our first Quidditch game this year. Thought I'd let you know. Just in case they'll write to you with shaky handwriting and tears-streaked pages filled with their woes.

 

Don't worry, I won't make him hate me. I'm too loveable for that.

 

Don't fly back to Hogwarts, okay? You still have to settle your inheritances. Maybe write Ron a very sincere, loving, vomit-inducing, cliché letter if I did break him. 

 

Really, Viktor. Ron Weasley and Hermione Granger?? Why pick people whose spirits I have to break via extracurricular activities and academics?? You're painting me like a villain when I'm much better than that.

 

Write back.

 

Your soulmate if you had good taste,

Draco Malfoy

 

 

"Do you always write your letters to Viktor this way?" Hermione asked incredulously. From what she remembered, Viktor was fond of letters he got from his Slytherin friends.

 

"Not always. We do write like that if he doesn't reply within five letters we send him." Pansy shook her head. "Viktor doesn't really like replying back."

 

Ron and Hermione looked at each other and wisely kept quiet about the three page minimum letters they got each as reply for every letter they sent to Viktor. (If they stacked all the correspondence they got, they'd have two novels already)

 

"How much will I get in this project?" Ron asked, frowning. "I need mental health benefits, patience benefits, and nonaggression benefits because I have to hold back Fred and George from attacking you."

 

"If everything goes according to plan, probably five hundred galleons."

 

Ron's eyes bulged at the price. "That much?!"

 

"Well, yeah. It's a Hogwarts-wide project." Harry nodded in agreement, that was basically the same amount they got last year. (Harry found out that the students are materialistic and is a sucker for souvenirs for their school year– muggleborns included). Half the money was given to Fred and George for prank purposes, half the money went to snacks and gifts. Good investment, Harry concluded.

 

"Then, if I buy the song rights and remake it into something positive, how much would it be?" Ron asked, strategizing. Hearing that, Hermione eyed the lyrics and thought of rhyming words.

 

"If we're tied for our first match, we'll just dock off a hundred galleons. If Slytherin wins the Quidditch Cup, you'll get full price, consider it as a donation for your good graces."

 

"Hm, I have to discuss this with my brothers." Ron murmured.

 

"You're seriously bribing your way to win?" Hermione asked, mind flashing back to the slug incident during their first year.

 

"No. We're just showcasing the benefits." Draco smiled angelically.

 

"Merlin, I think we're going to be the reason Hogwarts will be in ruins." Hermione muttered as Ron, Harry and the Slytherin trio shook hands, eyes filled with mischief.

 

When Ron tripped because of a sudden raised tile, Hermione thinks Hogwarts agrees.

 

(The night after the Quidditch Match)

 

Ker: When Darling asked us a few weeks ago if we're good singers, I thought they'd wish for a serenade.

 

D: There are song cupids for that.

 

Jo: We can carry a tune at most but what I was expecting isn't our baby brother getting a song dedicated to him.

 

Ker: Imagine our life partner dedicating a song to someone else first rather than us?

 

D: That's what you're sulking about??

 

Jo: If you can compose a song, why didn't we hear it first?!

 

Ker: Is it because we're like Julietta and Romino? From that muggle book you've all been reading?

 

Jo: Hidden relationships and Family enemies :( woe is us

 

D: I already sang for you and please don't bring those characters in here!

 

Jo: but we have so much in common with them!

 

D: Do you want us to die in vain? They took a stupid potion and thought the other was really dead so they stabbed themselves.

 

Ker: I mean, if it was potion, I think we'd have check it on you first.

 

Jo: but in time, we'll know you can brew those undetected in the bloodstream

 

Ker: And besides!! Pureblood Knives scares me, you have a supplier with unlimited supply.

 

D: Don't be ridiculous.

 

Jo: YOU DISTRACTED US AGAIN!

 

Ker: Make a song for us while we make a spell for you, darling? \(๑╹◡╹๑)ノ♬

 

D: I'll think about it.

 

Jo: Back to the Quidditch match, we're tied!! Just so you know, we won't lose in the next match! We're already practicing the other version of the song!

 

Ker: I'm still annoyed now that I know the tune but hearing the revised one makes me feel less angry. I can't believe you dedicated a project like this to our little brother ༎ຶ‿༎ຶ

 

Jo: but we're going to be holding back because Ron already discussed it with us. And the lyrics was accurate because Ron did get born in a bin

 

Ker: Old man Bin's inn a few streets away from the Three Broomsticks where mum was staying

 

Jo: Did Ron tell you that story?

 

D: It was an educated guess.

 

Jo: Ron did suck at being a Keeper but we all have to suck before we get better at it, anyway.

 

Ker: And Ginny was apparently a good actress. Since she already knew about it but I still heard her screeching.

 

Jo: Did you let the D.A. know it's a prank? Because Lee is about to be really angry!

 

Ker: Angry Lee is scary!

 

D: Not really. Maybe except Neville, since Pansy and Blaise would never exclude the precious child with this prank.

 

Ker: Nepotism!!!

 

D: Neville deserves the whole world.

 

Jo: Neville is getting a bit too spoiled, me thinks

 

Ker: Me thinks so, too.

 

D: Of course, he is. He will be a hero even if he isn't the Chosen One, just wait and see.

 

D: Oh, and good job earlier, beaters.

 

Jo: I can't believe we're an afterthought!

 

Ker: you did well, too. We almost had a heart attack when you're about to hit the pole.

 

Jo: and no, we were not speeding towards you that time no matter what Angelina will say next training.

 

Ker: we were going to assist Harry

 

D: Why are you practicing your excuses on me?

 

Ker: Practice makes perfect.

 

D: Agreed.

 

Ker: Can we know what's our rank in your priority list? Is it 1. Studying 2. Neville 3. Potions 4. Friends 5. Us?!

 

D: Close, you're actually 7th. I have a lot of duties up there.

 

Jo: but Neville is 2nd?!

 

Ker: Darling, you need to sort out your priorities!!

 

Jo: Like Hermione!!

 

D: My priorities are very organised.

 

Jo: No, it isn't? You love us, we should be in the top 5 priority list!

 

D: Well, at least you're in the top ten.

 

Ker: You're breaking our hearts. <\\\\3

 

D: Fine. I'll sort it out.

 

Jo: Yay (≧▽≦)

 

D: Next year.

 

Ker: Procrastinator!!!

 

D: Coming from you?

 

Ker: I hate it here ༎ຶ‿༎ຶ

 

 

The D.A. members were all fidgety as they entered the Room of Requirement. Only Luna, Neville and Ginny weren't really bothered.

 

The D.A. consisted of seventeen students in contract, a total of twenty in person.

 

Hannah Abbot, Susan Bones, Zacharias Smith from Hufflepuff. 

 

Luna Lovegood, Cho Chang, Marietta Edgecomb, Terry Boot from Ravenclaw.

 

Dean Thomas, Seamus Finnigan, Ginny Weasley, Neville Longbottom, Harry Potter, Ron Weasley, Hermione Granger, Fred Weasley, George Weasley and Lee Jordan for Gryffindor.

 

(And Draco Malfoy, Pansy Parkinson, Blaise Zabini for Slytherin). 

 

Half of those froze in shock as they saw Ron and Draco battling it out in Wizard chess like it's a normal Tuesday, as if the Weasley is Our King fiasco during the Quidditch Match didn't happen.

 

"Checkmate." Ron smirked, looking at Draco.

 

"You win this time." Draco conceded, sighing.

 

"I let you win the other times." Ron laughed, pulling Draco close and giving him a headlock.

 

The members watched on, maybe they're mass hallucinating.

 

"Aren't you supposed to be fighting?" Susan stuttered out, announcing the arrival of D.A. to the occupants of the room.

 

Pansy and Hermione looked up from the reference book they were reading for their homework they needed to pass two weeks later and snickered. Ron had heard the song prior to the Quidditch game and had admitted it was catchy but annoying.

 

Harry, who had been challenging his drawing skills, stopped scratching his masterpiece to oversee the drama. Blaise, Harry's model, slouched a bit and a lazy smirk appeared. The two of them have been having mini dates ever since September to make up for the long distance relationship during summer. Any free time is date time.

 

Draco grinned at the D.A. members and they all averted their gazes as they felt the evil intent.

 

"Ronald, were we fighting? After we've composed a song entirely inspired by you?"

 

Ron snorted, "You need to upgrade your mocking skills if you want to see me broken."

 

"Oh, thank Merlin." Dean muttered, leaning on Seamus. "I thought it was weird Ron wasn't wailing in our dorm."

 

"It's just a prank." Draco smiled angelically but the members wisely stepped back.

 

"Okay! Now that the cat's out of the bag, let's start our lessons, shall we?" Hermione clapped her hands and the Room of Requirement turned into the default training room setting.

 

"I already healed Ron's wounded pride." Draco said and with a wave of his wand, he had donned his healer robes. "I am his healer, after all."

 

"What sort of medicine did you give him, then?" Lee Jordan asked, definitely knowing what it is.

 

Draco handed Ron a small pouch that jingled when he shook it. "Money."

 

"Figures."

 

"Neville, dear, did you do your homework?" Pansy asked, hugging the tall Gryffindor. Neville wordlessly asked for help towards Ginny and Luna but both girls seemed fascinated with the view outside a window that suddenly appeared.

 

"I-I did and Gran says the family daggers aren't allowed to be in my vicinity in this lifetime."

 

Pansy clicked her tongue. "That woman is an enemy to the Traditional Arts. How about your personal Pureblood Knife?"

 

"Uh- it's in my Vault."

 

"Retrieve it during the hols, okay, dear?"

 

"O-okay."

 

"Then, I'll teach you the beauty of threats and sharp things."

 

"Sharp things like…?"

 

"Wits."

 

"Ah."

 

"Come here, Nev." Blaise smiled brightly. "We'll be doing wandless casting today!"

 

Hearing that, Seamus nudged Dean. "How come Nev can be taught something that advanced?"

 

Dean looked at Seamus as if he's grown another head. "You want to be adopted by Slytherins?"

 

Seamus paused before going towards Harry, where it's relatively safer. "Let's just pray for Nev."

 

"Thought so."

 

Fred and George came barging in half an hour later, proudly showing off their fireworks show which ended with singed hairs and soot all over the Room of Requirement.

 

Draco, eye twitching and wand drawn, demonstrated a perfect 'Reducto' they'd been mastering.

 

The twins flew off a few feet away with defeated grunts and apologies.

 

"Well then," Harry redirected the attention away as soon as Fred and George clung to Healer Draco. "Shall we move on to the next spell?"

 

 

D: It's been so peaceful lately, it's so strange 

 

Jo: Uh, darling? Your song prank set off the hostility between Gryffindors and Slytherins up a notch

 

Ker: Didn't you hear the sixth years bickering every time they changed classrooms? The first and second years were one class away from a fistfight.

 

D: I feel like Hogwarts is keeping me away from chaos.

 

Ker: Darling? You started this chaos?

 

D: Everything seems so right.

 

Jo: Are you okay?

 

D: No. The Hufflepuffs won't buy badges so our target goal isn't budging. These badgers are neutral so we have to think how to sell it again.

 

Ker: So it is about money.

 

D: And the Ravenclaws are too peaceful with the Houses, how strange is that?

 

Jo: I don't see you but I know you have your scheming face

 

Ker: Let us hear your train of thought!

 

D: We shouldn't promote house unity!!

 

Jo: Truly a fitting statement for the one who broke the fragile peace between Slytherin and Gryffindor! 

 

D: Oh please, I aspire to do the opposite of what Professor Umbridge had done!

 

Ker: House unity isn't really her forte…

 

D: What are you talking about? She united all Houses to hate her! No one had ever done this feat, not even Lockhart!

 

Jo: Darling's got a point!

 

D: Gryffindors and Slytherins are in a stalemate right after the next Quidditch match, anyway. After the Gryffindors sing the revised song.

 

Jo: After that, anyone taunting Ron will have a singing battle with a Gryffindor. Don't you know we have a lot of songbirds in our midst?

 

Ker: looking forward to it.

 

D: So we need Hufflepuff and Ravenclaw to fight. Come on, let's give them a spotlight. There's four Houses here, not two!

 

Ker: I feel like I shouldn't be encouraging this but…

 

Jo: What's the plan?

 

D: Steal the tea ceremony sets!!

 

Ker: and blame the Ravens!! 

 

D: We move out at dawn.

 

Jo: Noted! Preparations are ongoing!

 

Ker: Meet you at the pear!

 

D: :)

 

Ker: :)

 

Jo: :)

 

Notes:

Recharge my soul with comments, kudos, hits and bookmarks! I shall return after I finish typing up atleast two or more chapters!!

*Runs away holding the tea ceremony sets*

Chapter 5

Notes:

Thank you for the 269 kudos!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

D: What do you want for your gifts? It's nearing winter holidays…

 

Jo: What do you want? You basically can buy everything.

 

D: A unicorn

 

Ker: Nearly everything. Do you want us hauled to Azkaban? We can only get unicorns in illegal trades!

 

D: No. And unicorns don't belong in stables, anyway.

 

Jo: and we don't have Hagrid's luck of getting shady people to sell their creatures to him.

 

D: Wasn't Norberta an evil, villainous ploy to get Fluffy's weakness? Hermione told me that.

 

Jo: We would accept anything you give us!

 

D: Coal.

 

Ker: You've been hanging out too much with a certain Bright witch…

 

D: It's been said that it's something you receive if you've been naughty.

 

Jo: We've been nothing but angels this year.

 

Ker: We always do one good deed a day!!

 

Ker: So? What is it that you want?

 

D: A new journal. This one's nearing its end.

 

Jo:...

 

Ker:...

 

D:...?

 

Ker: WHO TOLD YOU THAT'S ONE OF OUR GIFTS?!

 

Jo: THIS WAS SUPPOSED TO BE A SURPRISE!!

 

D: You both did, a school year ago.

 

Jo: Oh, indeed.

 

Ker: Flipping back a few hundred pages ago, we did…

 

D: Idiots.

 

Ker: well, YOUR idiots.

 

D: Yes, MY idiots.

 

Ker: ⁄(⁄ ⁄•⁄-⁄•⁄ ⁄)⁄

 

Jo: ( ꈍᴗꈍ)

 

 

"Dobby be happy Young Master Draco looks happier nowadays." 

 

Draco paused from lining sliced apples on the dough in Dobby's mini kitchen. Looking at the jovial elf whisking eggs, he scoffed.

 

"I don't know what you're talking about."

 

Dobby snickered. "Dobby not lying."

 

There was silence as Draco observed the free house elf put final touches on the apple pie they were making.

 

"I came here to escape from Uncle Sev's lectures not to be interrogated." Draco huffed.

 

"Dobby not interrogating."

 

Draco glanced around the room and saw a new boudoir Pansy probably gave him. Sensing a good timing to change the topic, Draco pointed at it while Dobby placed the apple pie on the oven. 

 

"Nevermind that. Did Pansy give you that?"

 

"Lady Pansy and Sir B be spoiling Dobby with gifts!" Dobby beamed, "Dobby's favorite is the cream. It makes Dobby's skin feel smooth!"

 

"So that's why you looked younger." Draco noted. "Maybe once Tilly sees you, she'll get heart eyes."

 

"Tilly be missing me?" Dobby fidgeted. "Dobby be missing Tilly, too."

 

Draco thought of Pansy's house elf who was so distraught when Dobby didn't come back to the Malfoy Manor.

 

"Shouldn't you be courting her already?"

 

Dobby tripped.

 

"Dobby h-heard nothing!" Dobby scampered towards the oven. "Oh, the apple pie is done!"

 

Draco snickered.

 

 

Ker: If we became a cockroach, will you still love us?

 

D: You'd be perfect ingredients for Potions.

 

 

"Somehow, it feels a bit peaceful lately." Pansy commented.

 

Fred and George looked at each other, feeling a sense of déjà vu.

 

"How so?" Hermione asked, glancing at the twins curiously. 

 

It was a rare time where they're all free and hanging out after D.A. was finished. Probably because the quizzes and projects are almost done.

 

"Feels like Professor Umbridge is lying low. That woman came up to half a hundred decrees and it's not even a quarter of the school year."

 

"Maybe because she can't find the culprit of the people who kept on destroying her cat plate collection." Blaise snickered.

 

"She's mourning for it?" Harry asked, skeptical.

 

"No, she's busy planning with the Minister how to gain even more power to overthrow Dumbledoor." Draco answered, putting down his quill and relaxing back on the cushions.

 

"I like that." Pansy nodded.

 

"That she wants more power?" Ron asked, putting away all his finished homework and opening Viktor's recent letter. (Seeing that it's five pages, he put it away as well to read with Hermione later) (Something tells Ron that Viktor hadn't replied to the Slytherins yet)

 

"No, overthrowing the Headmaster!" Pansy's eyes brightened. "What a great idea! We should plan one too!"

 

"Professor McGonagall deserves the Headmaster position at this point." Harry pointed out. "She's been doing most of his work, anyway. Have you seen her desk? It's drowning in paper."

 

Before anyone could comment, Dobby popped in to give out treats and drinks.

 

"Thank you, Dobby." They all chorused. Dobby's ear flapped in happiness.

 

Fred and George helped themselves with the meat pies before they noticed Dobby handing Draco a slice of apple pie.

 

"Dobby, don't you think Draco had enough of apple pie? He's been eating it every day." 

 

The twins wisely looked away as Draco threw a scathing glare on their way.

 

Dobby looked at the Twins Terrors as if they suddenly merged into one body.

 

"Young Master Draco must eat it every day!" Dobby sighed as if they've committed a heavy crime. "An apple a day keeps the plague away!"

 

Dobby huffed, tutted and shook his head before disapparating.

 

Draco laughed at the gobsmacked look Fred and George were sporting.

 

"Serves you right." Draco smirked, taking a bite out of the pie. "Stay away from my apple pies."

 

Eyes narrowing, Fred and George can't help but think apples are way up into the Top 5 priority list of Draco Malfoy.

 

Pansy cleared her throat, wand at ready which is as dangerous as a Pureblood Knife on her hand.

 

"So about the overthrowing plan…"

 

Someone should stop that dangerous thought, people in the room concluded.

 

"Let me hear it." 

 

The Gryffindor trio inched closer to Fred and George as Blaise and Draco grinned at the Parkinson Lady.

 

Fred and George wisely placed more food on the younger Gryffindors' plate. They need all the energy they can get.

 

After all, chaos breeds chaos.

 

 

Ker: I'm glad the Overthrow plan is put into hold…

 

D: Well, it's still not the right time to enact it. 

 

Jo: Speaking of, how many cat plate collection has Umbridge even ordered?

 

Ker: Yeah, we only destroyed one plate collection and yet somehow she's been ordering more every other week!

 

D: Someone's doing it constantly.

 

Ker: It wasn't us, we're preoccupied with our project lately.

 

Jo: Is it you, Darling? You seem to know something.

 

D: No, I've been making potions with Professor Snape all month.

 

D: But I do know who keeps on breaking her cat plate collection.

 

Jo: Who?

 

D: The wall. And peeves.

 

Ker: the what!!

 

D: Someone enchanted the wall to be unable to function whenever a certain weight condition is met.

 

Jo: Bloody brilliant!

 

Ker: Sneaky!!

 

Jo: How about the tea ceremony sets?

 

D: We can give it back, no need to break perfectly crafted sets.

 

Ker: I never would've thought the badgers cared for it so much.

 

Jo: their tea parties must've bored them without the fine china.

 

D: The ravens are frequent guests for tea parties so it's just a matter of time before the story unfolds itself. How exciting!

 

Ker: We've been off to a great start. Oh, and by the way, Darling…

 

Jo: What should we do on our month anniversary?

 

Ker: Monthsary

 

Jo: it sounds so lame…

 

D: Do we really need to celebrate every month?

 

Ker: Yes

 

Jo: Yes!

 

D: Then, what shall we do? Do you want a picnic again?

 

Jo: No!

 

Ker: Yes!

 

Jo: How about we have a snowball fight and the winner will plan it?

 

Ker: I'm all fired up!

 

D: What is with you two and snow storms?

 

Jo: The cold never bothered me anyway.

 

Ker: Blizzards are repelled by the castle, anyway. All the snow is gathered on the fields.

 

D: What are your plans exactly?

 

Jo: Will the house elves even agree for a cook off inside the kitchens?

 

Ker: Will the cats be disgruntled if we invade the Cat Rooms?

 

D: I don't know about the house elves but the cats will be disgruntled, do you want Hilt to hate you?

 

Jo: What are you talking about, we're Hilt's favorites!

 

Ker: Hilt doesn't even attack us anymore while the disillusionment charm is up!

 

D: I think it's because Hilt gave up. If I can sense you, Hilt can still sense you, you know?

 

Ker: I can't read suddenly, it's all ink blots…

 

Jo: What do you wanna do on our special day, Darling?

 

D: Bring chaos in the Gryffindor dorms.

 

Ker: Spoken like a true Slytherin.

 

 

Harry was excited!

 

The Chosen One has taken to having small dates with Blaise throughout the past months. He treasures every moment with the handsome Slytherin who is very smart, supportive and very very very flirty!!! 

 

There was a reason he believes that opposites do attract with how their personalities seem to clash but Blaise is so understanding and have lots of self-control!

 

Believe it or not, Harry was the one to initiate their first kiss! 

 

Harry learned from his guardians that time time with people you love can drastically change in a moment's notice so he'd been planning their dates and to-do lists the whole summer. He couldn't contact Blaise at all since the Pureblood had been off to do what Purebloods do so he spent time pining.

 

Now that he's back at Hogwarts, there is no time to waste!! Harry even got flustered when Blaise had showered him with affection and praise the moment he was welcomed into Blaise's warm embrace. 

 

It was a wonder how he'd kept his relationship with Blaise a secret, it seemed obvious to him but seeing Seamus and Dean getting shocked when they joined the D.A. had him realising they were good actors outside the Room of Requirement.

 

He's been to the Slytherin dorms back in second year and just last year to meet the mermaids but…this year…Blaise promised to tour him there! And that day is today!

 

Harry is so excited to see…

 

The Slytherin dorms…

 

Harry paused, looking at the extravagant furnishings and aesthetic, expensive looking decor the moment he went down the dorm stairs.

 

"I'm still in the Gryffindor Tower, right?" Harry asked Ron, who was standing beside him equally gobsmacked.

 

Their common room had been changed into greens and silvers. There was no speck of red and gold to be seen. The fireplace had been changed and the fire was glowing green, the couches and beanbags were changed to expensive sofas and carpets. Even the candelabras were changed!!! 

 

If it weren't for the panicking lions around them, you'd have thought they'd been transported in the basement where the Slytherin dorms reside.

 

"...yeah mate." Ron belatedly replied, eyes fixated on the window where an imitation of the Mermaid Wall began. "I think."

 

"So we didn't sleepwalk all the way down the Slytherin dorms…" Harry nodded, relieved.

 

Hermione, having woken up with all the commotion, came down all freshened up and ready for breakfast. Seeing the new interior, she smiled brightly.

 

"I like it." The witch commented, adjusting her school bag. She made her way out of the portrait door while humming unaware of the disbelieving looks she got from those who heard her.

 

"You don't suppose the Sorting Hat made a mistake when it announced her House?" Ron questioned, eyes fondly looking at the bushy haired brunette.

 

"I'm blaming Draco for this." Harry groaned, dragging Ron up the stairs again so they could freshen up as well.

 

It's way too early for this elaborate prank!!

 

 

Blaise was quite enjoying his fifth year. Sure, Dolores Umbridge had been raining on their school year with the intent on ruining the fun, but she's just a small, greedy ministry dog that doesn't have much authority in real life. Nonetheless, it's surely shaping up to be a peaceful year with no dark lords to invade Hogwarts and no death-magnet competitions to hold!

 

Blaise is quite confident his beloved Harry will come out of this year relatively unscathed. Ignoring Umbridge's attempt on scarring him (which Blaise magnificently exploded the new Cat plate collection undetected as revenge), it was thwarted with how Draco was quick to assist. Ignoring the Dark Lord gathering allies and servants during their school year since Blaise has plenty of time preparing Harry for a Death Eater invasion (adults are predictable). Ignoring the fact that the Daily Prophet was hiding the truth about the Dark Lord's reappearance by calling Harry delusional and a liar. (Hogwarts students had long since learned not to trust the Prophet ever since Sirius's trial was written like an afternote). Lastly, ignoring the fact that Harry is leading an army! (With their help, of course. Healer Draco is the reason they're all unscathed at this point)

 

Knowing that the future isn't that bright to begin with, Blaise treasures every moment with Harry.

 

To the point he agreed to tour his beloved in the Slytherin dorms. (They've exhausted all the places they can have a date)

 

"Is this Draco's doing?" Blaise asked the moment he arrived at the common room. No wonder the Slytherin Prince is still in bed, snoozing away.

 

"I think he was bored last night." Pansy commented, sipping tea while stroking Hilt's fur.

 

The Slytherin Casanova looked around the room filled with red and gold. His eyes hurt.

 

"How are you so calm?" Blaise asked as he sat down on a massive beanbag.

 

"I was watching the higher years fuss when they saw it and they were almost foaming at the mouth. I was too entertained to be enraged."

 

A plate of a scrumptious breakfast set appeared on the table. 

 

"Was that why we're having breakfast here?" Blaise asked, beginning to slice his eggs and bacon. He didn't flinch as Daphne Greengrass screeched the moment she came inside the common room.

 

"Free entertainment and a meal. Cheers." Pansy nodded, lifting her glass of pumpkin juice and clinking it with Blaise's.

 

"Cheers."

 

Blaise supposes the tour date with Harry has to be postponed to another day.

 

 

Ker: I've been seeing a pattern here and this realisation is keeping me up at night.

 

D: I thought you're night owls.

 

Ker: that is not my point!

 

Jo: Get on with it, then.

 

Ker: we never celebrate our month anniversaries on the exact date at all!!

 

Jo: Oh, you're right. 

 

Ker: Darling was busy on our first, we were busy on our second and yes, destroying the cat plate wall was good enough of a celebration that's not my point but now! Now, on our third we can't even be together because we'll be apart!

 

D: Do we really need to celebrate on the exact date? I'm just happy being with you two.

 

Jo: ( /^ω^)/♪♪

 

Ker: ♪ \(^ω^\ )

 

Ker: but yes! Let's aim to celebrate on our exact month anniversary date

 

Jo: just say Monthsary, you write so slow

 

D: that's another one for the new year's resolutions, i guess 

 

Jo: No!

 

Ker: Absolutely not!

 

D: Why?

 

Ker: In all our lives, all our new year resolutions were not really upheld

 

Jo: it's a curse

 

D: No, you're just not resolute enough.

 

Ker: Darling, by the way, I know this is not a good time to ask this question but if it's resolution you're asking, Jo and I are resolutely willing to marry you.

 

Jo: We're not proposing yet, by the way, we're going just informing you we are THAT resolute in our relationship!!

 

D: Maybe I'll accept this proposal when our hair has turned white. Then, we'll see.

 

Jo: We'll make it happen.

 

D: And of course, a ring is needed since it's tradition.

 

Ker: We'll make it happen.

 

D: and just to elaborate, this is not counted as my wish.

 

Ker: If you wish to wed us, we can get married right now!

 

D: No.

 

Jo: It's okay, we have plenty of time to plan for a wedding!!

 

 

Fred and George caused a commotion when they had a snowball fight outside the castle and came back with hair white as snow. Every offer for a snowball fight was met with a firm no or an escape run. Even Harry was dragged off by Ron!

 

Fred and George swaggered inside the Great Hall, firing finger wands on the Professor's table before sitting down. With the Gryffindor Table on the opposite side of Slytherins, it was difficult to gain the attention of their beloved Darling.

 

Scratch that, he looked this way!

 

Grinning and blowing frosty breaths to their bangs and fringes to accentuate their newly (temporarily) dyed hair, Fred and George struck a pose and even raked their fingers to showcase their luscious locks.

 

Draco stared at the sight of the Weasley Twins looking like models posing for a camera and the Gryffindors around them gawking.

 

He snickered.

 

They looked ridiculous (-ly good, like silver foxes)

 

He put his chin on his left hand, resting his elbow on the table and smirking at the twins. Draco fiddled with his blonde fringe and with the gentle candle glow, he knows it can look white at an angle. Surely he can accept this silent proposal but…

 

'No ring', he mouthed, lips quirked up in amusement.

 

Fred and George froze. Maybe the cold did bother them, anyway. They slumped on the table, their groans drowned out as the food appeared at the same time.

 

How could they forget that teeny tiny thing!?

 

Lee looked at the miserable twins and deemed them hopeless (romantics).

 

"Eat up now, food's disappearing."

 

"We need to make a ring."

 

"We need to find a dwarf that can teach us forging."

 

"Just buy a ring." Lee deadpanned, rolling his eyes as Fred and George looked like kicked Nifflers.

 

 

D: My ring finger is a size 7, just so you know.

 

Ker: I am eternally in awe we didn't have to result into drastic measures just to get your ring size.

 

Jo: and that you're interested in marrying us!!

 

D: You make life fun.

 

D: but if it gets boring, I might have to reconsider.

 

Ker: we'll make it so that it's hard for you to forget us even when we're apart!!

 

Jo: We love you, Darling!!

 

D: I feel it and I'm grateful for your love, my JoKer.

 

D: I love you too, I'll say it more until you'll get tired of it.

 

Jo: Never. 

 

Ker: We always fall more the more you say it, it's so dangerous (。・ω・。)ノ♡

 

D: I'll catch you, I'm a good Seeker, aren't I?

 

Jo: ⁄(⁄ ⁄•⁄-⁄•⁄ ⁄)⁄

 

Ker: ( ꈍᴗꈍ)

 

D: Oh, but we can always go to the traditional route of marriage bites. That certainly outweighs the significance of a ring, right?

 

Ker: My, Darling, are you proposing to us right now? o((*^▽^*))o

 

Jo: Because the answer will always be yes!!

 

D: I'm not proposing, I'm just saying it's a valid option

 

Jo: but can your ring finger handle both our magick?

 

Ker: We'll be fine because we would only have your bite. Since we're twins, our magick signature is basically the same.

 

D: That's simple, one on the ring finger and one on my pulse point should suffice.

 

Ker: We'll have to fight– discuss which part we'll bite then

 

D: Did I just see you write 'fight'?

 

Jo: It's an urgent matter. It's important!

 

D: but marriage is still a long ways to go

 

Jo: Darling, you know weddings are planned for years!!

 

Ker: We've already dreamt the wedding of our dreams, it could take years to be real

 

D: And I haven't come of age and Matched yet

 

Ker: I forgot. You're a Pureblood

 

Jo: Oh, Merlin's pants! We'll have to act out plan K!

 

D: Plan K?

 

Ker: Kidnap you and elope 

 

D: No one is eloping with anyone!!

 

Jo: We'll see

 

D: Uh, no, really. We wouldn't be blessed by Magick so calm yourselves.

 

Ker: Fine. But it is nice knowing you'd want to be wed to us!! 

 

D: At this moment, no, I do not.

 

Jo: We'll see

 

 

Enough is enough.

 

Blaise sighed heavily as the Weasley Twins declared a snowball war with the Slytherins. In front of Draco and Pansy!

 

With fields of snow present from the blizzard last night, Blaise concluded that with this distraction, he can have some time with Harry.

 

It's been a wonderful moment being with the loveable Gryffindor, everything about him changed the trajectory of his life path. Blaise is ready to do anything so that Harry can stay as happy as he could. The Slytherin Casanova always strives to make the Chosen One smile.

 

And with that said, time to kidnap him.

 

They have an overdue date.

 

Harry was laughing hysterically as Fred and George got pelted by continuous snowballs and yelped in shock when he was suddenly carried like a sack of potatoes.

 

"Blaise?!" Harry screeched incredulously.

 

"Hold on, Harry. I'm going to kidnap you."

 

"Will it still be called kidnap if I go willingly?" Harry asked back, clutching Blaise's cloak.

 

Blaise laughed like a madman, gaining the attention of the warring Houses.

 

"I've come to take your Boy Wonder!" Blaise's voice boomed followed by villainous laughter. "You lost, you lions!"

 

Paying no attention to the protests of the people, Blaise trudged away like a pirate holding its plunder.

 

Harry rolled his eyes at the dramatic flair. 

 

"Where are we going, B?" Harry asked once Blaise put him down. Honestly speaking, he'd rather be carried by the taller man but he needs to know where they're going first. (His hate for snow is the reason. Harry insists)

 

"Somewhere we could just be us." Blaise smirked, taking Harry's hands in his to pull him close and give him a chaste forehead kiss.

 

"Sap." Harry grumbled, lightly pushing Blaise so they'd start walking again.

 

They ended up in the Greenhouse Three, hidden by the new trees that the seventh years sprouted and relaxed.

 

Neville, at one point, found them and handed them some snacks before leaving them alone for their date. Blaise and Harry ignored the comment that they looked like an old marriage couple eloping.

 

"But how about it, Golden boy?" Blaise smirked, teasing Harry is his favourite pastime after all. "Elope with me?"

 

Harry hummed, thinking about it. "I probably will if I was still with the Dursleys…but if I elope with you right now, I don't think we can get away with Moony and Padfoot tracking us, not even a full twenty four hours later."

 

Blaise sighed. That much was true.

 

Dumbledore was a fool for trying to suppress Moony and Padfoot. Although, the old bat was smart enough to know how powerful the remaining Marauders are.

 

"Hey, speaking of, don't you think Professor Dumbledore has been too eerily quiet nowadays? How could he let Umbridge handle Hogwarts?"

 

Blaise snorted, remembering the reports he read with Pansy and Draco from their House elves and Dobby. "Word goes around he's preparing for a lot of things lately. His survival, most likely. I bet he's transporting his assets into another private account just in case something goes wrong."

 

Harry scrunched up his nose.

 

"Whatever it is, I just hope we won't get caught in it."

 

Blaise leaned over and gave Harry's forehead a chaste kiss.

 

"Don't worry, Harry. You have me. You have D.A."

 

Harry, blushing and flustered, dragged up some Gryffindor courage to scoot closer to Blaise and kiss his cheek.

 

Grinning at Blaise's shocked blinking, Harry replied.

 

"I like the thought of having you by my side, B."

 

Blaise chuckled, picking up Harry by the waist so they could hug comfortably while sitting down.

 

"Always." was the whispered promise that left the Slytherin's lips.

 

 

D: There is another blizzard tonight.

 

Jo: The train tracks are weather proof so I don't think our train off Hogwarts will be delayed.

 

Ker: The carriages are imbued with the same runes for the Great Hall as well.

 

D: I know all that, I'm just worried about the thestrals. Didn't Luna tell you they don't really like the cold?

 

Ker: but the stables are warm too

 

D: I just hope they won't be too fussy tomorrow. Or if they get fussy, I hope the carriage they're carrying would be both of yours

 

Ker: You say so mean things at times, darling

 

D: I just find the idea funny since it will be like a broomstick ride gone wrong, right??

 

Jo: I can hear your snickering all the way here, darling.

 

D: Ah, the scenarios just kept coming!

 

Ker: I wonder how your holidays will be spent

 

D: Balls, socializing, studying… probably escaping death

 

Jo: Adventurous

 

Ker: How enticing…

 

Jo: How about we stay at Hogwarts?

 

Ker: How about we stay at Hogwarts?

 

D: I have a lot of errands to do so the answer is No.

 

Ker: We want to spend more time with you :(

 

D: Then let's spend more time when we get back to Hogwarts :)

 

Jo: That's a promise, darling!

 

 

Winter in Hogwarts is really unforgivingly cold if you stay in the hallways for too long despite the century old runes. It was a blessing that the rooms are kept warm and cozy like in the Great Hall.

 

There was a hush that fell on Hogwarts the moment the first of the many snow fell. The mood in the Great Hall was gloomy and the candles floating on the ceiling was the only bright thing in the room. It was a day before the start of the hols and everyone who isn't at the Great Hall is packing up.

 

The month-long bad blood between Slytherins and Gryffindor was temporarily put under the carpet, like the Ravenclaw's and Hufflepuff's cold war. (The tea sets were all returned by the house elves after a week of finding them but the damage has been done)

 

Daily Prophet newspapers were shared between those who had subscribed and those who hadn't. The professors were silently eating as the hush turned to murmurs as students started to voice out their opinions, theories and worries.

 

Even from afar, you would be able to see the big bold letters announcing yet another spine chilling news.

 

MASS BREAKOUT FROM AZAKABAN: THE ESCAPE OF NOTORIOUS DEATH EATERS!!

Is Azkaban still an unbreakable prison with the recent breakout? Who did it? Is You-Know-Who back?! (By: Rita Skeeter)

 

At the Gryffindor table, Harry was trying hard not to show how shaky his hands were as he read the article with Ron and Hermione.

 

"Did they say who escaped?"

 

"Fenrir Greyback…"

 

"That's the one who bit Moony!" Harry gasped.

 

"Antonin Dolohov…"

 

"That's the one Siri captured with Dad!"

 

"Rodolphus Lestrange…" 

 

"That's the one Siri captured with Dad!"

 

"Barty Crouch Jr…"

 

"Ugh, Barty Crouch Jr…" Harry groaned together with Ron.

 

"There's four more but the only one that I think you'd know is Bellatrix Lestrange…"

 

Harry gasped.

 

"That's Malfoy's aunt!"

 

"And Siri's cousin." 

 

Harry groaned and buried his head in his hands.

 

"My holidays haven't even started yet, but it's already over!!! Goodbye, my holiday plans!!!"

 

Fred and George left Harry and his lamenting to Ron and Hermione. Hearing the familiar names that their parents utter in fear sometimes when nightmares visit, they can't help but feel worried for a certain Slytherin who will definitely get a visit in person from these dangerous people.

 

Similarly, on the Slytherin Table, Draco, Pansy and Blaise stared at the infamous names on the article.

 

One thing is for sure.

 

The chills in their spines were not from the cold.

 

 

Jo: Darling, we're extremely worried, shall we just stay in Hogwarts?

 

D: I am not allowed to stay in Hogwarts because we're holding the Christmas ball this year.

 

Jo: Even after what happened to the Christmas Ball of 1990?

 

D: Yes.

 

Ker: Scary.

 

Jo: Will you be alright?

 

D: Of course, I would be. Children are the bloodline's futures, are we not? I'm still going to be alive.

 

Ker: Won't the aurors go to your Manor, anyway?

 

D: Aunt Bella and the others have a lot of Manors to go through. The aurors are spread thin already.

 

Jo: Write to us?

 

D: Of course, Joker. Thank you for your concern.

 

Ker: I love you, Darling

 

D: As do I

 

Jo: I love you, Darling 

 

D: With all my heart.

 

D: Write to me?

 

Jo: Everyday!

 

Ker: We promise.

 

D: Then we'll be fine.

 

Notes:

Me living in a snow-free country knowing snow is annoying, cold and unforgiving: let's make Hogwarts suffer that weather.

Fred and George as silver foxes in the future is big YES for me!! Basically means they aged like fine wine even with the white hair.

The switcheroo dorm prank is one of my favourites, thank you house elves for your unwavering support for their pranks!

I still stand by that I like marriage bites more than rings bcuz of the magick thing. More permanent yknow and it won't be lost or stolen.

Next chapter will come by next week, I've (finally) had a free time and polishing two chapters already! We're entering the half of fifth year by then, looking forward to that!

Chapter 6: Holiday Woes

Summary:

POV: One of your love language is Words of Affirmation. ((But whose POV is this?))

Notes:

Me looking at the angst tag beside me: Why are you here?

Thanks for the 308 kudos, darling readers! And I apparently have new readers! It's so amazing to see and i still wonder how you all discovered this series. I welcome you!!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Draco stared at the unopened letter he got the moment the Hogwarts train set off towards Platform 9¾. It wasn't even qualified as a letter, it was more of a note attached to a crow. Draco hasn't unfolded it at all because when he took a peek, he concluded he needed more courage to open it.

 

The moment he saw the strokes of the quill, he knew that was definitely Aunt Bella's handwriting. And two, that red fingerprint is definitely stamped using blood so the authenticity is assured.

 

That can't be good.

 

 

Jo: Something tells me that where you'll be staying is dangerous right now, darling. We're in the train but I want to go back to Hogwarts immediately 

 

Ker: Please always reach out to us.

 

D: I've never known that you are both worrywarts. I'm fine. Jo's right but they can't touch me, I still haven't gone through my magical inheritance.

 

Ker: We have a valid reason to worry, Darling. I just really pray to Merlin that you'll be alright until you're back in our arms.

 

D: Out of all the places in this world, you think I'll be the safest in both of your embraces?

 

Jo: The Manor is not safe, Hogwarts is not safe. Where else would you be safest than with us?

 

D: Probably Grimmauld Place 

 

Ker: You're killing our romantic lines, darling. Keep up with the mood.

 

D: Shouldn't you be saying that Hogwarts is the safest?

 

Jo: What are you talking about? It's not safe at all.

 

Ker: With the professors always having some sort of danger magnet, like in your first year, Professor Quirell!

 

Jo: and then a basilisk was apparently in the basement! 

 

Ker: And the runes were outdated, it got outsmarted by a (ex) convicted murderer –we can rule this one out because Padfoot's an outlier but this is in regards to Hogwarts safety measures (and Marauders minus the rat definitely outsmarted the security system, we're betting a galleon)

 

Jo: How is Hogwarts safe when they approved to hold a 'friendly' competition but left their Champions to their own decisions?

 

Ker: not to mention we have a certain power hungry pink menace on the loose now 

 

D: When you put it like that, we've been in an interesting castle for years now, right?

 

Jo: I'm blaming the sorting hat for grouping a bunch of danger magnets together. I didn't even know our bloodline carries magnets since that's a muggle thing.

 

Ker: Maybe Ronniekins is adopted.

 

Jo: I was thinking of the lines he's been influenced by Harry and Hermione but you're onto something there.

 

D: Ronald is definitely a Weasley. Red hair, hand-me-down robes…

 

Jo: Can't believe our identifying features rely on Bill's robes.

 

D: the freckles

 

Ker: You wouldn't know, maybe we spelled that on him when he was a child.

 

D: You're both ridiculous.

 

D: What will you be doing during the holidays?

 

Ker: depends on what happens the moment we arrive back at the Burrow.

 

Jo: it ranges from a massive family prank war to mundane knitting tea parties

 

D: Sounds chaotic

 

Ker: Sounds like home!

 

D: Take care while you're away from me and please keep your promise of no potions based experiments.

 

Jo: What do you take us for, darling?

 

D: Twin troublemakers, Twin Terrors, national disasters?

 

Ker: That's kind of accurate…

 

Jo: Nearing the platform now, darling, we have to prepare.

 

Ker: Talk to you later, darling! I look forward to our conversations!!

 

D: I might as well prepare to alight. I shall pack the journal back in the trunk.

 

Ker: Safe travels, darling!

 

Jo: Take care!

 

D: Both of you do take care, too!

 

 

Draco,

 

I miss you, dear nephew of mine.

We'll be training soon so prepare yourself.

Look forward to my visit!

 

*'Inked' fingerprint*

 

 

D: Have you arrived at your home, JoKer? I arrived at mine and we have visitors…

 

D: but I'm safe so you don't have to worry.

 

 

D: Jo?

 

D: Ker?

 

D: You're taking an awfully long time to reply.

 

D: Please write back.

 

 

D: JoKer

 

 

D: Hello?

 

 

D: Geo Fr

D: Jo, Ker…

D: Is everything alright?

 

 

D: This isn't funny.

D: if this is a prank, stop it.

 

 

D: JoKer?

 

 

D: You promised me you'd both write everyday.

 

 

Jo: I'm sorry, Darling.

 

Ker: We can't write for a while.

 

D: Did something happen?

 

Jo: …

 

Ker: …

 

Jo: Our dad was attacked

 

Ker: by Death Eaters.

 

D: Oh. 

 

D: I see.

 

 

D: Happy month anniversary.

 

Jo: Happy month anniversary!

 

Ker: Happy month anniversary~

 

Ker: dad is alright now, by the way!

 

Jo: What did you do today, darling?

 

 

Ker: Darling?

 

 

Jo: Hey, Darling!!

 

Ker: How are things? We're sorry we couldn't reach out to you the past week but please reply!!

 

 

Ker: Are you alright, darling?

 

 

Jo: Darling, we finished your gift! We're so excited for your reaction!

 

 

Ker: it's only a few days before we can go back to Hogwarts

 

Jo: We miss you everyday!

 

 

Jo: Darling, please, write to us.

 

Ker: We're getting kind of worried, so please, anything, just a dot is fine.

 

 

Ker: I love you. I miss you.

 

 

Jo: The moon is beautiful tonight, darling. 

 

 

D: I apologize for not updating you with my well-being. I'm alive.

 

D: Jo? Ker?

 

D: We need to talk.

 

D: After the next D.A. meeting, stay back when they all leave. Don't forget.

 

D: See you back in Hogwarts.

 

 

Jo: Good morning, darling

 

Ker: We're on our way to the Platform ¾

 

Jo: Please have breakfast!

 

Ker: Shall we talk on the train?

 

Jo: We can get Lee in a different compartment 

 

 

Jo: Train's departed, darling

 

Ker: Won't you write to us now?

 

 

Ker: Sorry, we fell asleep!

 

Jo: I don't know if I feel relieved we haven't missed any of your messages or worried because you're not writing anything back.

 

Ker: Did we do something wrong?

 

 

Ker: Nearing Hogwarts, Darling! Have you changed into your robes?

 

 

Jo: We're getting off the train, darling! Write back to us later after the feast?

 

 

Ker: Please don't ignore us.

 

Jo: Our hearts can't take it.

 

 

Jo: We saw you during the feast, darling. You haven't eaten much

 

Ker: Do you want us to sneak some snacks to you when you get hungry?

 

 

Ker: Did we do something wrong?

 

 

Jo: Please reply.

 

 

Jo: Good morning, darling! It's a relief that D.A. is meeting later! And it's just the second day back at Hogwarts!

 

Ker: We're awfully anxious about this talk so please reply to us!

 

Jo: See you later, darling!

 

 

It felt like everything that happened in the last quarter of last year was just a fever dream.

 

Fred and George stared lifelessly at the ten or so pages without Draco's handwriting in it.

 

They didn't know what they did for their Darling to be silent like this!

 

"If we're at fault, I am ready to apologize a hundred times."

 

"You really are my twin, because I was ready to grovel the moment I saw our Darling."

 

Fred and George stiffly made their way to the Room of Requirement for the D.A lesson, their hearts like stampeding centaurs. They haven't slept well ever since Draco told them they needed to talk and it's nearing a week of silence from their Darling.

 

'We need to talk'

 

That sentence felt like a curse to novels, musicals and in real life. 

 

Nightmares frequently visited them as their minds concocted different scenarios on what they should talk about. 

 

Worry gnawed in their guts, worry for Draco, worry for their relationship, worry for what's to come.

 

It was a good thing their Darling wrote that message the night before they have to leave for Hogwarts! Or else they'd be plagued by 'what ifs' the whole vacation!!! The thought itself was terrifying.

 

"Uh, George! Fred?" A voice brought them back to reality.

 

Wands raised and blinking to fight off the haze, the twins looked blankly at an exasperated Chosen Golden Boy Wonder.

 

"You both seem to be distracted so I'm taking a page off Professor McGonagall and say I don't tolerate distractions in my class." Harry imitated the stern voice. "So please go and sit by the cushion pit!"

 

Oh, yeah. D.A. lessons.

 

Harry was teaching the Patronus charm.

 

Lee rolled his eyes and dragged the twins to the cushion pit the Room provided. Patting the Twins Terrors' heads, he headed back to the bewildered groups of students.

 

"Ah, nevermind them. It's an off day." Lee Jordan shrugged and waved a dismissive hand. "They'll get back up soon enough!"

 

Hermione sent a barrier on the cushion pit, just in case. Fred and George were indeed eerily quiet.

 

"Alright, everyone! Let's go back to happy thoughts and memories!"

 

At the Potions corner in the room, Draco finished off listing the potions and salves at the shelves. He glanced at the twins to see them gazing up at the constellations on the ceiling the Room decorated.

 

Draco sighed.

 

They really need to talk.

 

 

D.A. was finished a little earlier because the Hufflepuffs and Gryffindors have homework to complete (which the Ravenclaws and Slytherins already passed a few days prior). Since the meeting was adjourned, Lee Jordan (who was one of the homework-free lions), tried valiantly to drag Fred and George out.

 

"Come on, you pitiful lump of coals." Lee Jordan groaned. "Do I need to use magic or are you going to move willingly?"

 

Fred and George just pouted at him.

 

"We wanna stay for a bit longer."

 

"Today's schedule includes a sad hour."

 

Lee Jordan looked at the twins as if they grew another head. There was rarely a sad hour in the schedule. He knelt down by the cushion pit and patted the downtrodden twins' heads.

 

"Poor babies, lemme know if I need to cheer you both up later." Lee Jordan said, already thinking what to prepare. "But a sad hour is only an hour, don't let it drag on too much or it'll get contagious. You don't want to be contagious, do you?"

 

"Not really."

 

"Tempting, but no."

 

"Okay, see you both later."

 

Lee Jordan ruffled Fred and George's hair before getting up and going out of the Room. 

 

((And if he happens to detect a hidden but familiar magical signature of a certain blonde Slytherin, it was just a figment of his imagination))

 

 

Draco disabled his disillusionment charm the moment Lee Jordan went out and the Room changed from their training room to the default hangout room.

 

A few steps away, Fred and George were still sulking up an anxiety storm in the cushion pit.

 

"Joker."

 

The moment the words left his lips, Draco could only blink as Fred and George bolted up and tackled him into a warm but tight hug. Draco couldn't even continue speaking as Fred and George held him and started apologising.

 

"I'm sorry."

 

"Please don't leave us."

 

"Tell us what we did wrong."

 

"We're sorry."

 

"George." Draco tried, leaning his head on George's shoulder to get the redhead's attention but the hug only tightened in response.

 

"Whatever it is, tell us. We won't get mad."

 

"Just please don't tell us that we're breaking up."

 

There was a desperate tinge mixed into the twins' voices, as if the thought leaves them distraught.

 

"Fred." Draco called, nudging the other redhead who shook his head before burrowing on the crook of Draco's neck. Certainly with their height differences, it would look uncomfortable but the twins had draped themselves around him worse than Devil snares.

 

"We're sorry."

 

"Whatever it is, we're sorry."

 

"Joker." Draco sighed, the put-upon one that always gets Fred and George's attention.

 

"What." Came the teary question, sniffles following after it.

 

They looked adorably like bullied nifflers that Draco couldn't help his amused smile from showing. Reaching out to take a hold of each other's hands, Draco hummed.

 

"Take a deep breath for me? Four seconds in, hold for seven and breathe out for eight seconds. Good, that's good. Do that for me again?"

 

Draco waited as the twins followed his breathing pattern and they loosened up the hug.

 

"Calmed down yet?"

 

It was silent for a heartbeat before one of the twins spoke.

 

"For some reason, this position is comfortable and I don't wanna move."

 

"Okay, I can just tell you." Draco considered. He prepared a whole speech about the whole silent thing but once he knew the reason for the twins' disappearance, it was understandable and didn't need to garner any ill feelings.

 

"First of all, I'm not mad, I know how special your father is to you so I understood why you weren't able to write to me everyday. Second, I do apologize for not elaborating any further and giving you both a hard time about me not replying. It turns out that the connection in my journal for the last pages faded out and I am not able to write to any previous pages at all so I couldn't reply to your messages. And apparently, you didn't see some of my messages explaining that either, so I concluded we have faulty pages probably because it was unused for the longest time. I can't believe that the only message sent for the past week was that we needed to talk. So no, I am not mad at both of you and there was no need to apologize at all. I'm not leaving both of you so soon due to miscommunication, don't worry."

 

It was silent as the twins digested the information until they both gasped in horror at the realisation.

 

"What…"

 

"That cannot be…"

 

"We were so worried!!"

 

Fred and George heaved a huge sigh of relief before squeezing the life out of their Darling D. They thought they'd almost lost him but it turns out it was just the journal pranking them. Of all things to be pranked about!!

 

"I know and I'm sorry. I didn't know you'd react this way." The hug tightened and it was silent again but this time, it was comfortable. Once someone started fidgeting, Draco already knew the question that is yet to be uttered. "...Do you want to read my messages?"

 

"Yes." came the teary reply.

 

"Are you crying?!" Draco asked incredulously.

 

"No." They were.

 

This is getting way out of character for them, but it was nice to see this new side of the twins. Despite the hiccup in their relationship, Draco can't help but feel appreciated and loved.

 

"Do you want to let go?"

 

"No."

 

"Then shall we move to the couch?"

 

"No."

 

"Then we'll just stand here?"

 

"No."

 

"Do you know some other words than 'No'?"

 

"Yes."

 

"Shall we move to the cushion pit?"

 

"...Okay."

 

 

D: I'm glad your Dad is okay now, I don't know the specifics but I heard my father say that Nagini (The Dark Lord's pet snake) was out on a stroll. Did it perhaps have anything to do with the attack? 

 

D: I have spent time with Nagini and know that she has no actual snake venom but since she's half a century old, her bites are vicious. You should apply an emollient around the bite. 

 

D: The past week has been hectic but really, I'm left alone for the most part. I've been having tea in the greenhouse where Father's visitors are not allowed. I think the Dark Lord's still in the Riddle Manor, I'm appalled at the Aurors investigating the case. How can they not be suspicious of the activity in that town?

 

 

D: I keep wondering why you're all asking me if I'm alright. I am, and I've finished all the holiday homework.

 

D: I am also finished attending all the balls. It's nice to see the social scene is still the same as ever. There was no repeat of the Christmas Ball of 1990, maybe because Greengrass was not in attendance.

 

 

D: You've finished my gift? How excellent. If it's another journal, I'd pay a galleon for it to be owled to me right at this moment. I think my messages aren't being read with how worried you both are.

 

 

D: Send a dot if you can see my messages.

 

 

D: Jo

 

 

D: Ker

 

 

D: Oh dear Salazar, you're going to overthink this and think I'm not replying because I'm mad at you, right?

 

D: Please don't.

 

 

D: It's only a few days until we go back to Hogwarts.

 

D: I miss you both everyday.

 

 

D: I am writing, Jo. 

 

D: .

 

 

D: I couldn't write yesterday because we were at the ports looking over shipments.

 

D: There was a lot to unpack in that trip, I'll tell you all about it in person because I'm not too sure my hand can handle all the writing.

 

((D: I apologize for not updating you with my well-being. I'm alive.

 

D: Jo? Ker?

 

D: We need to talk.

 

D: After the next D.A. meeting, stay back when they all leave. Don't forget.

 

D: See you back in Hogwarts.))

 

D: So you won't overthink, we need to talk about some adjustments in the journal runes, so this doesn't happen again. I cross-referenced this with Moony so I can assure you it will work. 

 

D: And don't be too sad, I don't know which of my messages successfully connected to the journal but once we have the new one, we'll be able to write to each other a lot.

 

 

D: Good morning, JoKer. 

 

D: We cannot meet in a separate compartment, unfortunately, because eyes are everywhere.

 

 

D: Train's departed, JoKer.

 

D: And I've been writing as much as you, you'll get to read it as soon as we meet.

 

 

D: I'm going up to the Room of Requirement now. 

 

 

D: I love you both. That, I assure you.

 

 

"You still love us." George cheered, peppering Draco with random kisses all over his cheek.

 

"Of all the messages, that's the only thing you've focused on?" Draco chuckled but accepted the kisses without flinching.

 

"Can I just say your assurance gets us weak in the knees?" Fred cooed, nuzzling the beautiful blonde locks until it looked like a bird's nest.

 

"Then I'm glad we're sitting already." Draco commented drily. Then he put his hand out, smiling expectantly. "Well? Where is my new journal?"

 

Fred and George reluctantly extracted themselves away from Draco's space to accio their bags. They do have a concept of personal space but being deprived of their Darling, they don't see a need for it. 

 

They need to recharge!

 

Do you know how much they treasure this moment where Draco takes down his Mask and only shows his true self to them?? How special it is to see him smile and laugh and show affection freely?? It would seem out of character for everyone who'd see but Fred and George are hopeless fools in love with Draco Malfoy.

 

It's such an honor. It's a privilege to be with their darling and it's a treasured moment they never would trade for anything else.

 

"I do have your gifts as well." Draco snickered, accio-ing his own bag.

 

Gifts were presented and unwrapped immediately. 

 

Fred and George marveled the matching braided leather bracelets with one small sapphire blue, one graphite grey beads as design. Draco indulged their request to put it on their wrists.

 

"The bracelet has charms and runes embedded in the leather. I chose dragon hide because it's the one most compatible in rune enchantments and the more you use it, the more it'll look beautiful."

 

"I'll never take it off. They can pry it off my dead body."

 

Draco chuckled at that, "Charlie did say that he never took off his earring that matches with Bill's because dragon materials don't deteriorate in value even when it's been exposed to water."

 

"It feels like the beads are not just there for design."

 

"You're quite right." Draco nodded, impressed at their magical sensitivity. "It's imbued with defensive magic. It's equipped with shield charms since both of you are always exploding something."

 

"What are these orange flecks in the leather?" 

 

Draco poked the orange flecks that was placed like fireworks. "Oh, that is crushed phoenix feathers shaped like the fireworks you've been working on all year. It ensures the longevity of the bracelet."

 

"..."

 

"..."

 

"How do you know we've been working on fireworks?"

 

Draco raised a brow. "Well, Pansy discovered Lee Jordan's gunpowder room. Blaise uncovered the documents and formulation. You've been basically raided by those two with you none the wiser and not to mention, you never seem to run out of one so I concluded the fireworks has something to do with your year end prank."

 

Fred and George exchanged horrified glances. They've been exposed! Lee was compromised?!

 

"And Lee had some deals with Pansy and Blaise even I don't know about so… be scared."

 

George gasped in terror. "Those three?! They're the most dangerous matchup."

 

"And I think Hermione will be joining them."

 

Fred looked alarmed. "Hermione?! Harry doesn't need to go after the Dark Lord at this point if those four are together!!"

 

Draco looked mildly concerned as Fred and George panicked at the revelation. Was Hermione and Lee Jordan that intimidating? They do seem like the Sorting Hat picked the wrong house for them.

 

"We're… we're doomed." Fred and George lamented, clutching their hair. "They're too powerful."

 

Draco laughed and shook his head. With the twins in such a state, he should wisely exclude the information that he's also in collaboration with the four students.

 

"Can we check if the new journal is working?" Draco smiled angelically, successfully changing the subject as Fred and George perked up.

 

"Oh, you'll like it, darling!" Fred and George pecked both of Draco's cheeks as they handed Draco his new journal.

 

It was thicker than last time but was the same size as Hermione's pocketbooks. It was a familiar black hardbound with a green hue when light hit it just right. The pages were plenty and the texture was the same as the last journal. 

 

"Instead of the glamour where you'll look as if you're writing on the textbook, since we know you don't do that, we spelled it to look like your Potions journal!!" Fred excitedly pointed out.

 

"We also made sure that the runes are all in place, undetected. We also checked the pages to see if it's all connected." George grinned. "It was a good thing we thought of that since judging from our last journal, we don't want a repeat of it. It felt like being disconnected to the world."

 

"Safety features are also in check. Only registered magical signatures can touch it without getting boils or getting sick. Your forgery quill is also null, you can't use it anymore! We love seeing your own handwriting, darling."

 

"But if you want to, we can disable that feature."

 

"It's fine." Draco chuckled as the twins high fived.

 

"Shall we try it out now?" Fred and George asked, smiling at Draco brightly.

 

Draco had to squint as if sunshine was in front of him.

 

"Sure."

 

"We also splurged a bit and bought you a quill, Darling!" 

 

"We know you like practical gifts!"

 

Draco fondly accepted the owl feather quill and immediately set to use it.

 

"Let's think of our first words in our new journal carefully."

 

 

Jo: Cheers to our new grand magical adventure! We love you, Darling!

 

Ker: It's a wonder how far we've gotten so far. Let's write till the ink available is no more. We love you, Darling!

 

D: It started with a letter, it continued with more letters and I will probably end with more journals that'll last me a lifetime. And that's okay, too.

 

 

Fred and George looked as Draco wrote on the journal, a happy smile upturning their lips as the reality that the person that made them happy is really also the person that they hold their offered hearts.

 

The past few days of uncertainty and loneliness slowly ebbed away as Draco finished writing, smirking at the twins.

 

Seeing that, the twins can't help but say "I love you."

 

Draco just snickered and put his chin on his palm, resting his elbow on the journal balanced on his knees.

 

"I don't mind hearing you say that until you tire of it." Draco acquiesced, rolling his eyes. It has been a few days and he knows that the twins needed more reassurance from the unintended silence.

 

Fred and George moved closer and tackled Draco into the cushion pit at the permission to drown the blonde in love.

 

The rest of the free time was spent with love confessions, month anniversary plans, cuddles and promises to keep until the dinner bell sounded.

 

After they separated, Fred and George kissed the bracelets as they disappeared into a portrait leading to the Great Hall. Draco blushed at the action before shaking his head.

 

As Draco went down the moving staircase, he started planning for the next month anniversary. Smirking at a portrait who freaked out immediately and ran away, his good mood had him humming all the way down towards the Great Hall. Yes, yes. Draco's looking forward to it.

 

The portraits murmured and cowered, the words the Malfoy Heir was humming identified by one of the bards. It was from a song the wizards sang frequently for a person they've acquired.

 

I put a spell on you, and now you're mine

 

Notes:

I was actually going to put the silent journal thing last chapter as a cliffhanger but decided against it because the assurance part wasn't done yet. I wouldn't want my readers dying in anxiety until the next chapter was up and with my busy schedule i knew it would be awhile and i was right!!

I know the feeling and I hate the silent treatment and I think a lot of you relate to it. So here is a bump in their relationship because a relationship is not all fluffy and happiness, it's also about reassurances. At first part where Draco was getting silent treatment, he understood that the twins needed to focus and put family as priority. At the Twins' part, they understood that Draco needed space and knew something was wrong and reached out so if ever Draco needs help, they'll be there but since there was total silence, you can't really help but overthink.

So assurance is very important, and showing their love reciprocated heals the hurt and waves away the anxieties. Relationship is weird like that.

((And Draco is safe because the Death Eaters aren't in the Manor yet.))

Chapter 7: Don't bring wine into tea parties

Summary:

Picnics are just informal Tea parties because you sit on the ground.

Or

Darling D and JoKer's 4th month anniversary

Notes:

I feel like this should stand alone as a chapter because it was too amusing.

Thank you for the 331 kudos, everyone! Just saw stats and there's a lot subscribed in this story, i got a bit teary eyed.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Draco can do this.

 

He's said to be a perfectionist. 

 

He's accumulated more than a staggering amount of perfect scores ever since he's started his education.

 

At fifteen, Draco accomplished a lot. 

 

He's been praised and acknowledged by a lot of distinguished people. There were only a handful of things that he cannot do compared to a cauldron of things he can do.

 

A picnic is something simple and not at all a grand romantic gesture no matter what Fred and George say.

 

BUT his opinions on picnics aside, since his most treasured people unfortunately cling to the ideals of picnic equals happiness, he's sworn to make it up to the Twin Terrors for giving them night terrors (unintentionally) the week before they returned to Hogwarts. 

 

A picnic.

 

Simple.

 

Nothing too grandiose.

 

It's just a picnic.

 

Really.

 

And somewhere deep down, Draco knows he is jinxing himself at this point…

 

But seriously.

 

Just. A. Picnic.

 

What could go wrong?

 

 

Fred and George smiled at the sight in front of them, awed and speechless. The blanket spread in front of them is a very aesthetic take on their homey picnics. There was definitely a noble ambience when Purebloods do their tea party and stuff, huh?

 

Draco was narrating every food prepared and spells casted as if presenting a report and he is so adorable while doing it. 

 

"Wow, darling. Did you recreate the Christmas Ball of 1990 for us?" Fred teased as he pulled the blonde closer to kiss him on the cheek for his efforts.

 

"I thought Blaise said there was fire." George chuckled as he wandered over to their direction to hug their Darling.

 

"Blaise and I remember the Christmas Ball of 1990 quite differently." Draco scrunched up his nose.

 

"Pansy said there was a sandstorm." Fred informed the Slytherin with a grunt as Draco stepped on his foot.

 

"Blaise and Pansy have faulty memory, I reckon." Draco tutted. "Nothing of the sort happened, truly."

 

"So, I'm not imagining the hurricane that disappeared towards the forbidden forest?" Fred asked, it was the one thing that made them speechless in the first place upon arriving.

 

"Don't be silly, Fred." Draco laughed, "It was just the wind."

 

"I don't think it's the wind." George commented, eyes wandering off to where the hurricane went off to.

 

"Stop being ridiculous, George." Draco swatted the air since said redhead dodged. "Come now, shall we have some tea?"

 

At the excited smiles and eager movements from the twins, Draco can already conclude their picnic date as successful.

 

 

It was amazing and the only thing that was actually different was the appetizers and that Draco served wine as a change of pace from the butterbeer the twins frequently supply.

 

"Malfoy Apothecary sells Superior Red which is wine that is matured for a thousand of years. It's a symbolic wine that's advertised as superior blood status and wealth and every Pureblood drinks it but we do sell wine like this, too."

 

Fred knows that a bottle of the Superior Red is around a hundred galleons per millilitre. Just a glass of that wine equates to Ginny and Ron's miscellaneous fees.

 

"Is this wine that's said to be Newt Scamander's favorite drink during his travels?" George asked, looking at the bottle description. His eyes widened when he saw fairy dust in the ingredients.

 

"Yes." Draco agreed, it was one of his favorite drinks as well.

 

Rechecking the wine bottle, Fred and George blinked a few times to see if they read it right.

 

"Wizened Grape, very fine magic wine?" 

 

"Yes."

 

"One that is said to be discontinued?"

 

"Yes."

 

"The very fine magic wine that is absolutely not yet fit for you to drink?!"

 

"Yes."

 

"Why are we drinking this?!" Fred and George exclaimed, looking at Draco in disbelief.

 

The night is not looking to be peaceful.

 

"To age like wine, we have to drink aged wine." Draco quoted, as he sipped from his glass.

 

"Who says that?" Fred asked, doubtful.

 

"Dobby."

 

"Uh, no. Certainly not. Don't lie to us!"

 

"Okay, fine. It's Milly but don't tell." Draco grumbled, putting his wine glass down as the surroundings seemed like it was moving on its own.

 

"Milly? The house elf?! The drunkard house elf?!" George does not have a good feeling about this.

 

"Hey, don't be rude. She was just undergoing hard times. But, yes. That Milly." Draco giggled and poked Fred and George's cheeks. 

 

"Why would she say such things…" 

 

"To age like fine wine." Draco said smugly, since he knew the answer.

 

"No more wine!" Fred and George said in unison, putting the bottle of wine in the basket and moving it out of reach from Draco. Fred also drank what was left in Draco's glass.

 

"It's non-alcoholic." Draco said in a matter-of-fact tone, hiccuping at the end.

 

George raised a brow at the flushed cheeks of the Malfoy Heir.

 

"Nonalcoholic alcohol doesn't make you hiccup." He said, poking at the red cheek. "And you are drunk."

 

"Maybe I was thirsty!" Draco defended, swatting the hand and huffing.

 

Let it be known that Fred and George does not know how to handle a drunk Draco.

 

"Alright, let's end this day. Let's get you back to your dorms." 

 

"Great! I'll meet you upthairs." Draco clapped his hands once and went to get up but stumbled.

 

"... Darling, your dorms are in the dungeons." Fred and George deadpanned.

 

"When a troll came in first year, the Headmaster made us go back to the dorms. But where was the troll? In the dungeons!" Draco chuckled. "I had to point that out to the prefects!! Those dunderheads. Hope they survive the Ministry."

 

Draco remembers those two prefects kissing up towards the Senior employees fishing for compliments and deemed them void of self preservation.

 

Speaking of preservation, Dobby had told him he was preserving different kinds of apples for different kinds of apple dishes. Which reminds Draco…

 

"I haven't eaten any apples today. What should I do? An apple a day keeps the plague away. Aunt Walburga will riot and roll in her grave and portrait if the Black blood falls victim to it again. Aunt Bella almost did but she recovered due to spite."

 

"Do you know Jo and Ker? JoKer?" One redhead tentatively asked. Draco should be offended because the question is far too easy to answer.

 

Fred took the opportunity to hand Draco some water. Draco accepted it but had to speak his opinion before deciding to drink it.

 

"My JoKer is one of my most important people. They don't know it. Shhhh. They're way up there! It's Malfoy Name, yknow, Pureblood stuff. Then, my friends. Let me tell you a secret, they can't live without me." Draco put a finger on his lips and did a shushing motion before continuing the tally. "My studies. No. Wait. That's part of Malfoy Name. So my JoKer, they made it to the top 3. But shhh, I'm keeping it a secret. They think they're seventh." Draco chuckled, finding it funny. "I don't know. Maybe because they're in their seventh year? That must be it."

 

"JoKer must've been happy if they know they're top 3." Fred bit his lip to avoid grinning. George had all but cheered happily.

 

"You be quiet. They don't know that yet, I told you." Draco glared at the twins. 

 

"I'm sorry, I'll keep it a secret."

 

"You better. Be thankful I feel a bit woozy that I can't cast a proper Vow." Draco tutted as he folded his blanket and unfolded it again to cast a warming charm. Then folded it again.

 

"Do you remember celebrating you and Joker's monthsary?"

 

"I hate the term monthsaries. I like monthly meetings more. Meeting but it's just me and JoKer being together. I love their company. They're everything and more. They don't know that but I do." Draco snickered, thinking about JoKer made him happy.

 

"Something tells me they know."

 

"I already… I'm their everything and more, silly. It's in their actions. The small things they do for me. I want to be more."

 

"You are more."

 

"More more." Draco insisted.

 

"Most."

 

"I like 'Most'." Draco conceded.

 

But wait. Where is his train of thought? That muggle contraption certainly travels fast, he's lost the topic in a different completely hypothetical station. Where was he? Ah, apples. He's always liked apples.

 

Draco poked the freckles prominent on another redhead's cheek. "Hey, do you like apples?"

 

"I like them." They both replied. How interactive! Maybe they really do like apples like how Draco likes apples.

 

"I like apple pie the most out of all apple dishes. Dobby makes it perfectly. Have you ever heard of Dobby? He's my favourite house elf. Been with me ever since before I was a toddler. But no one knows my second favourite dish, do you know that even Dobby doesn't know? Wanna know? It's apple pie, still. Nothing can beat it." Draco chuckled, it was so hilarious seeing the facial expressions on these two people. He can tell they're amused, too.

 

Draco can entertain them a bit more. Pansy and Blaise aren't back from their extra classes yet, he feels it from his magic. He has time.

 

"Do you know wizards lose more stuff when they shrink their things? Because they don't accompany it with a returning spell. Where's my wand? Let me teach you." Draco blinked slowly as his eyes try to search for his wand.

 

Fred sneakily handed George the dangerous weapon so he could hide it in the basket away from Draco's sight.

 

But the blonde was distracted by the offered water again and as he drank it, Draco stared at the twins. Fred and George tried not to flinch at the piercing stare.

 

"Do you know Fred and George Weasley? You both look just like them. Don't tell them I told you, shhh, but they're the ones who blasted Umbridge's cat plate collection the first time. I know it because I was there. I made sure all of it turned to dust and I fed it to the flames. She was so warm and cosy that night thanks to me but I do hope to never see that horrid woman again." 

 

Draco spat out some water as if he tasted something vile at the mention of Umbridge.

 

"Did you drink any of the wine? Did you read the label?"

 

Draco giggled. Fred and George just silently nodded, twin telepathy on the works as they swore to never make Draco drink again.

 

"Newt Scamander buys his Wizened Grape at the Blind Pig. Malfoy Apothecary sells Wizened Grape designed and manufactured for Purebloods. If a Pureblood drinks it, the alcohol content is not 17%, it's 70%. Best. Wine. Ever." Draco looked for the bottle but sighed as it was not in sight. It always disappears, somehow.

 

"Alright, let's go." Fred and George announced. Draco had been cleaning up the place one by one wandlessly as he spilled secrets and tea. It was an amazing sight to see and hopefully, Draco is not sighted by professor Snape. Who knows what information he'll get??

 

Draco staggered up to his feet, the picnic materials encircling him before obediently going back to its places. Fred plucked Draco's wand out of the basket before Draco could see it.

 

"Picnics suck." Draco muttered as he pocketed the picnic basket. Then smiled at the twins. "But you're both good company when we have a picnic. I like it solely because of that."

 

"It's a pleasure to spend it with you too." George grinned as he assisted Draco before the blonde trips on an uprooted tree.

 

"Darling, do you know the password to the Slytherin dorms?" Fred asked, wandlessly clearing the way and putting up a silence dome. George was smart enough to cast the camouflage spell and disillusionment charm.

 

"Don't call me darling, only Joker called me that." Draco sneered. "You don't know the password? Oh, of course. Why would you know? It's in mermish."

 

The moment they reached the Hogwarts entrance, Draco pushed them away and suddenly straightened up as if he hadn't been stumbling without the twins' help. The blonde miraculously could walk in a straight line and Fred and George would've thought they were being pranked not until Draco looked at their way, judging them head to toe and nodding approvingly.

 

"You're not going to tuck me in or kiss me goodnight? What gentlemen. I'll tell JoKer about the two of you. You're both my type. Great listeners. Let me do what I want. Seems to love me at first sight. I'm not that easy to date and I have high standards but we can start with a letter. I know an ongoing love story that started with a letter and I love it. Write to me, okay? We can be friends, atleast. I have JoKer already."

 

Draco waved goodbye so casually, holding up his own as he walked towards the Slytherin dorms.

 

Fred and George followed at a distance and heaved a sigh of relief at the sight of Pansy and Blaise exiting out of the portrait. (It was a portrait this time, not a wall).

 

"Draco! We were about to look for you!" Pansy said, swatting the blonde's arm.

 

"Green apples and tea." Draco saluted.

 

Blaise furrowed his brows before stating. "You're drunk and you're going to bed."

 

"Scones and choux cream." Draco smirked.

 

"Yes, we will wake you up in time for breakfast."

 

Pansy began to drag Draco inside. Fred and George's relieved smile dropped the second Pansy and Blaise looked at their way before the portrait closed.

 

They're doomed.

 

 

Jo: Darling, write to us when you awaken.

 

Ker: This is serious.

 

Jo: You are a horrible drunk.

 

Ker: Promise to never drink Wizened Grape again.

 

Jo: or at least have one of us (both, preferably) nearby when you consume anything alcoholic

 

Ker: I can't believe it took you just a bottle... Wait, scratch that, it was three glasses and it's not even full--to spill the tea

 

Jo: and the secrets

 

Ker: and the stories

 

Jo: please tell us you remember something because we want to know

 

Ker: We can tell it to you word for word. We memorized it by heart.

 

Jo: Maybe we should play a game so you'd remember.

 

Ker: Never Have I Ever confessed to my crimes against Dolores Umbridge.

 

Jo: Never Have I Ever confessed to reading love stories and loving it. Even ongoing ones.

 

Ker: Never Have I Ever like apple pie so much even when drunk, I say it.

 

Jo: Never Have I Ever spoke in code with my best friends while drunk and they understood it.

 

Ker: Never Have I Ever kept my real priorities a secret to tease my loved ones.

 

D: Okay, I get it. Stop the madness!!

 

D: I remember everything.

 

D: Can we meet up today? I need to freshen up my memory charms…

 

Ker: It was amusing and eye-opening, darling.

 

Jo: It just showed us we needed to be with you at parties. Are you like this every Ball?!

 

D: Certainly not. There was a reason I can walk straight when we reached the Hogwarts entrance! I sober up in bright places. And I only ever drank wine with people I'm comfortable with.

 

Jo: Your guardian angel and demon deserve a snack box.

 

Ker: Green apples and tea. (Salute)

 

D: The code doesn't work like that.

 

Ker: Let us in with the codes (ノ◕ヮ◕)ノ*.✧

 

D: No!

 

Jo: Next picnic, we're banning wine and butterbeer.

 

D: Okay.

 

D: I'll steal Uncle Sev's Superior Red. Father gave him some as a gift.

 

Jo: No!

 

Ker: No!

 

Notes:

So, what kind of drunk are you? I'm the sleepy kind.

Draco is the kind that never shows he's drunk at parties but lets go when he's comfortable with the company.

Fred and George (and all the Weasleys) have high alcohol tolerance. They could probably finish three bottles of Wizened Grape and two bottles of Superior Red and only feel a bit dizzy!

Chapter 8: Another episode of Draco being a little shit

Summary:

As the chapter title says

Notes:

358 kudos!! That's amazing!!

Chapter Text

 

Polyamorous relationships are welcomed and are normal in the wizarding world.

 

You can be Matched to three people and no one would bat an eye.

 

The Four Founders of Hogwarts were in a relationship, too! It was heavily implied in Hogwarts: A History, especially the informal section where the Four Founders described one another. No one can put up a whole novel-worthy entries if they weren't simping for each other.

 

So really…

 

"Well, I think that Professor Snape should end up with Moony and Padfoot!" Draco said vehemently.

 

"No! Maybe your parents need to divorce so Professor Snape could marry your mom because, if you hadn't heard him speak about Mrs. Malfoy, I'd hate to break it to you but I think he fancies her!" Harry said, hair flailing in all directions as he shook his head.

 

…this conversation shouldn't really come to life.

 

"How about just let adults be adults and let them be?" Blaise asked from behind an active barrier because five minutes ago, there were spells bouncing off the walls.

 

"Don't you simply love an enemies to lovers trope?" Pansy commented as she sipped the last of her tea, ducking slightly to avoid a pillow that erupted upon impact on the wall right next to her head.

 

"Why are we discussing Professor's Snape's love life right now?!" Neville asked miserably from beside Pansy, stroking Hilt's fur who had an active barrier like Blaise.

 

An hour ago, they had all gathered to get the latest assignments finished. It had taken no less than twenty minutes before the Slytherins shifted their attention to Neville.

 

They'd been talking and reminiscing about nothing and everything until Blaise suddenly remembered how Moony made Neville's boggart into Snape dressed in his grandmother's clothes.

 

And like teenagees they were, it spiralled into the Potion Master's love life (or the lack of it).

 

"What, don't tell me Professor is still in love with his first love?" Harry asked incredulously.

 

"After all this time?" Draco shrugged, "Always."

 

Harry paused and reconsidered. "Professor has always been the type to be kind of loyal to only a select few. So maybe he is."

 

"We should set him up on a date so he could move on from the past and look forward to the future."

 

"Maybe he'll smile more that way." Luna added, suddenly showing up from out of nowhere.

 

There was something that's always going on with Luna, they just take it all in stride.

 

"I think," Luna smiled serenely at Harry and Draco, "that Moony, Padfoot and Draco's mother can perfectly shower Professor some well-deserved love."

 

Harry and Ron chuckled at the idea but their chuckles turned to shocked gasps as the Slytherins grew quiet and considered the idea.

 

"I think," Pansy, Blaise and Draco said in unison and it was terrifying to see them grin menacingly at Luna, eyes calculating and obviously scheming. "That's a great idea!"

 

Dear Four Founders, help them…

 

 

D: What do you think of lacing Professor's tea with a love potion?

 

Ker: Do you think it'll work?

 

D: How about a potent one?

 

Jo: What are the chances to put those four together in a room, alone?

 

D: I think the Dark Lord hugging me has higher chances of happening.

 

Ker: Do you think your mother fancies Professor?

 

D: Well… Why else would she willingly be trying every tea leaves Professor buys her then ignore the expensive tea in the manor?

 

Jo: Valid.

 

Ker: But will Padfoot even see Professor Snape in a romantic light?

 

D: Please. All that tension between them can be transfigured into something else! We just need Moony and chocolate.

 

Jo: Moony is amazing, he'll know what to do.

 

D: Yes, but first, my parents need their marriage to be dissolved.

 

Jo: Darling, have you realised you've been onboard on having a broken family?

 

D: Oh, Jo sweetheart, my family's been broken the moment my Father allied himself to the Dark Lord. My godfather deserves the love I know my Mother can give!

 

Ker: Point taken.

 

D: We're putting the love potion on that list in case Mother needs a push. Or Cousin Siri. 

 

D: Definitely Cousin Siri.

 

 

 

The Gryffindors were successful in shelving the matchmaking plan simply because they needed to get Lucius Malfoy out of the picture. The plan sat innocently next to the 'Overthrow Dumbledore' plan (which was put on hold because 'Get rid of Pink Menace' takes precedence).

 

Draco was with Luna by the Forbidden forest clearing, feeding the Thestrals apples from the apple tree a few hundred metres away. They were staring serenely as the invisible (not to them) horses ate even the core.

 

"Don't you think it's quite peculiar that magicfolk ridicule those who can See?" Draco suddenly asked, knowing fourth years and younger years ridicule Luna's quirkiness. 

 

"It is understandable, there were crooks and witch-hunts." Luna reminded him. It never bothered her, (but it bothers Ginny and that fiery girl makes sure she's safe).

 

"I find it intriguing." Luna hummed as she hopped, skipped, jumped and did a zigzag walk to reach a baby Thestral and offer treats. "There is so much in this world that people are missing out. Tragic but fascinating."

 

"Luna, you say that because you can see." Draco deadpanned.

 

"And it's alright. Draco, I always told you you're loved by Magick. I can always find you." Luna snickered, glancing at the blonde Slytherin with eyes glinting in a 'I know something you don't' way.

 

"You always say that but don't tell me why and how." Draco huffed as he started scratching the back of a Thestral who approached him.

 

"You're always surrounded by magical creatures, even those you can't see." Luna said, gesturing at him up and down.

 

"You're making me conscious."

 

"They don't respect personal space but the majority of them are friendly so it's okay." Luna nodded in approval. She's always surrounded by her magical friends, too.

 

"So you're saying there's unkind mixed into the congregation."

 

"There's always two sides of the same galleon." Luna quoted, shrugging before changing the subject as the last apple was gobbled up. "I empathise with the Thestrals. They can only be seen when certain requirements are met."

 

"Can I be a seer too?" Draco asked, curiously. He wanted to see what Luna always sees!

 

"You have potential to be who you want to be, Draco. You just need to tap into it." Luna said knowingly, her voice floaty as well. She began humming a song. "The Forest is listening, let's go."

 

Draco followed her immediately. If the Forest is listening, creatures follow soon after.

 

 

D: So, you know about how Luna can See stuff, right

 

Ker: Yes, we've established fifty pages ago that she's awesome.

 

D: She says I also have potential. 

 

Jo: …darling? Who are you and what have you done to our darling??

 

Ker: You hate Divination!

 

D: No, I hate Trelawney's heresy not Divination itself.

 

Ker: Makes sense

 

D: Her real prophecies make her voice have sound effects like some background noise but everyone's saying the same thing.

 

Jo: You've heard Trelawney's real prophecies?!

 

D: No, i know someone who does.

 

Ker: I think I know that someone.

 

D: If you think you know, you know, then.

 

Ker: I do?

 

D: Back to my potential.

 

Jo: Okay, tell us. We're listening.

 

D: So, I tried different things and I won't elaborate much because of Healer intern confidentiality clause, but I saw the D.A members' futures.

 

Ker: Darling, you can't be a prophet.

 

D: This isn't a prophecy, I just saw the future. It was mind blowing!

 

Jo: Where are you? We'll come get you!

 

D: I need to write this down before I forget.

 

D: Fred and George have a business with Lee Jordan, Smith has a girlfriend! Boot was in an Amazon, Chang has fangs (probably a Halloween party), Luna is in a Quidditch game, Weaslette is playing a Quidditch game! Neville is an herbology professor! HERMIONE GRANGER IS A MINISTRY WORKER

 

D: That's it. I forgot the rest.

 

Jo: What about Ron?

 

D: The memory faded away.

 

Ker: Will Harry be alive?

 

D: Maybe that's why the memory faded away.

 

Jo: The future is not yet set in stone so…

 

Ker: Even still, it's ominous.

 

D: Can we focus on Hermione Granger as a ministry worker?

 

D: And she was so against it during class.

 

 

Fred and George learned to stay away from flowers when they were taught pollen travels and sticks to their clothing. With magical flowers, you'll never know if its pollen is already in your clothing. That's why the Weasley clan were very good at cleaning charms. That is also why they don't really know flower arrangements.

 

Staring at the arrangement of flowers they've picked to give to their Darling later, Fred and George frown at their collection. It was a monstrosity of mismatched colours. Not to mention they don't know if there's weed flowers mixed in. And what the bouquet means in flower language because that's a thing, right?

 

"I don't know, maybe it's not enough?" Fred said out loud, tilting the bouquet here and there.

 

George shrugged. "Maybe Professor Sprout won't notice if we steal some flowers in Greenhouse 2."

 

"She'll definitely notice." A voice deadpanned.

 

Fred and George looked at the disgruntled couple lounging up a tree. They blinked innocently.

 

"Why do you think so?" Fred asked.

 

"Neville helps her count the flower pots every week." Blaise answered. "Now, can you please leave us in peace?"

 

"It's not our fault you both show up where we pick flowers!" George defended.

 

Harry threw some nuts at the twins. "You're the ones who followed us whenever we relocated! You're ruining our date time!"

 

Fred and George looked incredulously at the younger ones. 

 

"You've been seeing each other everyday." Fred and George deadpanned.

 

"I know right, I can't believe no one else noticed." Blaise snickered, stroking Harry's hair before messing it up.

 

Seeing the sad excuse of a bouquet the twins gathered in their arms, Blaise cackled and pointed.

 

"That looks atrocious. I bet if Draco sees that he will say: 'Oh, Fred! George! This looked absolutely ridiculous! I love it' and then demand you to give it to him."

 

Fred and George perked up. "Really?"

 

"Yeah. He says the language of flowers are ridiculous and flowers are better suited for Potions ingredients."

 

The twins accepted that. With a shrug, they waved the couple good-bye and walked away. It'll be nearly time to meet up with their darling anyway.

 

Harry rested his chin on Blaise's shoulder as they watched the twins walk back to Hogwarts. 

 

"Do they really think they're keeping their relationship with Draco a secret?" Harry asked. "With how their eyes light up at the mention of Draco, even I caught on and they say I'm dense."

 

Blaise chuckled, bestowing a chaste kiss and Harry's forehead. "Let them think they're good at hiding secrets."

 

 

D: JoKer, the bouquet absolutely looked ridiculous. But I love it! Thank you!

 

Ker: B knew you'd say that!

 

Jo: You're welcome!

 

D: You also picked a lot of budding moonflowers and I needed that for my potion.

 

D: Good job!

 

Ker: So you really don't care about the language of flowers?

 

D: Majority of the flowers in Hogwarts are absolutely not romantic enough to form a bouquet.

 

D: There's a reason why Hagrid didn't plant any more rose bushes because students often steal the roses. That's the only universal flower for confessing the majority of the students know.

 

Ker: If you can have a flower, what would you want to accept?

 

D: I already did. From both of you!

 

D: Moonflowers are the most practical flower to give someone, bloomed or not.

 

D: Good job!

 

 

Draco Malfoy, upon seeing the future using means that cannot be mentioned due to confidentiality clauses, had developed a new habit.

 

Fred and George can do nothing to stop their darling as the D.A Healer stares at Hermione smugly.

 

"It's been days, Draco." Hermione groaned. "Is there something you want to say?"

 

Draco tapped his wand as he fixed Ginny's singed hair before moving on to Neville's limp.

 

"I don't know Hermione, I think you already know what I know."

 

"I don't, just spill it before I go crazy."

 

Draco hummed and ignored her in favor of healing Terry Boot's bruises. Hannah and Zacharias looked positively curious as Draco snickered while attending them.

 

"It's okay, Hermione. You just need to admit it to the class." Draco patted Hermione's shoulder as her eyes narrowed.

 

"Don't make me punch you again."

 

"You slapped me, not punched me."

 

"We're remembering different scenes."

 

"Maybe you've seen what you muggle call a mo-vee where you punched me." Draco shrugged. 

 

"Just spill it, Draco."

 

Fred and George passed around treats as the drama escalated.

 

"I know, Hermione." Draco said in a grave, sombre tone. "Luna helped me See. And there's no need to hide you wanted to be a ministry worker."

 

"A what?!" Hermione asked, incredulously.

 

"I even think you've been hired already. Where else would you get a time turner in third year?"

 

"We haven't even had our consultation! Careers Advice is next week!" Hermione exclaimed, hands out to strangle the Slytherin.

 

Ron caught her hands just in time.

 

"And if I'm ever a ministry worker, I'll be weeding out the corrupt people!" Hermione declares as she's dragged away by Harry.

 

"If she does that, there would be no more Order of Merlin." Pansy snickered before sipping her tea.

 

Draco patted Terry Boot's shoulder. "I really never thought you'd be a forest person, Boot. But I saw what I saw and it suits you."

 

"Uh, healer Draco, just how valid is this future?" Terry asked with uncertainty because he doesn't ever really want to step foot into an Amazon forest.

 

"Very valid." Draco nodded. "Even Luna agreed."

 

Luna was between Neville and Ginny, quietly eating Draco's apple pie. She raised her fork in acknowledgement. She never really agreed but would the nargles tell on her? No.

 

"And me?" Zacharias looked excited. "What does my girlfriend look like?"

 

"You're asking Draco to describe a person?" Ron asked the Hufflepuff, gesturing at the Slytherin and to the Weasleys at present.

 

"On second thought, thank you for sharing your vision, Healer Draco." Zacharias bowed reverently before exiting the room. "See you next session!"

 

"It's a pity I forgot about your futures." Draco held Hannah and Susan's hands before sending an apologetic glance at Marietta. "I think you three would still do well in life. I didn't see Harry's as well but do we even know if he can survive that long?"

 

"Hey!" Harry protested as he handed Hermione a book about Ministry Laws.

 

Lee Jordan glanced at the twins who had been too amused at what's happening to even cause mayhem. 

 

"Well, atleast we can plan our business." Lee Jordan grinned as Fred and George were all sparkles at the idea.

 

"I thought we'd be drowning in paperwork because we'd be professors, Lee." George sniffed, wiping away an imaginary tear.

 

"Imagine that future though, we'd have created a new forest from our herbology classes." Fred said, looking far away as if reminiscing about something that hadn't happened at all.

 

Neville looked concerned once he heard that. A man-made forest by the twins! What a scary thought.

 

"But why do I have fangs?" Cho's voice cut in. "I never really attended Halloween parties so that's unlikely."

 

Draco looked over at her location, having settled across the twins on the snack table. 

 

"Then… Chang…to change your future…" Draco looked at Pansy and Blaise before they looked back at the Ravenclaw. "Never go to Transylvania."

 

The sentence was said altogether as the three Slytherins raised their teacups and drank their tea in unison.

 

Cho leaned on Marietta at the implication that she'll be turned into a Vampire. "I have a headache."

 

"Must be the low blood pressure." Marietta guessed as she chuckled, dodging Cho's shove. "Let's go get some Bloody pops in you."

 

As other students left, Draco turned to Hermione who was engrossed in reading the laws.

 

"I know it doesn't state that minors cannot be hired unless they've reached their magical maturity or legal age, Hermione. It's on page 927."

 

Hermione looked unamused as she flipped through the pages and saw the said Magical Act.

 

"Professor McGonagall will hear about this!"

 

 

Jo: Your Careers Advice will be commencing this week, right?

 

D: Yes, all fifth years are required to attend a short meeting with their Head of House for future careers.

 

D: Do I even need this? When I'm supposed to manage the Malfoy business.

 

Ker: Yes, darling. It's a formality.

 

D: I bet a galleon the Pink Menace will cough her way in the consultation one way or another.

 

Ker: We're not betting!

 

Jo: We all know she will!!

 

D: Then I bet a galleon the Slytherins will finish in less than an hour.

 

Ker: With almost all the Heirs in the Slytherins, I think that's about the right amount of time.

 

Jo: And Professor Snape always likes concise answers.

 

 

After hearing about Harry's disastrous Careers Advice meeting, Draco definitely dreaded his own meeting. Not enough to be late, though.

 

Knocking, Draco waited patiently to be let in before bowing in greeting. Sure enough, his Uncle Sev looked positively disgruntled at the sight of the pink menace at the corner of the room.

 

"Greetings, Professors." Draco greeted.

 

"Upon hearing that it is your turn for your Careers Advice, Dolores suddenly had enough free time to observe your meeting." Professor Snape informed him and gestured from Draco to sit down.

 

"Don't mind me dearie, think of me as a portrait in a corner." Umbridge smiled crookedly, her obnoxious peacock feather quill ready to scratch away on her parchment.

 

"Well, Mister Malfoy, this meeting is to talk over any career ideas you might have, and to help you decide which subjects you should continue into the sixth and seventh years. Have you had any thoughts about what you would like to do after you leave Hogwarts?"

 

Draco smiled elegantly at his Head of House, "I would like to pursue the subjects that would make me a great Heir. As the Malfoy Heir, I need to be in top condition at subjects relating towards the Malfoy business."

 

"The Malfoy business is very broad and competitive. Your electives might be waived in favor for more subjects to be learned from."

 

"I'm prepared to take the challenge."

 

"Very well. You may leave."

 

"Hem hem." A scratchy voice interrupted.

 

"Is there something you needed, Dolores?" Professor Snape asked with a put-upon sigh.

 

"Shouldn't Mister Malfoy be dropping a few subjects to ensure greater knowledge?" Umbridge countered. 

 

"Draco's electives are Astronomy and Arithmancy." Draco nodded. "The only thing he is required to drop is Astronomy and Divination since all the subjects are required."

 

"Why not drop Defense Against the Dark Arts and Potions?" 

 

Draco tried hard not to look at the Head inquisitor as if she was missing quite a few brain cells.

 

"Defense Against the Dark Arts is essential for the Malfoy Trade because he'll need to quality check each product before it is shipped and Potions is needed for the Malfoy Apothecary in case you don't know it exists. The Malfoy family is involved in a lot of business, it comes quite a shock you don't seem to be informed about it." Professor Snape replied, voice patient and definitely the tone used for mocking students (or Gryffindors). "If that's all, you both can go. Please send Miss Parkinson in."

 

Draco had to bite his lip to stop smiling as Umbridge obviously felt humiliated with the way she stomped out of the door.

 

Once she's out, his Uncle Sev patted his hand as he handed him a slip of parchment filled with subjects he needed to take for his sixth and seventh years.

 

"As the Malfoy Heir or a Potions Master or a Healer, Dragon, you will need to take the subjects I've given you." 

 

Draco's grin was blinding as his unasked question was answered.

 

"I shall keep that in mind."

 

 

D: Maybe I just want to be a rock for my sixth and seventh years.

 

Ker: What did you get, darling?

 

D: Everything except Astronomy, Muggle Studies and Divination.

 

Jo: Rest in Peace.

 

Ker: Raise your wands for our Darling. /*

 

Jo: /*

 

D: /*

 

D: Prank the Hufflepuffs with me?

 

Ker: Let's prank Ravenclaw, too!

 

Jo: Might as well. See you on the One-eyed witch!

Chapter 9: It Makes You Want to Shriek

Notes:

Y'all miss me? I still wonder why the kudos jumped to 385 but I am thankful. It's a reminder people like my story!!

I wrote a lot of scenes for this chapter, enjoy!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It is February already and things in Hogwarts are picking up. When they say things are picking up, it was chocolate season all over again. Hogwarts Owls come and go every morning carrying boxes and boxes of chocolate ingredients and quite honestly, the students are at an all-time chocolate high. It was the first time Draco ever saw Nip five times a day. What a busy H.owl he is!

 

The house elves had barricaded the kitchens, barring anyone from entry (except Harry Potter, they all love Harry Potter). Professor McGonagall had to reopen the cooking classrooms due all the requests of students that are confident in their cooking skills. Hermione was going crazy knowing there was a cooking classroom but it wasn't in Hogwarts: A history or in the current curriculum.

 

Fudge balls, chocolate fudge, chocolate frogs, chocolate chips, everything else chocolate was everywhere. Fred and George are thriving at the chocolate variants of their prank. It took a ridiculous amount of planning (since November) but now it's come to fruition and there were several students coming and going to the Hospital Wing.

 

"You complain we have limited time to meet and yet you both were half the reason the Hospital Wing is in full capacity today." Draco rolled his eyes at Fred and George's puppy dog eyes.

 

"We didn't actually know that the lower years are desperate to have chocolate."

 

Someone had the bright idea to mix in a few of the Snack pranks Fred and George made in a "Free!" box left outside of the Great Hall. By the time the Professors caught wind of the box, it was already empty and a lot of students were already suffering.

 

What a brilliant stroke of genius that everybody's been calling it 'Umbridgitis'.

 

It was funny as hell! The look on the pink menace's face when she heard of it was ugly and contorted and Colin Creevey blessedly was in the vicinity with his muggle camera at ready. Fred and George took the liberty to print out her reaction and spread it at the end of the day.

 

(Colin suffered no detentions after he confessed it was all the Weasley Twins' doing)

 

"I'm part of the Inquisitorial Squad." Draco reminded the twins. "And you're both on the Wanted List."

 

"We've always wanted to be wanted."

 

"But not like this!"

 

"We wanted you to want us!!"

 

"But not like this!!"

 

Draco raised a hand to stop the dramatics because George looked like he's going to kneel.

 

"I already want you, don't cry me the river or the sea."

 

Fred and George gasped and put their hands on their chest before doing a giddy dance.

 

"Stahp it, darling!"

 

"You're making us blush!!"

 

Draco had to chuckle at their antics, seeing the red bloom in both Gryffindors' cheeks.

 

Fred and George looked around before addressing the blonde with the most obvious question. Their location wasn't really something they meet up frequently.

 

"Why are we in the Shrieking Shack, anyway?"

 

"We…" Draco gestured at the old, rickety and dusty room. "Are going to renovate this room."

 

Fred and George stared at the Slytherin Prince and wondered how he thought of it.

 

"With the way Harry and Blaise kept snagging the Room of Requirement to hide their relationship, it's hard for us to meet, right?"

 

It was true. The forbidden forest was okay but a lot of Professors do enter and not to mention the chatty creatures! (It was how Luna learned they were dating. She was the first to know. The nargles told her.)

 

"So I thought of a few places where we can meet and out of all the secret passageways, no one would be able to go here without us knowing it. Right?"

 

The Whomping Willow does signal if the knot near it was pulled and activated so it would buy them time to hide if someone actually does use the passageway. And no one ever comes to the Shrieking Shack, anyway.

 

"Okay…" Fred and George nodded, looking around the the spacious room.

 

They're not in the Room of Requirement so manifesting a room to have dates with was a no-no.

 

"Well then, I believe we need a fireplace there."

 

"A velvet carpet there."

 

"A snake and a lion sculpture here."

 

"Gold and silver decorations!"

 

"I'd like a marble tiling."

 

"And a huge comfy couch by the fireplace!"

 

"Oohh! We could recreate the cushion pit!"

 

"We should certainly keep it simple."

 

"Simple AND elegant. With class! With aesthetics!"

 

Draco stared at the aspiring interior designers spouting what they wanted here and there and wondered why he even suggested it.

 

All for love, Draco. All for love. 

Draco chanted the reminder in his mind before sighing and signaling the twins to stop.

 

"It needs to be as dreadful as this place and not to look too lived-in incase someone comes here."

 

Fred and George looked aghast.

 

"My wonderful room!" Fred wailed, looking out the broken window in sorrow. "Ah, it was shattered like the mirror in the corner."

 

"My grandiose dreams!" George followed, going on all fours on a wandlessly cleaned section of the floor for show.

 

Draco looked at the two dramatic fools and laughed.

 

Fred and George listened as the laughter echoed faintly, smiling fondly at probably one of their favourite sounds in the world.

 

"You're both ridiculous." Draco managed to say, wiping away a joyful tear out the corner of his right eye. "Well then, let's get to planning!!"

 

Fred and George fiddled with the chocolate box in their pockets, it was meant to be a surprise for their darling but figured it could wait until later.

 

Spelling the floor clean and encasing them with a clean dome, Fred and George joined Draco with planning. They'll make the room brighter and cleaner.

 

Then, when it's sanitary and fully furnished, this room is where their safe space could be.

 

Didn't the twins promise to make Draco feel safe?

 

This is a step in the right direction.

 

 

"I have a situation. Code red." Draco said seriously as he dragged Pansy and Blaise towards the fifth years' empty bedroom.

 

Nott was at Pureblood lessons, Goyle was wooing Millicent and Crabbe was at a study session in the library with the prefects. It was the perfect time to discuss this.

 

"Certainly, this situation does not at all call for that color." Pansy said, doubtful.

 

Code Red is equivalent to getting stuck in a Parkinson escape room or a Zabini Dark Arts collection room or getting lost in the Malfoy Manor for nearly twenty four hours alone. (Something like a close brush to death's arms, if you will.)

 

"But it is as serious as that." Draco insisted.

 

Blaise, seeing the telltale signs of a Black Dramatic Flair, just let himself be dragged and thrown on his own bed.

 

A minute later, Blaise was unphased as he was pinned and straddled by Draco Malfoy with Pansy just comfortably rolled up in his duvets.

 

"You should work on your seduction skills, Dray." Blaise commented, smirking up at the blonde and reaching up to loosen his tie.

 

"Your good looking and charming face only works on Harry." Draco deadpanned.

 

"Why am I even dragged up here? To help relieve some tension? Because there is none." Pansy cut in, perfectly polished nails trailing along the spines of Blaise's book collection inside the open trunk.

 

"You're certainly going to feel left out when we start snogging here." Blaise rolled his eyes, wandlessly recommending a book to give Pansy and shutting off his trunk. Pansy judged the book by its cover and shrugged, opening it to skim its contents.

 

"We are not snogging." Draco groaned as he messed up Blaise's silky, smooth hair just because he could.

 

"With the way you're not getting off me, I bet a galleon you're going to suggest practice kissing." Blaise noted, pinching Draco's cheek.

 

Pansy and Blaise looked at the pouting blonde before locking eyes after a heartbeat. How adorable.

 

"Surely you weren't planning on suggesting it, Dray? Not when your first kiss should be with your beloved."

 

Draco's continued silence and pouting said a lot.

 

"You can hear a lot in this silence." Pansy continued, lifting the book to hide an amused grin.

 

"It's just….what if I'm a bad kisser?" Draco frowned, brows furrowed. "I never tried kissing someone before."

 

Blaise chuckled, pulling the Slytherin prince down and embracing him before turning them towards Pansy. 

 

"Well, don't you both look cosy?" Pansy raised a brow at the cuddle pile. "And if you're a bad kisser, Dray, it's fine. Kissing is something we learn to do by doing it with people you're entangled with. Entangled as in, in a relationship."

 

Oh.

 

Draco had to pause for a bit, realising that his relationship with Fred and George was still a secret.

 

"Did you and Harry already kiss?" Draco asked Blaise, tapping the arm around his waist. 

 

"I don't kiss anyone on a first date."

 

"What are you talking about? At this point, you've already been on a hundred dates."

 

Blaise hummed, as if counting the days he and Harry went on dates. "Nah, we haven't. I kissed him all over the face though, but he says he's not ready for a kiss on the lips. Something about forehead kisses are the best and that a kiss on the lips is saved for a romantic time. Probably Muggle view of romance."

 

"You've drowned Harry with your love, we're nauseated. That still isn't a romantic time?"

 

"Didn't you already do the candlelit dinner with the roses? That was a classic in the novels Hermione lent us." Pansy pointed out.

 

Blaise nodded, "and the hand holding by the lake (with a camouflage spell), the surprise picnics (by the forbidden forest), the drink and cuddle by the fireplace (in the Room of Requirement) and such."

 

Draco nudged Blaise to keep the dopey smile out of his face. Whipped bastard.

 

"I never knew Harry doesn't like kisses."

 

"He does, but I think he wants his first kiss to be something special. So in that regard, I'm waiting for him to do it."

 

Draco considers this and burrows even further on Blaise's personal space as thoughts run rampant in his mind.

 

Fred and George had already taken the initiative to kiss his cheeks, forehead, eyes, all over his face but not his lips, too.

 

So, they were waiting for him to make the move.

 

But wait.

 

Who will he give his first kiss to? He doesn't really want to pick. Was there a way to kiss them at the same time? 

 

But a three-way peck is something that Blaise and Pansy already did with him when they were kids. (They were just really bumping noses, mostly.)

 

Hold on a minute.

 

"My first kiss is Blaise." Draco stated, eyes widening at the memory of five year old Blaise and Draco imitating the Wizarding Musical ending.

 

"Mine, too." Pansy reminded him, she was with them at the Musical.

 

"Mine, too." Blaise echoed, nodding at the memory of kissing his reflection. He cackled as Pansy whacked his thigh with the book at the same time Draco elbowed him on his sternum. "Well excluding my reflection, I think mine was Pansy?"

 

"Why are we dragging up past memories tonight?" Pansy lamented, sighing.

 

"But romantic kisses are different, I think." Draco said, thoughtful. Perhaps he should ask JoKer about this.

 

"Of course, dear."

 

"Whatever you say."

 

 

D: The winzengamot has generously opened the floor in this hearing.

 

D: As the one with the proposal, I shall speak as if I'm doused in Veritaserum and swear on Merlin that only the truth comes out of my inked statements.

 

D: So, in the spirit of this blooming relationship, I'm opening a serious discussion and I'd like my beloved JoKer to be present as the participating party.

 

Ker: Present

 

Jo: Present

 

D: Your honor, It has come to my attention that first kisses are important.

 

Jo: Tis but the truth.

 

Ker: Tis but the truth.

 

D: I would like to ask the participating party if they've ever had their First Kiss.

 

Jo: Your honor, in my defense, I did not know I would be subjected to a committed relationship and had regretfully given up my First Kiss to a Dare. A Dare to prove I'm not a coward, may I add.

 

Ker: YOUR HONOR, I REGRETFULLY INFORM YOU MY FIRST KISS WAS STOLEN WITHOUT MY CONSENT.

 

D: You kissed each other, didn't you

 

Ker: THE DRAGON TAMER DARED HIM TO DO IT. MY LAWYER WILL HEAR ABOUT THIS

 

Jo: It was an unpleasant experience, if I do say so myself.

 

Ker: I'd rather much snog Darling, your honor.

 

D: My First Kiss was my Guardian Angel. If you still remember who.

 

Ker: Damn. Lucky bastard.

 

Jo: My lawyer would hear about this.

 

D: Order in the court.

 

Ker: There is order. There will be.

 

Jo: We shall open another hearing after the Guardian Angel is nothing but a fallen angel.

 

D: Do you think you can come back to the Chosen One's goodwill after the deed to their beloved is done?

 

Ker: Damn. Lucky Bastard.

 

Jo: He may be untouchable now…but a day will come.

 

Ker: A day will come.

 

D: Which comes to my attention that this question with the utmost importance must be asked with the participating party

 

Ker: The participating party is curious and is ready to answer, your honor

 

D: Who will I be kissing first? Jo or Ker?

 

Jo: …

 

Ker: …

 

Ker: The participating party is in shock and is unable to answer immediately, your honor.

 

D: …

 

Jo: I–

 

Ker: I–

 

….

 

D: Are you dead?

 

….

 

D: Oh, Salazar. They've been compromised, your honor.

 

….

 

Jo: The participating party requests a reschedule of this hearing to a later date.

 

Ker: The participating party shall duel to keep this fair and simple.

 

Jo: To avoid bloodshed and death.

 

D: It's just a kiss.

 

Ker: IT'S NOT JUST A KISS, YOUR HONOR.

 

Jo: IT'S THE KISS, YOUR HONOR.

 

Ker: We've waited years for this to happen.

 

Jo: Dear Merlin, it's going to happen. I shall do my best for this precious prize be bestowed upon my lips.

 

Ker: I shall unearth my hidden strengths and talents to be able to be the one to experience this wondrous event.

 

D: Your honor, I would like to request a dissolution of this relationship.

 

Ker: YOUR HONOR, KINDLY REFUSE AND REJECT AND ABHOR THE AFOREMENTIONED REQUEST

 

Jo: I second the motion!

 

D: The Winzengamot has approved the rescheduled hearing. It shall be discussed pronto.

 

Ker: It shall be discussed after the fair and simple duel.

 

Jo: Fear not, our Darling D, no bloodshed and death will come upon the fair and simple duel.

 

D: I feel like they're both malfunctioning, your honor.

 

 

 

 

 

D: I just have two ridiculous, injured Gryffindors arriving at the Hospital for treatment, your honor.

 

D: Meeting is adjourned.

 

 

"I thought it was supposed to be a fair and simple duel?" Draco asked, bandages flying all over the twins. "So, who won?"

 

They both looked like they were in the center of an explosion but it was all just surface wounds and nothing too serious. There really was no bloodshed and death, for one. It was a good thing Madam Pomfrey wasn't the one who encountered the twins or else they'd be staying in the Hospital Wing overnight.

 

Fred looked at Draco and grinned widely, it was a wonder his face could accommodate it. Draco had to squint his eyes witn how bright the smile was.

 

"I did, darling. I'm looking forward to it." Fred winked and focused hard so his fast heartbeat could not be detected.

 

Draco smirked, seeing the elevated status after finishing his scans. "Noted on that."

 

Draco noticed George's sulking behaviour and patted his hand comfortingly. "It's okay, Ker. You'll get my first wish."

 

George significantly brightened up and Draco had to squint his eyes again as the sun shined on the Hospital Wing. Is it still night time?

 

"Well, I'll be looking forward to that!!"

 

"But I wanted to grant your wish first!" Fred protested.

 

"You can't have everything, Jo." Draco shook his head as George tackled his twin to the ground. "Please leave the Hospital Wing before Madam Pomfrey sees you."

 

Fred and George stopped their bickering, getting up and dusting their clothes before cupping Draco's face and kissing his forehead.

 

"Good night, Darling. I love you." George whispered, nuzzling his hair before dashing out the room.

 

"Sweet dreams, Darling. I love you." Fred whispered, sneaking another kiss on the cheek before ruffling his hair and sprinting out in case Draco ran after him.

 

The door to the Hospital Wing slammed shut and all that occupied the room was one flustered Draco Malfoy.

 

 

Ker: What would be your first wish, darling? I'm so curious. But not enough to call on a hearing.

 

D: I haven't thought of one yet, but I'd let you know as soon as possible.

 

Jo: Trials are not our forte. We're lacking terminologies.

 

D: it's fine, I kinda know the law.

 

Ker: Great. Because our grades in Ethics and Ministry Laws are T.

 

Jo: And we still wonder why Professor Binns teaches Ministry Laws when it's been updated since his time.

 

D: isn't it because the Minister of Magic didn't want Hogwarts students up-to-date so that the senior ministry personnel have to make fun of and ridicule them?

 

Jo: Oh, I did hear about that.

 

Ker: But Ministry Laws are part of the pre-employment tests. What a pain.

 

D: I'm really looking forward to the year Hermione makes it as Minister of Magic.

 

Ker: She's not an employee

 

Jo: Yet.

 

D: Shhh, don't let her fool you.

 

 

"What do you think about golden curtains? I think we can steal the ones in the Great Hall."

 

"No, it's too bright in here, it'll attract attention."

 

"We're putting up black curtains?! You never told me we're recreating a room from Grimmauld Place!"

 

 

The thing about Chocolate Day is that there were no Cupids singing.

 

But apparently, there were still hardcore Lockhart fans and upheld its tradition via a dedication booth.

 

Surprisingly enough, Professor Umbridge didn't take down the activity so the students ran towards the anonymous section and it was like a Quidditch game halftime show where Lee Jordan reads out messages from the crowd.

 

There were notes all over the dedication booth to rival all the rules framed outside the Great Hall. For just a knut, it'll stay there for a week. For a sickle, it'll be also be read out loud during dinner.

 

Who were the hardcore Lockhart fans?

 

Well, of course it would be Fred and George! Their mum knows all about Lockhart! So they know all about Lockhart!

 

Did you know all the hair care products he uses for his hair? Fred and George sure do!

 

What do you mean Gilderoy Lockhart's a wicked bastard who tried to harm Ronniekins? You must be daydreaming.

 

What do you mean he's gone missing and his memory is not as good? He's adventuring!! As an adventurer, there are dangers you encounter!

 

Surely even Professor Umbridge knows that, she approved of this joyful occasion.

 

 

D: How did you get Professor Umbridge's permission for the dedication booth? Again, You're both in the Wanted list.

 

Jo: Bribery

 

Ker: and blackmail

 

D: What could possibly be considered as blackmail?

 

Ker: Her Cat Plate collection supplier

 

D: What?

 

 

The dedication booth was a success!!

 

Even Harry Potter availed their services~~

 

Anonymity went out the window with how bright and shiny the sign that says "THIS NOTE IS FROM HARRY POTTER" tacked beside the little square paper where Harry's chicken scrawl is written. 

 

Draco had already made fun of it saying there was no need for a sign to know Harry's written it with how terrible and distinct his handwriting is.

 

Before the week ended, Blaise had already slipped the twins 10 galleons to acquire that note. That's for him, okay? So it's valid to treasure it and protect it. Probably frame it and hide it in his personal vault!

 

Harry had said it to Blaise before but seeing it in writing had the Slytherin Casanova falling for the Chosen One again.

 

I choose you.

 

((Hermione had bursted out laughing and kept pointing at Blaise saying random attack words. There was probably a muggle joke mixed in.))

 

But it was simple and sweet because only Harry and Blaise knew the full story.

 

Underneath the stars and the shadows of the trees in the Forbidden Forest, Harry hugged him tightly and said:

 

"People kept referring to me as the Chosen One because once war starts, they expect a lot of things from me. Padfoot says I was called that because people chose to put me on a burdensome pedestal but he and Moony told me I can be the only one that can choose my path. My path is towards you. It's thorny, rocky, and it will surely be painful…we're still young and our blood status isn't the same, our sides in the war may not be as well but I don't care about that. Blaise, I choose you."

 

Blaise had cupped Harry's cheeks and kissed him on the forehead. He pulled Harry closer and whispered in his ear.

 

"I swear fealty to you."

 

And Blaise meant it.

 

Let the world burn in Fiendfyre, he won't care. So long as Harry is his, and he is Harry's.

 

No one can come in between.

 

He'll make sure of it.

 

 

Jo: Is the Guardian Angel rich?

 

D: His monthly allowance is seven hundred galleons.

 

Ker: So if we make Harry do a calligraphy of 'I choose you' with his sign, do you think we can profit from him again?

 

D: You can certainly try.

 

Jo: I think we should sell more Slytherin goods.

 

Ker: Write that down!

 

 

"I hate it when the floorboards creak, it's so creepy."

 

"We're in a supposedly haunted shack. It's supposed to be like that."

 

"So the fluffiest velvet carpet goes where?"

 

"Back to the castle."

 

"Are we even renovating?!"

 

 

"Hermione, can you keep us updated on the rumors in the ministry?" Draco asked out of blue after fixing Harry's broken glasses. "We might be able to dig up something about Professor Umbridge."

 

They were practising a spell Moony told them in the recent mirror meeting and it backfired. Harry's prone to wrong wand movement, anyway. He's in a rebellious phase.

 

("Why does Blaise do every spell wandless?" -Harry Potter, 1995)

 

Hermione snorted and threw Draco a pillow.

 

"I don't work in the ministry!"

 

"But who else will be the Minister of Magic in ten years' time?!"

 

"Why can't Pansy do it?" Ron asked innocently.

 

"How dare you try to make me the head of corruption." Pansy threw him a look of disgust, "Keep me out of this, Ronald. My daggers are looking for a target."

 

Neville, holding said daggers because she's making him practise throwing it, held the dangerous weapons out of her reach.

 

"Where are the twins? They're normally exploding by now." Luna asked, as she twirled her wand, practicing the Expecto Patronum.

 

The D.A has been practicing for that particular spell for weeks now. It's apparently hard to think of happy memories constantly.

 

"Lee Jordan always makes them explode!" Hannah giggled.

 

"I think they're doing a group project." Ginny answered, smoothing out singed locks of hair as her wand released sparks.

 

Casting a tempus, Draco sighed.

 

"It's time for my patrol." A swish of his wand and his belongings floated to him immediately. He glared at the people in the room. "Make sure no one gets hurt while I'm gone."

 

"Yes, Healer Draco."

 

"Alright, let's try one more round of duels and we're done for today."

 

Draco swiftly went out the room and straight to a nearby classroom. He pulled out his journal and wrote.

 

 

D: Ready to meet after patrol?

 

Ker: Ready!

 

Jo: We'll see you later, darling!

 

Ker: I can't wait~~

 

D: I'll see you later, then. I love you.

 

Ker: (ノ≧∇≦)ノ ミ ┻━┻

 

Jo: (ノ≧∇≦)ノ ミ ┻━┻

 

Jo: I LOVE YOU MORE!

 

Ker: I LOVE YOU MORE!

 

 

No one in Hogwarts really knows how Lee Jordan, Pansy Parkinson and Blaise Zabini became close. It's been going on since the start of the school year.

 

All they knew is that all of a sudden, they could be seen walking along the Hogwarts halls and passing something (a gift, a book, a note, etc). There must've been something fishy going on so when they have a chance to eavesdrop, they do.

 

"Here's the aloe vera freshly harvested from the greenhouses, Lee Jordan." Pansy said, passing him a box. "My idiot worked on it last night when your idiots mentioned your hair maintenance in passing."

 

"How kind of them." Lee Jordan grinned at the package, before looking down at the two Slytherins. "What would it take for you to call me Lee or Jordan?"

 

"Lee Jordan sounds cooler." Blaise replied.

 

Times like these were times that the student body are reminded that The Jordan Family are Purebloods. It's just that Lee Jordan was so approachable and down-to-earth that it doesn't seem like he's one. 

 

Away from the eavesdropping students, Lee Jordan sighed heavily.

 

"Let me guess, they're totally helpless right now." Lee Jordan said, shaking his head.

 

"If cuddling is what you call helpless then, yes." Pansy smirked. "Relax, they don't need their babysitters right now."

 

"I still can't believe it took them so long to get together." 

 

"You and us both, we were subjected to the Twins' longing looks and Draco's confused ones, really."

 

"At least you didn't spend several hundred hours of your life hearing how amazing your idiot is."

 

"He is amazing," Pansy agreed. "And don't get me started on how gone my idiot is to your idiots. We'll be here until sundown."

 

They stood outside the Hogwarts entranceway, guarding. The courtyard was empty and Hagrid was in his hut. You couldn't really see what's beyond the Forbidden Forest at this location but they don't need to know.

 

It's Draco, Fred and George's weekday date so they're off frolicking inside the Forbidden Forest. Why they didn't do it in the Room of Requirement is –oh wait, D.A just finished so it's just a Harry and Blaise date place.

 

"How long do you think those three idiots will realize we know their little secret?" Lee Jordan asked, waving his wand to cast privacy spells along the Forbidden Forest. Blaise followed the seventh year's initiative.

 

"My idiot really should've known by now." Pansy lamented. "He's just blinded by love at the moment."

 

Blaise and Lee snorted.

 

"My idiots should've known by now, too." Lee said, snickering. "They're just stupid. I already know D's identity, of course I'd know their next step."

 

Privacy spells intact and in place, they went back inside.

 

"I think they'll realize it a month later, don't you think so too?" Blaise asked after calculating the days. "We've never been subtle at all."

 

"Approximately, yes." Lee Jordan agreed. "Hopefully."

 

"Gee, we know our idiots so well by now." Pansy remarked, chuckling.

 

"Unfortunately." Blaise and Lee said in unison.

 

They parted with a salute, their interactions certainly increasing since they're both in the D.A.

 

A month later, Draco, Pansy and Blaise were studying in the courtyard when Lee Jordan sat beside Pansy, the twins following him in confusion.

 

"Uh, hello?" Draco greeted, glancing at the twins who were also in the dark. "Shouldn't you be skipping stones by the lake and being troublesome elsewhere?"

 

"Hiya, just wanted to drop by and give some things and we'll be out of your beautiful golden hair." Lee Jordan greeted opening his bag and passing Blaise an autographed book and Pansy a glass vial of something Draco can't recognise.

 

"Oh, yes. I was wondering when you'll give it back." Blaise accepted the book and passed another one from his bag. "This one is all about Quidditch so it's a fast read for you."

 

"Thank you for this, I'll try it later." Pansy hummed, pleased as she placed the vial in her pocket. 

 

Draco, Fred and George stared at the smooth transaction going on in front of them. They knew their friends were getting along back in D.A. but this is strange…

 

"Since when did the three of you get so close?!" Draco, Fred and George asked in unison, looking at their best friends in disbelief.

 

"Ha! I told you, a month." Blaise bragged, chuckling. "I should've wagered a galleon."

 

"We've been cleaning up your tracks the past few months now. Glad you noticed already." Pansy said, picking up Lee's offered snack and biting onto it.

 

"Yeah, can't believe it took you so long." Lee Jordan said while nibbling on a licorice. "And the three of you were supposed to be smart."

 

Draco, Fred and George looked at each before looking away, a red hue on their cheeks.

 

"Wow, unbelievable. They're getting shy." 

 

"I thought that word wasn't in their vocabulary, ever."

 

"Shhh, they'll get defensive and pouty."

 

"Shut up!" The three idiots yelled, huffing and crossing their arms.

 

"Wow, not even a year of being together and they can

say something in unison."

 

"And even do the same actions."

 

"Not long now before they finish each other's sentences."

 

"Ah, young love." Pansy, Blaise and Lee Jordan smirked.

 

No one in Hogwarts really knows how Lee Jordan, Pansy Parkinson and Blaise Zabini became close.

 

But really, they're just looking out for three idiots.

 

"Someone, anyone, get a time turner! They're too powerful when together!!!" The twins hollered as Draco laughed, shaking his head.

 

That's four down, and a lot more to go.

 

Oh well, at least they didn't need to hide that much anymore.

 

 

Ker: So, about the marble tiles

 

Jo: No

 

D: No

 

Ker: (╯°□°)╯︵ ┻━┻

Notes:

I sincerely apologize for the trial scene, it's been on my mind and when I tried writing it I realized I am not familiar with Wizarding trials or any trials for that matter. In case it flew over your heads, the reader is 'your honor'.

Anyone else in a kissy mood? Kisses are a serious topic for me so I had to put it in. Renovating a room too is apparently hard work.

Me: i need to pick a smooth line that's important for Blaise and Harry
Me: *i choose you* (my first thought and i couldn't let go. Damn. Those pocket monsters released on 1996 lol)
Also Me: oh Merlin, I need a noble-ish way to reply to that
My word of the day: fealty
Me: I FOUND IT

And yes the best friends know, idk if the twins ever realised they slipped up in front of Lee a lot of times?? And Draco?? Smiling more?? Hm. Not obvious at all.

Chapter 10: Marching to Fools

Summary:

March happenings are just chill. As chill as the group can be.

Notes:

Thank you for the 404 kudos!! I usually sort my ao3 filter on "Most Kudos" and my eyes keep widening on the number of kudos in popular pairings. Then I think of my rare pair story and marvel at the number because HOW DO YOU FIND THIS. I'm so grateful for the love, always. We're nearing the end of fifth year so let's enjoy~~

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

D: I miss Twig. My baby must miss me too.

 

Jo: I don't think Harry was successful in ripping Twig away from the vault they gave him…

 

Ker: I didn't even know Twig is protective of his treasure.

 

D: Was the vault that big that he needed months to sort it all out

 

Jo: Darling…

 

Ker: For Twig, yes.

 

D: What if he got buried under the piles of coins? I should write to Gringotts…

 

Ker: Are you sure that's okay, darling?

 

D: Why?

 

Jo: Gringotts goblins don't really allow information about other people's dragons

 

Ker: Bill said so.

 

D: but they all keep me updated about the dragons' well-being every few months or so?

 

Jo: I figured out how to infiltrate Gringotts. We just need you, darling.

 

Ker: They're so biased but we are confident that you're a Goblin favorite, darling. They'll give you every information they always withhold from us lesser beings.

 

D: Don't be ridiculous. 

 

Ker: If you say so.

 

Jo: If anyone finds out you're a Goblin favorite, they'll faint.

 

 

"I miss Quartz." Harry grumbled, looking out the classroom window forlornly.

 

"You look like a pining maiden." Draco sneered, passing by to go to his seat.

 

"Sod off, Malfoy. I'm missing my baby." Harry grimaced before sighing heavily. "He'll be stacking up his hoard daily without fail."

 

Draco rolled his eyes as Harry started talking about Twig to Neville who was patiently listening attentively. Poor Neville.

 

"I, for one, do not miss Firecracker." Ron commented a few tables away. "The little spitfire likes to singe my clothes!"

 

"Well, I miss Firecracker." Hermione frowned, "Viktor says the little one is also in one of his Vaults and refused to go out."

 

"I guess miniature dragons are just like that." Harry nodded solemnly, thinking about his Quartz.

 

It's a study hall in History, meaning no one is doing any work. Except Hermione, but she's probably doing ministry reports. Best leave her be.

 

"Maybe the little dragon knows more about fashion than you." Draco snickered.

 

Ron glared at the Slytherin, "We're not talking to you, Malfoy. Leave us alone."

 

"Well your inside voices was too loud, I couldn't help but comment." Draco yawned. "Must be nice to have custody with a Miniature dragon, huh?"

 

Harry and Ron rolled their eyes at the question, ignoring the prick as they huffed and grumbled.

 

"Boys, ignore him." Hermione snorted, remembering Draco's similar comments of missing Twig Quartz. "Maybe he's just pining."

 

"My father will hear about this." Draco hissed before crossing his arms and settling back on his chair.

 

"Yeah yeah, your father hears everything." Hermione snarked back.

 

And because Draco is feeling petty, a wandless spell was directed at Hermione, slamming the heavy book she was reading with a resounding bang.

 

It caught the attention of the Professor just as he phased back to the classroom.

 

"My, my. Students, let's not reenact the Goblin wars in my classroom. Keep order, shall we?"

Draco smirked and ignored Hermione's scathing glare. She's ten years early to try imitating the Snape glare™.

 

D: I have a wish for Ker.

 

Ker: FINALLY! Your wish is my command!

 

D: It's simple, really.

 

D: I just wish for something to keep me warm, it's getting quite chilly even though spring is coming.

 

Ker: Oh! We've just got the thing!! Let me tweak it for finishings and I'll be ready to grant your wish, Darling.

 

D: Is that so? I'm glad, then.

 

 

March is proving to be an uneventful month.

 

(Nevermind the Harry vs. Umbridge every DADA lesson)

 

With all the routine-like days, it was easy enough to sneak in a few things out of the safety of Hogwarts into the Shrieking shack.

 

Fred and George are so thankful that the Whomping Willow is still warding out daredevils and keeping the students away!! The twins already mastered wandlessly activating the knot by the tree. Draco had the brilliant idea to set traps around the entrance and along the passageway that they could disarm with a unique spell. It was a safety measure and something to alert them if they failed to notice the Whomping Willow alert.

 

The said alert was a bit too vague. When the knot is pulled, the Whomping Willow creaks in a certain way before it calms (unless provoked again). It's an eerie sound that can be heard all the way to their chosen room.

 

There is no guarantee they'd be on their guards at all times so having a set of simple traps that can detect others and spook them is a great backup plan.

 

It took them a month but finally the renovated room was finished after all the compromises they made.

 

It was fully cleaned with no dust in sight. Fred wrote the self-restoring runes and George added the insulation runes they conveniently found on a book. Draco put in privacy wards akin to the ones in the Malfoy Manor.

 

A security illusion charm was conveniently placed at the doorknob. If it wasn't Draco, Fred or George who opened the door, the place would look as trashed and filthy as it was the first time they were in the room. If they touched anything during that time, they'd have rashes and welts appearing on their skin.

 

The room was well put together. Personally, Draco's favorite is the dragon shelf Fred and George built that the twins claimed as a mini DIY project because they were procrastinating. It was filled with trinkets, random Potions ingredients and books and a box filled with blankets. There's also a small collection of shiny, smooth pebbles that the twins think Draco will like. (He does)

 

Fred's favorite was their replication of the cushion pit, the mountain of pillows and blankets with the trusty waterproof-dustproof runes interwoven in the materials they chose was hard work and paid off. It's the most aesthetically pleasing and ergonomic thing in the whole room. There was no need to fluff it all because of the runes, too!

 

George's favorite was the DIY fireplace. The room didn't have windows or a chimney per se so maintaining ventilation was all done by magic. Since he was the one who did the insulation, he also was the one who made the fireplace. It's just a visual fire with brick lining and powered by warming charms or a small campfire with the smoke automatically vanished with a spell. It depends on what kind of fire they wanted it to be if they ever use it! 

 

All in all, it was their small safe haven.

 

It's comfortable, cosy, warm and homey.

 

Proven and tested by Draco when he conked out in just a few minutes during cuddle time.

 

 

Jo: Darling, do you think some Slytherins would marry a muggle or are you all just waiting to be paired off in the Pureblood circle?

 

Ker: and we're Purebloods, by the way. Just letting you know you can be paired with us.

 

D: Not all Slytherins are Purebloods. Some half-blood probably would marry a muggle or a fellow half-blood. 

 

Jo: What are the odds that Hogwarts students marry famous muggles?

 

Ker: Wasn't that what happened to mum's generation, someone married a rich muggle

 

D: If they ever marry a muggle, clearly they don't have an ounce of self-preservation left in them.

 

Ker: What if the Slytherin you pushed married an actress?

 

D: I've pushed a lot of people. I reckon I'm an unforgettable memory.

 

Jo: That makes sense. 

 

Ker: You're our unforgettable memory.

 

D: Saps.

 

 

Hermione was possessed by something. A vengeful ghost, a desperate demon, one of the forbidden forest creatures, they don't know. 

 

Fred wasn't safe, he was the first victim.

 

Naturally, George was next.

 

Then, Lee Jordan got caught.

 

And Harry fought hard but he was quick to back down.

 

Ron screamed Viktor's name for help but it was all in vain.

 

They don't know how she got Blaise, Pansy and Draco too…but she got them as well.

 

Horrified, Neville followed with no complaints.

 

The rest of the D.A's resolve crumbled like a bunch of dominoes falling one by one.

 

"You are seventh years! You should be studying! N.E.W.T.S are just around the corner and you don't even think of studying for it!"

 

"It's in May, Hermione. It's still early."

 

"And don't get me started on O.W.L.S! That's one of the main reasons why we established D.A!"

 

"It was?"

 

"Of course it is." Hermione hissed. "I think it's feasible to get a grade of O for DADA with how much we've been working on the practical spells!"

 

"I think we're safe." Ginny whispered to Luna who shook her head and went back to reading the latest edition of the Quibbler hidden by the huge tome in front of her. "You do know it's obvious you're not reading that book, right?"

 

"Shhh, she'll notice."

 

"You need to calm down, Hermione. We're all going to pass here." Draco interrupted Hermione's speech of expulsions and grades with a placating smile. "O.W.L.S are just something like an intelligence test."

 

"Because it is!!"

 

"And we're all intelligent here." Draco concluded. It was true, Harry and Ron had come a long, long way to be able to keep up with their practice tests.

 

"Besides, we do have study sessions every other week. It's unhealthy to cram."

 

Those who tend to cram wisely remained silent.

 

"And you're already hired by the ministry so shouldn't you slip us some Ministry mandated questions?"

 

Everyone heard something snap but couldn't identify what it was. It was probably someone's patience.

 

"I AM NOT A MINISTRY EMPLOYEE!"

 

Harry and Ron raised their hands in surrender as an empty glass shattered in front of them.

 

"I am so glad that this room does not have floor to wall windows." Harry mumbled.

 

"We badly need those questions." Lee Jordan commented towards the twins. N.E.W.T.S is basically just a review for everything they've done the past seven years so practical exams were easy.

 

If it's written though, that's a whole bag of Greenhouse three fertilizer they never want to acknowledge.

 

Fred and George groaned, waving a blank piece of parchment paper as a white flag on their table.

 

 

Ker: N.E.W.T.S suck!

 

D: It hasn't happened yet.

 

Jo: I hate paper examinations.

 

Ker: I hate exams in general.

 

D: Please don't plan a coup d'état

 

Jo:...

 

Ker: …

 

Jo: Is that a wish?

 

Ker: if it is, it's the hardest thing to grant…

 

D: It's not a wish

 

Jo: Thank Merlin.

 

 

D:... you're not planning it, right?

 

Ker: So what are we doing for our month anniversary? :D

 

Jo: I was thinking duels

 

D: JoKer

 

Ker: Duels! I certainly can't wait to duel with darling. We don't duel much in D.A

 

Jo: I love duelling with Darling!

 

D: Are you being serious right now?

 

Ker: We can dedicate it to the Marauders. 

 

Jo: Legendary.

 

D: No!

 

 

One of the greatest ideas they had during the renovation was a mini kitchen. Of course, again, there was no proper ventilation BUT a kitchen! Fred and George wanted to brag about their cooking skills!!

 

(Their nonexistent cooking skills, that is!)

 

Seeing the twins so excited about it, Draco had no qualms in adding a small kitchen in their room. He was so glad to be good at runes so the smoke and smells would be Vanished before it leaves the range. People would surely come if the Shrieking shack smells like someone's been cooking in there.

 

Honestly, Draco is curious about their cooking too. Harry had told him Ron is the assistant cook in the Burrow but he's never tasted the twins' cooking yet.

 

What was it that Hermione said? Curiosity killed the cat.

 

"Why is this salty?" Draco asked as he swallowed the small bite of apple pie. The taste was… interesting.

 

"Salty?!" Fred and George screamed, horrified.

 

Draco shook his head as the twins also took a bite and wailed. 

 

"I FORGOT WE SWITCHED THE SUGAR FOR SALT!" 

 

Maybe they'll leave the apple pies to Dobby.

 

"THAT MEANS OUR TOMATO SOUP IS SWEETER THAN DESSERT!"

 

Leave every food they eat to Dobby.

 

The twins will have to be banned in the kitchen until the unforeseeable future.

 

 

D: If I can create a bracelet or an accessory that blocks out diseases and viruses, do you think it'll work?

 

Ker: I think you'll be rich.

 

Jo: Until your grandson's grandson had a son

 

D: but it needs to be effective

 

Jo: Do you think we can make something as amazing as that, darling?

 

D: You'll always do well in life.

 

Ker: Then, you'll always do well in life, too.

 

Jo: because you're with us.

 

D: and you are with me.

 

Jo: Sap.

 

D: You like it!

 

Ker: We do!

 

 

"You've improved so much, Neville." Pansy's voice resonated in the room, as the Parkinson Lady tucked away her daggers. 

 

Neville, holding a sword and still alert in case a dagger comes at him again, grinned. "I have a very good teacher."

 

"You do." Blaise confirmed smugly, just because he's one of them.

 

"The little lion cub has grown." Draco patted Neville's head. "Literally. He's already taller than me."

 

Three months ago, Neville came up to Draco's cheekbone. Now, he's taller than ever. Like a beanstalk. Puberty is hitting him like a Knight Bus!

 

"Slow down on growing, Nev." Harry complained. "Maybe you've been hogging the growth pixies in our dorms!"

 

Growth pixies are bedtime story creatures that are said to visit when one sleeps with good dreams. 

 

"Uh, Harry, you just don't sleep on time." Ron commented. It's true, it's rare for Harry to be asleep before any of them.

 

"Dean and Seamus have visits, too." Ginny added, pointing at the duelling duo. 

 

"Do you think the growth pixies hate me?" Harry asked Blaise, frowning.

 

Blaise patted Harry's head comfortingly, "Don't worry, it hates Draco too."

 

Blaise dodged a hex that was shot his way without even looking.

 

"Do growth pixies visit you?" Luna asked Lee Jordan, who was her sparring partner.

 

"I think the twins hogged all the visits." Lee Jordan answered, dodging a jinx.

 

"Okay, that's enough duels!" Harry called out, releasing a spark from his wand to gain the attention of the room. "We're not meeting up for the following month to prepare for our O.W.L.S and N.E.W.TS. according to Hermione."

 

"We've done all we could to pass this subject, we're not stopping at all but resting and focusing on other subjects." Hermione added, "There are more subjects to prepare for and with Professor Umbridge being abysmal in teaching, we would meet up again soon."

 

"Just be alert when the galleon shows the next date of our meeting." Ron reminded them, flipping the said galleon.

 

"I'll miss D.A." Seamus said, "It's a bummer to not watch the behind the scenes of Harry and Draco's drama."

 

"It's the highlight of my year." Dean commented before sighing dramatically. "Where ever would we see such state of the art acting?"

 

"Alright, knock it off. Don't tease them or they'll stumble on their words outside." Macmillan laughed. Harry had done that once and they all had a laugh imitating the stammering.

 

"Maybe I should target other D.A. members outside." Draco said sarcastically, "I feel like they could handle my words and not burst out crying."

 

"We're sorry, healer Draco." other members chorused before snickering.

 

"Well, maybe they needed more lessons." Pansy remarked, a dagger on hand as she shifted to a thinking pose.

 

"And that's our cue to leave."

 

Within a minute, the D.A was adjourned. The Room of Requirement was empty except for the Golden trio and the Slytherins.

 

"Where were the twins today, I don't think I've seen them." Pansy asked, going to the cushion pit as the room transitioned from training room to default hangout room.

 

"In detention." Draco answered, shaking his head. "They got caught fighting with Peeves and creating a mess in the trophy room."

 

Dobby popped up and snacks appeared on the table. Since it was nearing dinner, the house elf just accepted hugs and thanks before popping away.

 

Ron immediately reached for the scones before handing Hermione a plate of her favourite snacks.

 

Harry fished out his mirror fragment, it was nearing the time to talk with his guardians and the Slytherins said they would like to speak with the couple as well.

 

"Hiya Moony, Hiya Padfoot!"

 

"Hello little troublemakers, why have you all gathered like you're in a book club?"

 

"We are a book club." Draco answered, "We're practicing practical spells from a book."

 

"What do the Slytherins want from us, cub?" Sirius asked Harry, eyeing the mischievous glints in the eyes of those wearing green and silver. "They don't look welcoming."

 

"So, about that… can you confirm if Hermione is a ministry employee or not?"

 

"DRACO MALFOY, I SWEAR TO MERLIN, YOU'RE DEAD!"

 

"HERMIONE, NO!"

 

"HERMIONE, YES!"

 

"STOP IT!"

 

"RUN FOR YOUR LIVES!"

 

The mirror was tossed before Remus or Sirius could reply and all they could hear was the commotion between the two groups.

 

"I think it's highly unlikely." Remus still answered even if it went unheard.

 

"But you know what? It makes sense."

 

Remus groaned. "Padfoot, no!"

 

 

Jo: I feel like everything's strange lately

 

D: Maybe it's just your imagination

 

Ker: No, no, I feel it too

 

D: Maybe it's a twin imagination

 

Ker: Like, Lee's been acting strange

 

Jo: and Ron and Ginny, especially Harry

 

Ker: Basically the whole D.A

 

Ker: but that's just because we've not been meeting, right? Is it just us?

 

Jo: I don't know. But it feels weird. Something stuck in my throat weird.

 

Ker: yeah, like the Practice Potions we sabotage turning out right kinda weird.

 

D: Didn't I tell you not to mess with Potions?

 

Ker: Darling, you'll be seeing Professor Snape in the Hospital Wing often if we do a potion perfectly

 

Jo: he'll have to stay overnight because there's a chance he'll hallucinate about it. I think Professor has a fragile heart, he needs to think about his health more

 

Ker: that's right

 

D: You being concerned about professor Snape is what's going to make Madam Pomfrey admit you overnight if she hears it.

 

Ker: shhhh, she's dangerous. She's like Professor Sprout dangerous

 

Jo: and they're best friends. Danger danger. And you know they're other other best friend? Professor McGonagall. Triple danger!

 

D: Nonsense, they are all amazing women.

 

Jo: You see them like that because you've never seen greenhouse four.

 

D: We only have three greenhouses.

 

Ker: exactly.

 

D: are you both being paranoid or just plainly scared of the Professors?

 

Jo: Professor Snape can never be scary, if you think about it very very hard. However, the female Professors are always the ones who know everything. Hogwarts loves them! Exception to the rule is a pink menace.

 

Ker: Oh, to be loved by Hogwarts…

 

D: didn't Hogwarts help you prank everyone by assisting you in moving all the furniture five centimetres from the original location? 

 

Jo: That was so funny, I think a lot of hips got bruised from bumping into everything. Stubbed toes and all.

 

Ker: I almost fell for it a few times too, good times. Not to mention Umbridge's face when she fell off trying to sit on her chair!!! Did you see her? The Great Hall had a try not to laugh challenge!

 

Jo: Hogwarts got brighter after that. It was hilarious!!

 

 

"You all should act more naturally, the twins are suspecting something."

 

"Hey, it's not our fault that they have good intuition!!"

 

"So do we do confetti or not?"

 

"Yes, of course. They'll sulk without it."

 

"Where should we hide the explosives?"

 

"Don't phrase the question like that, you're making it seem like we're a bunch of terrorists."

 

"But we ARE going to spread terror."

 

"We won't be if you drop those ahead of time."

 

 

D: Maybe we should befriend Moaning Myrtle.

 

Jo: Ginny visits her with Luna everyday.

 

Ker: Harry and Ron says hi to her whenever they pass by

 

Jo: Hermione even goes there alone!! Girls always go there in pairs but she's the only one going in there by herself!

 

Ker: Even Pansy drags Blaise inside.

 

D: That's because the last time she went alone, Myrtle annoyed her so much that all the weapons Pansy had were used against Myrtle. And Myrtle is afraid of Blaise…for reasons.

 

Jo: Did the weapons work?

 

D: No but Moaning Myrtle cried for weeks.

 

Ker: I would too if I get stabbed…

 

Jo: Why the sudden urge to befriend a ghost, darling?

 

Ker: Peeves already listens to you. And poltergeists are much more helpful than ghosts!

 

D: Having a ghost scout is much better than sneaking with Peeves sometimes. They're bored most of the time, anyway so they're easier to convince.

 

Jo: She probably wouldn't like us…

 

D: Did you prank her too much?

 

Ker: We would like to plead the fifth.

 

 

There was no crazy dream like last year. There were no Pureblood songs or fancy dance moves or a musical scene.

 

BUT THERE IS CAKE!

 

"Happy birthday!!!" 

 

Balloons and confetti popped as the Terror Twins of Hogwarts went inside the D.A. Fred and George whooped as the colorful pieces of paper rained down on them and gaped at the extremely muggle birthday decorations on one corner.

 

Such a pity they have no camera right now!!!

 

But it will stay in their memories until they're forgetful! (Or in a pensieve)

 

"Surprise!" Ron and Ginny cheered, grinning at their older brothers. "Did we get ya?"

 

"Of course not, ronniekins." Fred cooed, encasing Ron in a headlock before ruffling his hair until it looked like bedhair.

 

"We suspected everyone around us was going to be doing something like this." George cackled as he spun Ginny around. "And we were right."

 

Draco nudged Harry, "I'm blaming your acting skills on this."

 

"Sod off, Malfoy." Harry grumbled but couldn't deny it. He was avoiding the twins for a week and failing at it.

 

"Do you think you know the Pureblood song now?" Fred and George asked, eyes sparkly.

 

"There is NO Pureblood song!!"

 

 

Ker: Our gift 

 

Jo: Where is it 

 

D: I organised the party, you're welcome.

 

Ker: Thank you for doing that, darling. We had lots of fun. The icing war was my favourite. I targeted Pansy and lived to tell the tale!

 

Jo: The balloon game was mine because MY team won. Who knew those things can produce such noise!

 

D: I didn't know either. Hermione is such a menace bringing it here in Hogwarts as a 'just in case'

 

Jo: The food Dobby cooked was exquisite and delicious. His take on quesadillas and taquitos will visit my dreams and cravings for the whole year. 

 

Ker: All hail Dobby but certainly his pirozhkis and blini is amazing, I stole the whole plate and it's in my table right now for snacks.

 

D: There is certainly a lot of food. He said he was experimenting and wanted us to taste test. Dobby also made the drinks, I liked the fruit punch a lot…before someone spiked it.

 

Ker: Gee, who would have access to alcohol 

 

D: Both of you!

 

Jo: We're innocent until proven guilty.

 

D: Ron and Harry left the room woozy and stumbling. Hermione had to drag them.

 

Ker: We're glad they enjoyed the party like we did!!

 

Jo: Hey darling, we're opening the gifts now and i know it's anonymous but were you the one who gifted us the raw materials for our products?!

 

D: No

 

Ker: Liar!!! You're the only one who knows the recipes besides us and Lee!

 

D: I don't know what you're talking about

 

Jo: You are a godsend, darling

 

Ker: You are our blessing

 

D: We are not doing this

 

Jo: You are the reason the stars are shining in our skies

 

D: Stop it

 

Ker: You are the light of our precious, pitiful lives

 

D: alright, fine. It was me.

 

Jo: Knew it.

 

Ker: Called it.

 

Jo: Thank you for the thoughtful gift, darling.

 

Ker: We love you!!!

 

D: Saps.

 

D: I love you, too.

Notes:

The Slytherin Draco pushed away during the buckbeak scene was Margot's husband. When I heard it, I immediately typed it in while giggling.

The Shrieking shack room renovation is my favourite to visualise.

Their duel ended with one win each.

You've never seen Greenhouse Four? Let's keep it that way.

Chapter 11: What was that saying about Opposites?

Summary:

Draco was hit by a spell.

Notes:

I hope you don't get too confused about the scene placements. Thank you for the 439 kudos!! You are loved, darling reader!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"I hate you."

 

It was a venomous, serious declaration that had the entire Great Hall silent once the words were uttered. Everyone looked by the Hogwarts House hourglasses long enough to see Fred and George cry before rushing out.

 

Draco Malfoy made the Terror Twins cry.

 

Whispers exploded all around them as Draco continued walking towards the Slytherin table as if nothing happened. 

 

"That was surprising." Pansy commented, chuckling as Draco sat in between her and Blaise. 

 

"What did the twins do to garner hate from the Slytherin prince?" Theodore asked, passing the pudding towards Gregory, who shakily took it. Vincent had stared at his steak in horror before composing himself and resumed eating.

 

Draco just shrugged and accepted the plate Blaise filled with food. "I'm in the mood for chaos."

 

"Sounds about right." Millicent shook her head, going back to eating. Draco has always been a riot whenever he's in a mood.

 

Back at the Gryffindor table, the Golden Trio looked as if they're going to choke on their food as they listened to the comments of their housemates. At the Professor's table, Madam Pomfrey held back a snicker at Professor Umbridge praising Draco for being upfront of his feelings about lesser blood, grinning from ear to ear in delight. Severus eyed the women before wisely not uttering a single word.

 

What they don't know won't hurt them, I guess.

 

 

(Hours earlier, before breakfast)

 

Jo: Hullo, darling, would you grace us with your presence first thing in the morning?

 

Ker: the second question is, have you awakened from your slumber?

 

Jo: Are your dreams filled with sweet nothings?

 

D: Did you both drink something to be so formal this morning?

 

Jo: We're feeling quite sophisticated lately

 

Ker: it's probably your influence, maybe

 

D: I do fancy a morning stroll and it's only five in the morning

 

Ker: How are you awake so early, do you rise with the sun

 

D: The morning sun does nothing to the Black Lake, it'll be reflected later

 

Jo: Fair enough

 

D: Don't tell me you still haven't slept.

 

Ker: Alright, we won't tell you.

 

Jo: Shall we meet in our lovely abode, our Darling D?

 

D: Fine.

 

Ker: We await your company.

 

Jo: Safe travels

 

D: I don't need your well wishes, it's literally five hundred metres away, what could happen?

 

 

The day started quite early in the morning for Fred and George.

 

It's not their fault that they haven't slept all night, okay? They weren't giggling and fantasizing all throughout the night, they were planning for their N.E.W.T.S. The said exam was not the final exam in Hogwarts and they intend to pass it and since it's only a few weeks away, they needed to push back some plans. 

 

Before they knew it, time flew and the sky was already seeping into the morning.

 

The desire to see Draco and start their day right had been overwhelming so they wrote to their journals to see if their darling was awake.

 

"Why is he awake so early? Is he like Harry who likes to hog all the hot water?"

 

"Good for us, though. Let's go get ready."

 

Fifth and Seventh years don't have classes today, bless Professor McGonagall for the mental health day. (She might've heard about Hermione the Gryffindors and the Ravenclaws screaming match about study sessions. According to Gryffindor Knows, there was a brawl too)

 

They reached the area by the Whomping Willow in record time. They always lounge by the tree nearest to scout Watchers following Draco, just in case.

 

"Do you think we should wait for him here or go inside already?"

 

"Darling is taking an awfully long time…"

 

Feeling a bit doubtful and worried because Draco is usually on time, they walked back to Hogwarts and decided to check the dungeons. It was still quite early and no one was still stumbling or walking around. Even Professor Snape wasn't patrolling!

 

The twins rounded up the corner just passed the Potions classroom and froze at the sight of one Draco Malfoy frail and passed out outside the Slytherin dorm portrait.

 

Terror encased their whole being seeing the love of their life on the floor.

 

Immediately, they casted non intrusive spells Draco taught them. Fred whispered first aid spells as he carried Draco in his arms, George scanning their surroundings and rune checking spells casted within the hallway.

 

"Undetected." George reported, a frustrated growl leaving his throat.

 

"Come on, we have to get to Madam Pomfrey."

 

Uncaring of who can see them, they rushed to the Hospital Wing in record time. They were so keyed up that they weren't even breaking a sweat from the distance and were not even out of breath but their hands were shaky, betraying their seemingly composed selves.

 

The door slamming open violently startled the healer getting ready to head down for breakfast. Fred and George could visibly see the frustration turn into worry once they've deposited Draco onto the nearest bed.

 

"Oh, dearies. What happened to my intern?"

 

"We found him outside the dormitories."

 

"Passed out."

 

"Maybe someone attacked him while his back was turned."

 

"But there are no spells we could detect."

 

"Or potions of some sort."

 

Madam Pomfrey tutted as she finished her scans. She's not even going to question why the twins are outside the Slytherin dorms, she has a pretty wild guess about it anyways.

 

"Best call on Severus about this if he doesn't wake up in an hour. I believe Draco's been hit with a spell of some sort." Madam Pomfrey knew Draco didn't like dragging his godfather into his mess but it was standard Hogwarts policy to inform the Head of House.

 

Fred and George winced at that.

 

"Can we wait for him to wake up?"

 

Madam Pomfrey nodded, forlornly sighing before bestowing a kiss on Draco's forehead. "Physically, he's fine but we need to make sure if his mind is still there and rational."

 

Before Madam Pomfrey could say she'll be at breakfast, Draco stirred into consciousness. They watched as the blonde stared at the ceiling for a bit before moving his head to the side as Fred and George started to hover.

 

"Are you alright, darling?" Fred asked gently, brushing Draco's hair away from his face.

 

Madam Pomfrey waited for the expected denial and was mildly shocked at the honest "No" Draco "I'm-fine-what-are-you-talking-about" Malfoy said.

 

George looked at Madam Pomfrey, panicked. There was no way he's alright if he's not insisting he's fine!

 

"Dearie, do you remember what happened?"

 

George helped Draco sit up, the Slytherin pausing as he did his own scans before groaning out a "Yes."

 

"Okay, then. What happened?"

 

"I did not get attacked." Draco deadpanned.

 

"Well, that's a relief. But darling, we're still worried so please be honest."

 

Draco stared at Fred and George for a moment before putting his palm on his forehead, shaking his head.

 

"Madam Pomfrey, I did not get attacked." Draco repeated, slowly. "There is no spell affecting me right now."

 

Madam Pomfrey was already finishing diagnostic spells and it was coming up to nothing. 

 

"Oh." The twins gasped out in realization, leaning towards the other. "Fuck."

 

"Language, Mister Weasleys." Madam Pomfrey scolded before looking at Draco, "You seem to be under a spell, dearie. It's undetected for now."

 

"No, I am not." Draco nodded, crossing his arms to his chest. "I don't seem to say the opposite at all."

 

"This is going to be confusing real quick." Fred commented.

 

"And we're only starting the day." Fred snickered.

 

Draco smirked, "I am not fine with this."

 

"You sure?" Fred asked. "Do you think people will find out?"

 

"Well, I'm not going to say the opposite." Draco waved his hand dismissively.

 

"I suppose this will wear off by the end of the day." Madam Pomfrey placed a hand on her chin, thinking. "If not, sweetie, come back to me tomorrow morning with Severus."

 

Draco immediately shook his head. "Over my alive body!"

 

"We do prefer you alive than dead." George commented, ignoring Draco's glare.

 

"But death can't part us, just so you know." Fred assured Draco, not that he needed it.

 

"But who do you think attacked you? We don't think we'll be able to let this go."

 

Draco wisely remained silent as Fred and George waxed poetry about what they're going to do when they found out who's the perpetrator/s. Madam Pomfrey cleared her throat in warning, leaving the twins to sulk.

 

"I love this." Draco deadpanned.

 

"We're glad you do." Madam Pomfrey cooed, showing her amusement in this confusing situation.

 

 

D: I am glad that this spell does not transfer in writing.

 

Ker: write something you don't like

 

D: Joker

 

Jo: THIS IS A LIE, YOU LOVE US

 

Ker: HOW COULD YOU

 

Ker: Oh, wait 

 

Jo: Aw, darling, we like you too!!!

 

D: I just literally wrote it doesn't transfer, maybe I'm telling the truth 

 

Jo: Who else knows about this?

 

D: The three of us, Madam Pomfrey. My guardians are currently dead to me for laughing at what happened

 

Ker: I guess the Golden trio would know soon enough, didn't we have a meeting at the Room?

 

D: I'm betting a galleon someone will cry.

 

Jo: I bet ten galleons it's Harry.

 

D: Hermione.

 

Ker: Fine. Ronniekins.

 

 

"I don't like any of you at all, everything has just been a joke all this time and I didn't ever see you or think of you as my friends." Draco dropped the sentence like a grenade the moment the Golden Trio entered. The ringing silence once it exploded was up to a minute.

 

Harry immediately looked upset once he saw Draco looking serious. "Everything has just been a joke to you?! Is this a prank?"

 

"It's not a prank." Draco laughed, shaking his head. "It's true."

 

Ron immediately stepped forward, glaring at Draco. "You have one more chance before I hold Hermione back from casting a bombarda at you."

 

"She can't do it." Draco dismissed, waving a hand. "She's not great at it."

 

"Draco, are you sick?" Harry frowned, brows furrowed. After numerous heart to hearts, there is absolutely no way Harry is believing Draco's words.

 

"No, I'm not." Draco scoffed, rolling his eyes.

 

"Blaise! Pansy! Is what Draco said true?" Ron asked, voice breaking. He's grown to think of them as an honorary family and it's breaking apart in front of him as Blaise and Pansy just shrugged, looking away from them.

 

"Blaise Louis Zabini, is Draco telling the truth?!" Harry exclaimed, betrayal slicing through his heart as the Zabini heir remained stoic. "Blaise!"

 

No one expected Hermione to cry.

 

Stroking a shaky hand on Harry's back and tugging at Ron's jumper so he'd be nearer. Hermione nodded at the Slytherins, tears freely falling down her cheeks.

 

"Fine. Sorry to bother you, Malfoy. We're clearly not needed here. We should go."

 

Harry immediately hugged her, while Ron wiped away her tears, kissing her forehead quickly before putting his arms around Harry and Hermione and dragging them towards the entrance.

 

"Where are you going?" Fred and George asked, they were standing by the door to witness the scene earlier.

 

"Draco is a git." Harry immediately looked crestfallen. He just lost a friend. 

 

"Hermione, are you crying?!" George exclaimed as Hermione sniffled. He reached over and cupped her cheeks, cooing. "I thought it was Ron who's going to cry."

 

Ron looked at his brothers, bewildered.

 

"Pay up, Weasleys." Draco called, a smirk in place as he held out his hand towards the Gryffindors.

 

"What's going on?!" Harry asked incredulously, figuring something is not right the moment he saw Blaise and Pansy smirked at each other.

 

It was really telling how Draco adored his Gryffindor friends because his mask broke the moment Ron looked back at him suspiciously.

 

"Draco, are you pranking us?! Not cool!" Ron said hotly, ruffling his hair in frustration. Steam almost seemed to come out of his ears.

 

Draco and Pansy laughed, breaking character as Fred and George solemnly handed the Slytherin Prince the galleons. Blaise immediately strode forward and encased Harry in a big hug, ignoring the elbows and squirming.

 

"Harry, my love, you should protect your heart more." Blaise snickered. "I can't believe you're heartbroken over Draco."

 

"How about we break up so you can be heartbroken too?" Harry asked sweetly, his menacing smile and glinting eyes indicating that Blaise is on thin ice.

 

Blaise showered Harry with kisses, noting it wasn't resisted. "You can do what you want with my heart, it's been yours from the moment you chose me."

 

The couple was ignored completely as Harry hugged Blaise back. Blaise just indulged the Chosen one, erecting a silencio around them as Harry started crying and punching Blaise. That uppercut's gotta hurt.

 

Hermione solemnly walked over to Draco, holding onto his robe.

 

George did not miss the flicker of gold that passed by the two of them.

 

"Did you bribe Hermione to cry?!" Fred asked in betrayal as he saw the interaction.

 

Hermione whipped out a handkerchief to pat her tears dry, "I don't know what you're talking about."

 

Ron composed himself after taking deep breaths and thinking of Viktor for his peace of mind. Then, he held Draco on his shoulders and started shaking him.

 

"Draconis Lucius Malfoy, I swear to Merlin if you ever did this again, I'm going to one of your Watchers and sucker punch him."

 

"That's a great idea." Pansy commented.

 

"They'll be thinking why and connecting it to you and be reported to your father and they'll know you don't really hate me!"

 

"They're not that bright." Pansy shook her head, disappointed.

 

"Pansy Scarlett Parkinson, the same goes for you." Ron hissed at her.

 

"Why are you saying our government names, Ronald Bilius Weasley?" Pansy snarked. "It's not intimidating."

 

"But seriously, Draco, what happened?"

 

Draco groaned, patting Ron to stop shaking him. "I'm totally not attacked early in the morning and I totally don't say the opposite of what I'm saying right now."

 

Harry swivelled back towards the group in shock, Blaise casting a freshening charm to clear away the tearstained cheeks.

 

"Draco, you're sick?!"

 

"I'm sick." Draco deadpanned.

 

"He's sick!" Harry fretted. "We have to go to Madam Pomfrey."

 

"He clearly said he says the opposite." Blaise reminded him.

 

"This is going to add to my nightmares." Harry growled, sending a jinx at Draco's way which Draco dodged easily.

 

Hermione smirked, "So he basically welcomed us earlier while declaring his love for us."

 

Harry beamed so bright, Draco had to squint. 

 

"I never knew this would happen." Draco sighed, succumbing to the fact he's tackled to the ground by three Gryffindors he totally NOT sees as his friends.

 

 

Jo: You bribed Hermione!!!

 

Ker: This calls for a case, your honor!!

 

D: Denied.

 

Ker: WE PLEAD GUILTY.

 

D: Denied.

 

Jo: We have evidence!!

 

D: You do?

 

Ker: Our memories.

 

D: Memories can't be used in trials.

 

Jo: You gave her half your earnings!!!

 

D: I did not.

 

Jo: THAT'S A LIEEEEE

 

D: Do you have evidence?

 

Ker: Our memories.

 

D: Denied.

 

D: Case dismissed.

 

Jo: Our lawyer will hear about this!!

 

D: You can't reopen a case Wizengamot has closed.

 

Jo: So this is what betrayal feels like…

 

 

"So you're attacked by your Watcher but you don't know which one, you have a bet with Fred and George who will cry later and the payment for my acting skills is half your earnings?"

 

"No."

 

"And Harry and Ron don't know?"

 

"No."

 

"You do know Harry will cry about this to Moony and Padfoot later, right?"

 

"No."

 

"Did you check out the library book I told you about three days ago?!"

 

"No."

 

"I said it's going to be useful to MY research not yours."

 

"Not finders, not keepers."

 

"This is really tripping me out." … "I'm in."

 

"Not a nice transaction, Granger."

 

"Bloody hell."

 

 

"I have nothing to tell you." Draco reported, pushing the Slytherin Head of House office door open a bit too loudly.

 

Severus raised a brow because obviously there was something his godson needed to tell him.

 

"I was not attacked this morning and I don't know for sure that it's a Watcher."

 

"Apparently." Severus deadpanned, immediately knowing what happened and walking to his potions cabinet. "I don't know if I have a brewed potion for what happened to you, Dragon."

 

"I don't think this lasts a day." Draco commented drily.

 

"If that's what Poppy said." Severus agreed, skimming through the contents of another Potions drawer. That particular spell was annoying and with Draco affected by it, it's guaranteed to be annoying a hundredfold. "You're not speaking nonsense with anyone, are you?"

 

"No."

 

"So, who fell for it?" Severus asked, all-knowing.

 

"...Potter."

 

Severus snorted, "So that's what Remus was talking about."

 

"Were you not mooning with him on the firecall?"

 

"I am not going to discuss my relationships with others with you."

 

"Padfoot already doesn't like you."

 

"He hasn't for years." Severus denied.

 

"You don't know what I'm talking about!" Draco accused him, frustrated at his godfather for not adopting platonic soulmates when the shoes fit perfectly.

 

"You're right, I don't." Severus handed him a potion with a truly done expression. It's been weeks of Draco introducing him to the idea declaring it was feasible with the power of friendship. "Take it after dinner."

 

"You're not doing this on purpose." Draco accepted the potion, frustrated.

 

"Yes, I am." Severus snickered, waving a hand and levitating Draco out the room.

 

"This conversation is over!!"

 

"Yes, it is." Severus raised his goblet of Firewhiskey to salute a disgruntled blonde scowling at him.

 

A door slammed closed and Severus took a sip.

 

Aaahh, it tastes like a brewing crisis.

 

 

D: I have the cure.

 

Ker: Did you take it already??

 

D: I will, after dinner.

 

Jo: Did you find out who did it??

 

D: I will, after dinner. I need your help.

 

Ker: What's the plan? Do you need us to faint? Convulse? Bleed? 

 

D: Oh, honey.

 

Ker: We can do it all, just say it.

 

Jo: We're at your service.

 

D: Just stand by the hourglasses at dinner. It'll be clearer to weed out the culprit that way. Then, meet at the tree house after.

 

Jo: Are you going to confess your undying love for us in front of the whole school??

 

Ker: Darling?

 

Jo: Hello? 

 

Ker: Darling!!

 

Jo: I can't believe he'll leave us hanging like this. Now what, I'm hoping it will come true!!

 

Ker: Honestly, I have never thought of it but now that it's a possibility, my heart is threatening to jump out my chest.

 

Jo: No matter what your plan is by the hourglass, darling. Remember. We love you!!!

 

 

The words resonated in their minds as Fred and George rushed out the Great Hall. Their tears of joy continued rolling down their cheeks until they calmed themselves under the piles of pillows on the cushion pit at the Shrieking shack room they renovated.

 

"Bloody hell."

 

Fred held his brother's hand, squeezing it hard enough. The pain they felt when George squeezed back was enough to convince them it was real.

 

"Damn. I never thought we'd get a public confession."

 

"Holy Helga, did you hear it correctly?"

 

The 'I hate you' echoed in their minds, making them chuckle. 

 

"This is so funny we're deliriously happy about being hated."

 

"It's such a 'Draco' thing. Merlin, how is it possible to fall even deeper with our Darling?"

 

"Do you think he'll be here soon?"

 

"I think he'll have dinner there. How could he be composed about it?! He's such a little shit. We're melting here and he's probably there eating apple pie like the cat that got the caviar!"

 

"I don't even care this was part of the plan, I can't be even be angry about it. I am weak-kneed."

 

"We should calm down." Fred and George said in unison, trying and failing to meditate and bring their heartbeats down.

 

Calming down was a futile attempt because their hearts sped up as Dobby popped up suddenly and suprised them.

 

"Bloody hell! I almost choked on my heart trying to jump out of my chest!!"

 

Dobby placed their dinner on the table, looking at them with a judging look.

 

"Hey, don't look at us like that!! We're just recipients of a love confession from the person we love!!!"

 

Dobby was unimpressed, but silently served the pumpkin juice.

 

"Dobbbbbyyy!! He said he hates ussss!" The twins rejoiced and threw pillows in the air at celebration.

 

"...Dobby is just gonna go…" the free house elf disapparated, shaking his head at the twins. He knows now what Lady Pansy said about hopeless fools with no cure.

 

Fred and George composed themselves long enough to eat dinner as they waited for their darling to come. Honestly, they shouldn't be this too far gone for such a person.

 

Said person was just too easy to love, okay? And there's two of them, there's plenty of love to pour and let it be known, they could fill a river!! An ocean!!!

 

"Please take that dopey smiles off your faces, that wasn't the first time I said it and you know it." 

 

Draco's clear, distinct voice cut through their reminiscing and he was immediately tackled down towards the cushion pit by happy twin towers.

 

"Draconis Lucius Malfoy, you will be the death of us!!"

 

"How could you say those words, my heart is so full, it's breaking!!"

 

"Did you take your antidote?"

 

"I did." Draco confirmed, showing the empty potion bottle on hand before he levitated it on the table for disposal. "How's your hearts?"

 

"Miraculously still inside our bodies."

 

Fred and George took one of his hands and put it on their chests. Draco felt how fast their hearts were beating and smirked.

 

"What, did you fall for me again or something?"

 

"You're one smooth motherfucker!!"

 

Draco chuckled, pulling his hand back and suddenly cupped Fred's cheeks.

 

"Then, don't mind if I do."

 

Fred's world shattered and reformed as Draco's soft, kissable lips descended on his own. He immediately tilted his head and kissed back, hands going on Draco's nape and waist to pull the blonde closer. Draco didn't protest, melting into the kiss even more.

 

George gasped out dramatically as the kiss went on too long for his liking, tugging on Draco's sleeve. Draco chuckled as he pulled away, accepting Fred's chaste kisses, chasing him.

 

"My turn." George licked his lips, eyes glinting in mischief.

 

Draco let himself be dipped, not minding the awkward angle because George leaned down and met him halfway, laying him on the pillows gently. Draco's hand went up to George's nape and caressed his hair, causing George to deepen their kiss, not wanting the moment to be over so soon. George vowed his brain chemistry is forever rewired from this moment forward.

 

Fred rolled his eyes and joined them, snaking a hand around Draco's lithe waist and kissing Draco's neck. 

 

Draco gasped at the sensation, breaking the kiss before it got too heated and hands started wandering. Salazar, why did no one tell him Fred and George were so good at kissing? They could be doing this for months.

 

"We can't get too comfortable here, people will come running." Draco said, rationality coming back to him even as the twins showered him with kisses everywhere they could reach.

 

"Your wish is our command." Fred muttered, comfortable at the crook of Draco's neck he's determined to kiss again later.

 

"That's not my wish." Draco clarified. 

 

George buried his face on Draco's soft hair after repeatedly kissing his forehead.

 

"Oh, yeah. The wish thing." George said, remembering something. He accioed a box and handed it to Draco. "Here's your first wish, darling. We hope you like it."

 

Draco curiously opened the box given to him. The packaging was one of the good boxes Fred and George created with transfiguration for their shop orders. Opening it, he took out an orb the size of his palm with red smoke inside seemingly swirling around endlessly.

 

"Break it."

 

Crushing the orb in his hands, Draco smiled brightly as warmth seeped into him. The transparent orb wasn't glass, but concentrated mana that assimilated with the product. The Weasley Twins just succeeded in making a portable warming charm!!

 

"This is the Summer ball. There's more seasons available but still in prototypes."

 

"This will fly off the shelves once it's for sale." Draco relaxed into the twins, sighing happily.

 

"Every Weather ball we make is dedicated to you, darling." Fred and George simultaneously promised, kissing him on the forehead and jaw. "It's a manifestation of our love for you."

 

Draco chuckled, reaching out to ruffle their hair to hide how flustered he is.

 

"Saps."

 

"Your saps."

 

"Yeah." Draco nodded, kissing George's cheek and Fred's forehead. "My saps."

 

 

Jo: I hate you, too.

 

Ker: I hate you, too.

 

D: We are not making that our declaration of affection.

 

Jo: You started it!

 

D: I was under a spell.

 

Ker: This is blasphemy, your honor!

 

D: Dismissed. Case closed.

 

Ker: (╯°□°)╯︵ ┻━┻

 

 

The night is ending quite early for Fred and George. Maybe because they had an early start but now, it shaped up to one of the best days they had.

 

They lay in bed, side by side, because they've pushed their beds together for it to be bigger and they already annoyed Lee with their convulsions of glee enough for him to chuck them a 'Quiet until morning' voucher they vowed to obey.

 

"It was not a dream, wasn't it brother?"

 

"If it was, we're in the same one."

 

"I'll never want to wake up."

 

Fred and George grinned at each other, cheeks tinted red as the events of after dinner flashed by their minds.

 

"Such an adventurous day we had."

 

"That, indeed."

 

"I don't mind it."

 

"If there was a time loop, I'd pick this day."

 

Before they could finish swooning, Lee Jordan came back into the room and looked at them with a stern look. The twins silently tucked themselves in, smiling and beaming at their best friend.

 

Lee Jordan squinted as if the sun had risen in their room, glancing out the window to check if it's still night time.

 

He was so glad the vouchers still worked. He has approximately eight hours of peaceful sleep to endure a hundred seventy two hours of mooning.

 

"Go to sleep."

 

A giggle.

 

"Okay~~"

 

Lee Jordan mentally counted his remaining vouchers to cash in at the ominous agreement. #SaveLeeJordan199x

 

 

The letter they'd been about to give to a H.Owl caught on fire. Several owls screech in fear and protest, a flurry of feathers raining down as they all flew away from the burning letter. Embers flew with the wind as the letter disappeared into ashes before it could hit the wooden floor and spread out.

 

A wand was on their back before they could turn, so they stood still as fear crept in and only their shaky breaths could be heard. Hundreds of owls looked in their direction, alert and awake and ready for action that it adds up to the intimidating feeling they were feeling.

 

"If you look back, I'll hurt you."

 

It was as if a deadly venom was in the person's voice that they'd obeyed without thinking.

 

"If you use magic, I'll make sure you can't ever use it again."

 

They gulped audibly, nodding.

 

"If you tried resisting, no one would ever find your body."

 

A whimper.

 

"If you understand, nod and kneel down."

 

They immediately obeyed, eyes closed shut and shivering as the end of a wand rested on their nape.

 

"Do you know what happens when you attack your benefactor with their backs turned?" A whisper in his ear had them shaking their head frantically. 

 

"I- I was just ordered to!"

 

"By who?"

 

"Pr- Professor U-Umbridge!!"

 

A tongue clicked in annoyance and they couldn't help but yelp, hugging themselves as they tried to beg for mercy.

 

"I'm! I-I'm speaking the t-truth, sir."

 

"I know." The wand dug on his neck threateningly. "Veritaserum seemed to be delicious, no?"

 

They had no idea when they consumed Veritaserum.

 

"If you ever try to report what happened at dinner, I'm weeding all of you out. Me entiendes?

 

"Please! My family–"

 

"Can perish." The wand lifted from their neck to the back of his head. "I have no need for Watchers who bite the hands that feed them."

 

"We're sorry, sir. We're sorry." Their head fell down to the dusty floor for forgiveness.

 

The chuckle that echoed was dark and dangerous, they fell silent.

 

"It's okay, you were blinded by greed. Tell the others as well. If one strand of my hair falls out like this again, I don't need a wand to get back at you." the voice whispered, threats lining the sentence

word for word. "And my father will hear about it from me."

 

Footsteps echoed the silent Owlery, a hum filled with dangerous promises accompanying it. It was silent, the voice fading out as if the interaction never happened in the first place.

 

Hundreds of owls watched as the pitiful fool hugged themself, paranoid as they looked left and right before rushing out while stumbling, leaving them all with no letter to send and no job for them to do. 

 

An owl screeched, wings fluttering as they flew back down their perches, chirps starting to fill the silent night as the feathered friends talked about what Nip's friend did.

 

It certainly was a night to remember.

 

Notes:

Yes, Draco identified all his Watchers just from that scene and did it to all of them before a report could be issued except from Umbridge but we'll cross the bridge when we get there.

No, there was no truth spell mixed in, Draco was just saying the opposite most of the time to get around the spell. Again, it's annoying because it's confusing so i hope no one's too confused. It's great for pranks though.

After writing the kiss scene, it reminded me of that meme where they tell their best friends they kissed, one telling it in detail (Joker) and one just asking 'tongue?' 'yes' (that's Draco) and I just laughed at the realization.

See you on the next chapter! It'll come earlier than this one for sure.

Chapter 12: Are my Nightmares real or is Voldy doing something bad again by Harry Potter

Summary:

Before the ministry tour

Notes:

Thank you for the 466 kudos! I see all your comments and I treasure each one. I always read the comments from Darling D upto Us Together whenever I update this fic because it's heartwarming to see. I'm honoured to have readers who love this series as much as me!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jo: What say you bring out our DIY skills and make a tiramisu drawer for our bedside table?

 

D: What is with Gryffindors and a sweets drawer by their bedside tables?

 

Ker: We heard Harry saying that brilliant idea to Ron about a Chocolate fudge drawer

 

D: That's a sleep deprived Harry, don't listen to him

 

Jo: Why is he so sleep deprived though, is it because O.W.L.S are just around the corner?

 

D: Harry can survive that test with a breeze, Blaise is his tutor so no

 

Ker: Probably about nightmares? Remember when Harry couldn't sleep back at his second year

 

Jo: 2nd year sleep deprived Harry was snappy and a gremlin

 

D: That's why it was so easy to rile him up

 

Ker: You've got a hand on his previous nightmares, Slytherin prince

 

D: Let bygones be bygones

 

Jo: Should we try to make Harry fall asleep during hangouts?

 

Ker: Yes, let's ruin his internal clock even more!

 

D: You'll be the reason he's late more often than ever, then

 

 

"Harry, I need you to be honest with me." Draco frowned at the haggard state of the Chosen One. 

 

"Hm?"

 

"Are you still practising Occlumency?"

 

"It's so hard." Harry murmured, groaning. Desperate to change the topic, he threw a random question. "By the way, do you think my father struts?"

 

"Yes. He's friends with Sirius Black, Harry. He owns a feather boa in a variety of rainbow colours. There is no way Hogwarts didn't witness a fashion show from the Marauders once or twice or thrice during their stay here."

 

Harry slumped on the chair, pitifully making grabby hands towards Blaise who immediately cuddled the bespectacled boy close to him for comfort. The bags under the Boy Who Can't Sleep can be commissioned by Madam Malkin at this point.

 

"We ought to knock him out for a few hours so he could sleep and we can put him in observation to see what's wrong." Pansy suggested, holding her trusty dagger with the paralysing feature.

 

Ron and Hermione looked mildly concerned about the statement the Parkinson Lady just said.

 

 

D: I have a wish for Jo Sweetheart

 

Jo: I'm here to grant it.

 

D: It's something you can sell at your store too. I know I said my wishes aren't materialistic but I just know you'd make this well and this was before I realised that I'm always welcome to wish for hugs and kisses.

 

Jo: What is it? And yes, we can kiss and hug for days!

 

Ker: Even I'm intrigued!! And yes, we can kiss and hug (and eat and sleep) for a week straight and I'm not gonna complain.

 

D: We'll save the hugs and kisses later. Anyway, Harry and I were talking with Cousin Siri about their pranking days and he told us a story about how Moony made everything dark to escape from their chasers.

 

Ker: Moony is a forever legend

 

Jo: He is the coolest

 

D: The Moony fanclub is looking for fellow devotees, just contact Sirius Black

 

Ker: If we join, do we get welcome Moony kits?

 

D: Yes

 

Jo: What are the inclusions?

 

D: A Moony jumper, photocards, postcard, banner, cupsleeve and a shotglass. If Moony is in the mood, there's a handwritten letter too. There's also usually a bunch of Gringotts pamphlets included since Cousin Siri likes to hoard those because it's free and the Goblins get annoyed.

 

Ker: Oh my Godric! A handwritten letter?? 

 

Jo: We are joining! You had me at first inclusion. That is limited merch!

 

D: You can coordinate to the founding member and Hogwarts ambassador of the Moony club.

 

Ker: It's Harry, isn't it?

 

D: He fought for that position while crying and almost died trying.

 

Jo: Wait, I got distracted. What was your wish, darling?

 

D: Like the Weather balls, do you think you can put darkness? I just know it would be useful to use it in the manor during vacation. It's great camouflage.

 

Jo: Well, i have formulas ready and we just need to experiment more but I can do it. Your wish is my command!!

 

D: Thank you! I know you can do it!

 

Ker: Darling, you do realise we realise you're making commissions from us, right?

 

D: I don't know what you're talking about 

 

Jo: The last wish better be something you'd really want!

 

 

"I'm a Seer, my premonitions are correct."

 

"I didn't know Draco idolises Trelawney, why is he spouting nonsense?"

 

"I'm a Seer, I see things." Draco swatted at Luna. "Luna Lovegood, back me up here."

 

"I said Draco has the potential to become a seer." Luna kindly gestured quotations on the potential part.

 

"So when I say I saw you in the Ministry, Hermione. I was right."

 

"Oh yeah? What do you think my salary is?"

 

"You're a ministry of magic employee, of course it's the minimum rate. You're undercover so there's a fixed rate added. As incentive, probably."

 

Hermione looked like she wanted to defend herself but seeing as Draco has his Seer phase, she decided to let it go for today and humour the Slytherin prince.

 

"You're right. The time turner was just a bonus for my first year."

 

Draco smirked like the cat that got the caviar and nudged Harry.

 

"And you, Harry, you're going to get into trouble one of these days. You're The Boy Who Attracts Danger."

 

Harry sent him an indignant glare. "It's not my fault a madman is after my life for some reason!"

 

Draco placed his hand on Harry's forehead and flinched, "Oh dearie, your head is full of unnecessary thoughts. I think you need a Blaise as a deterrent."

 

Blaise wholeheartedly agreed and scooped Harry up and dropped him on the mountain of pillows Luna had been stacking.

 

"As prescribed by the healer, I am your deterrent for the day."

 

Harry pulled Blaise down, rolling his eyes and beaming. "I'm certainly not complaining!!"

 

Draco scrunched up his nose at the cringey couple, "Maybe I shouldn't have done that."

 

Pansy snorted, "Regrets always come in the end."

 

 

D: So Harry still has plenty of nightmares even if I put Blaise as a deterrent. Which was surprising since they napped so much last year and Harry sleeps like a dead rock.

 

Ker: all rocks are dead.

 

D: No, they're not!! I know someone who keeps it as a pet!

 

Jo: The Blaise treatment didn't work? That's like raising the flag signalling the climax of the story is nearing!

 

D: I pick my battles carefully and I won't be involving myself this time if ever danger latches onto Harry again.

 

Ker: I hate to break it to you, darling but when Harry is in danger, you're one of the people mixed up in it one way or another

 

Jo: You don't really pick your battles, it's served on a nice plate and delivered to you with impeccable timing 

 

D: I hate that you're right.

 

S.P.E.W., or the Society for the Promotion of Elfish Welfare is something that Hermione started in Fourth year and spent the rest of the year arguing with Draco on the terms of their campaign to change their status because of the power abuse. 

 

The known members are the members of the D.A. (and it's one of the alibis they have if they're discovered – just say it's a proposal campaign meeting) and Dobby. Winky was very adamant she's not joining but has taken to asking Dobby for updates about the movement. The house elves weren't particularly interested about it last year but seeing Dobby's enthusiasm and abundant savings with Winky from paid labor, the seed of hope was unknowingly planted.

 

Hermione, as a muggleborn, cannot stand the notion of slavery and the wizards who think of it as normal and not inhumane. Draco, as a purebred, knows just how deep and tiring it would be to remove conditioned outlooks by both house elf and magicfolk. 

 

"So why is Hermione and Draco rolling around the room again?" Neville asked as he watched the Top 1 and Top 2 arguing about house elf rights.

 

"They like pulling each other's hair and duelling about things they don't agree with." Blaise replied, pointedly ignoring the raged screams and adding more terms to the discarded drafts for the campaign. "This time is about how much the House elves could be taught. Hermione wants it to be like Hogwarts but for creatures and Draco just stated a vocational course was needed."

 

"How about letting the house elves decide that for themselves? We could offer a free course or like a loan and once it's finished, they could pay us back once they've been hired or something."

 

Draco and Hermione's interest peaked with Neville's suggestion.

 

"Ceasefire?"

 

"Ceasefire."

 

They rushed back to Neville like Aurors on a mission, who looked at them wide-eyed in shock.

 

"So, Neville…care to elaborate further?"

 

Blaise patted Neville's back and handed him an 'Administrator for S.P.E.W' badge Hermione always has on her bag. 

 

There's no way out.

 

 

Ker: I just don't get why illegitimate children get mistreated by their family.

 

D: Haven't we discussed this before?

 

Ker: We did but the feelings of injustice are surging up inside me again.

 

D: Weasleys do not have illegitimate children that's why you feel sympathy more

 

Jo: Honestly, if we're in the old days where successors need to compete for the head of house, I think I'll withdraw

 

D: We are still in that days

 

Jo: Oh. Yeah. I keep forgetting because nowadays most Purebloods have an only child

 

Ker: I don't know if it's worse or not to have one child or more when some people still practice traditional upbringing of the preceding child after the heir 

 

D: If that's the case then I am glad I am an only child. 

 

Jo: That practice is still widely common in other countries

 

D: Well, inbreeding is still a sensitive topic to broach even in inner circles of the Sacred 28

 

Ker: Why do I feel another reformation campaign is brewing in your mind, darling? I thought S.P.E.W would take up some time to be acted on already

 

D: Look at this extremely interesting book I need Hermione to read. Once she's back in the ministry, implementation is just a few paperwork away!

 

Jo: Somehow, I'm being convinced that Hermione is a ministry worker 

 

Ker: Get a hold of yourself!! 

 

D: What do you think of S.P.I.T? Social Presentation of Inheritance and Trials! 

 

Jo: Did you just think of words that would fit the acronym?

 

D: Yes.

 

Ker: I like it!

 

 

Fifth year O.W.Ls happen the same day Seventh year N.E.W.T.s 

 

It was a bit anticlimactic with how well they did during the written and practical exams. Harry had even looked confused why other students thought it was hard.

 

"Harry, we've been studying with Purebloods AND Hermione." Ron reminded him kindly when Harry pointed it out.

 

"Oh. Does that mean we turned into nerds without us noticing??" Harry asked as they continued to walk towards the Great Hall for lunch. Ron could only solemnly agree.

 

The written exams were a breeze, the questions were so familiar because the practice exams the top two in their year were spot on on where to focus!

 

The Great Hall was buzzing with students revising and practicing small spells for the practical exams after lunch. A quick glance and Harry proudly grinned as he saw the members of D.A. eating their lunch calmly. They've practiced spells for Charms, Transfiguration, Defense Against the Dark Arts and other subjects for months!

 

“Are you nervous, Harry?”

 

“I think I'll get one Troll.” Harry winced at admitting it.

 

“Don't be so upset, I'd get a Troll together with you.” Ron shook his head.

 

There was only one subject the Slytherins, Hermione and Harry abhorred. 

 

“Honestly, I don't think divine power matches with me judging from all the danger I've been in.” Harry rolled his eyes.

 

“And your guardians don't really particularly care about divination at all.” Ron added. Bill had whispered in his ear months ago that their parents didn't like the subject as well so getting a T is fine. “It's great we don't have to take it next year.” 

 

Harry and Ron were already halfway through their meal before they began looking for Hermione.

 

“Is she not eating?”

 

A glance at the Slytherin table had Harry's answer. Draco wasn't there too but Pansy and Blaise seem irritated at the amount of Slytherins fretting over their scores.

 

“I think she's with Draco.” Harry muttered, hand reaching for the treacle fudge plate. 

 

Ron groaned. “Why are they over-rewiewing on the day of the exam?”

 

“Or is it for S.P.E.W?”

 

“It's for S.P.I.T” Fred and George answered as they passed by, ruffling Ron and Harry's hair roughly causing the younger ones to protest. “Just finish eating.”

 

“Good luck with your practicals, Ronniekins!” Fred and George smooched Ron's cheeks, ignoring Ron's indignant glare.

 

“You too, Harry!” George cooed, Fred hugging their honorary brother tightly. “But we know you'll both do great!”

 

Ron and Harry watched as the twins spread chaos in every direction as they got out of the Great Hall. It was an amazing feat to see them motivating the students taking the O.W.Ls.

 

“...I bet you a galleon Hermione and Draco would get all O’s.”

 

“I'm not taking a bet when we know that's what will happen.”

 

“Touche. Eat your fudge, we're gonna be late.”

 

“What's our first exam, anyway?”

 

“DADA.”

 

“Ugh.”

 

 

D: How is your N.E.W.Ts?

 

Jo: We passed it with flying colors, of course!

 

Ker: It's a breeze. Like a tornado but bearable.

 

Jo: How about your O.W.Ls?

 

D: Well, I am confident I'll get O’s. 

 

Ker: Of course, darling. We're already planning a congratulations gift for you in advance!

 

Jo: We know you'll top again, you seem comfortable staying there

 

D: Don't be ridiculous, O.W.Ls are held by every magical school in all countries and the ranks always has Ilvermony on top

 

Ker: You know their ministry always gives out the actual tests as review tests so it's moot

 

Jo: Hogwarts does always rank well so we know you'll still be on the single digits

 

D: Hopefully

 

Ker: Not hopefully! Predictably.

 

Jo: I bet five galleons for it!!

 

D: Don't bet on something that will happen, Jo, that's cheating.

 

Ker: Yeah, bet whether Hermione will beat darling instead

 

D: What

 

Ker: There's a whole betting pool about it, didn't you know

 

Jo: Oh yeah, there's that. There's no point in dismantling that because some members of the Inquisitorial squad and prefects already joined in!

 

D: What

 

Ker: Everyone's looking forward to it more than their exam results

 

Jo: but we know you'll win, darling!!

 

D: How ridiculous.

 

 

Harry feels different this year. Maybe it's because of love. He finally got a taste of what love feels like. Parental love from his guardians felt like discovering water in a desert a thousand miles away from civilization and you're one crawl away from crossing the infamous river. It was like a reprieve from the scorching sun bearing down at him like his unwanted responsibilities.

 

He no longer has that need to show he's good for attention because Moony and Padfoot always look at him with love and affirmation and assurance that he yearned for years. He no longer has to hurt himself trying to be liked because he's no longer bullied but protected by his friends who accepted him for who he is and stood by him through highs and lows.

 

Harry never felt the need to be desperate anymore. For food, for clothes, for a roof above his head. Moony and Padfoot, his guardians, provided him with his basic needs and more.

 

Love made him soft.

 

His heart no longer has the barbed fences and impenetrable walls now that it's demolished through comfort. He no longer hurt that much. Like Padfoot, he's waited twelve years. To be loved and cherished wholeheartedly. For memories of the Dursleys and how they treated him slowly but surely fade away. And it is, and Harry is so fucking proud of himself for overcoming a lot of shit that happened in his life.

 

So maybe that's why he felt intense fear whenever nightmares haunt him the moment he closes his eyes to sleep. The snake attacking Arthur Weasley during Christmas turning out to be true heightened his anxiety no matter which Weasley reassured him it's not his fault.

 

For months, Harry never really got too worried. Nightmares are just nightmares and his best friends are godsend that whenever he naps with them, it is blissfully quiet. Blaise too, is a blessing he never believed would come to him but the Slytherin was forty percent the reason he's not failing fifth year and keeping him tethered to reality.

 

But as they say, visions are like dreams and seeing Sirius and blood and blood and Sirius…there was too much red.

 

Harry panicked.

 

Ignoring the fact that Professor Umbridge wants him gone from Hogwarts or something, Harry felt this year was the most peaceful he got from all the years he's been in Hogwarts. He's always been chasing something. The bad vibes he's been getting during first year that turned out to be Professor Quirell, the voices and whispers that turned out to be a basilisk, the misunderstandings during third year regarding his Padfoot and chasing for the truth, the godawful Triwizard Cup thrusted in him unceremoniously during fourth year. It was ironic how he was so confident nothing was going to happen this year.

 

"Padfoot is hurt." Harry's mind is whirring with what ifs, heart beating rapidly in worry. "He's in the ministry!!"

 

Blaise calmly made Harry follow his breathing pattern as Harry struggled to get his head out of the nightmare he'd seen.

 

"It's a nightmare, Harry." Hermione soothed, reaching a hand to caress his back comfortingly. "You're in the room of requirement with us. Nothing is going to hurt you here."

 

"This is different." Harry insisted, gripping Blaise's clothes to ground himself. "This felt like when I saw Arthur get attacked."

 

Normally, Ron would be rational and try to be logical about Harry's dreams because after five years, he's an expert in Harry's night terrors to differentiate between what's real or not…but Harry's vision do come true sometimes.

 

"There is no guarantee that your dream will happen today." Ron said instead, trying to mask his scepticism as he pondered.

 

"No. It showed the Daily Prophet we had today!" Harry's eyes looked at everyone one by one, indicating he's serious and no one can stop him. "I'm going to the Ministry of Magic."

 

"Alright, the lion cub wants to go on an adventure and will not take no for an answer." Pansy pointed out, grinning at Harry with a devious glint in her eyes at the promise of chaos. "I'm staying here to create a distraction."

 

"Do you want me to go with you?" Blaise asked Harry, cupping his cheeks to wipe away the tears that escaped earlier. 

 

Harry shook his head, a shaky hand pulling his partner closer. "I need you to stay here for me."

 

Blaise went silent for a minute, thinking of pros and cons before he kissed Harry's forehead, nodding. "I'll be here to welcome you back."

 

 

D: I'm about to do something stupid. Stop me.

 

Jo: We'll support you in any way.

 

Ker: Don't worry, we're your number one supporters 

 

D: Harry wants me to go with him out of Hogwarts and he's going to look at me with the eyes

 

Jo: Stop.

 

Ker: Stop!!!

 

 

"Well, if Blaise and Pansy are not going, have a nice trip." Draco pointedly ignored the Boy Who Can Cry At Will.

 

Harry looked teary eyed at the Slytherin Prince, stubbornly trying to make eye contact. The silent request to come with him was conveyed better than words can. Ugh.

 

 

D: He looked at me

 

Jo: No, don't look!!

 

D: Too late.

 

D: Harry's death flag rose again and I'm going to have to bring the flag pole down. Unwillingly, may i add.

 

Ker: What?! We're coming over!

 

Jo: the one night we don't go in the Room and chaos explodes!!

 

 

"So that's me, Harry, Ron and Draco. Anyone else?" Hermione asked, Harry blinking at her in shock. "Oh seriously Harry, all those years of challenging fate with you and you're thinking we're not coming with you?"

 

"Hermione is a ministry employee," Draco reminded them. "She knows the place better than anyone."

 

Hermione didn't have the energy to rage at Draco's statement as Harry tackled her and Ron on the floor.

 

 

D: You better hurry because this is getting out of hand

 

Ker: What's happening?!

 

D: We're grouping who's coming and who's not

 

 

"How about Neville come with you as our representative?" Pansy asked, eyes sharp and bright as the idea came to her. "This'll be good for experience!"

 

Blaise nodded in agreement, "I actually already called him via our own galleon. He's on the way here."

 

The Gryffindors wisely didn't ask why Neville was the representative of Slytherins. And since when was that particular galleon created?

 

"Shouldn't the first question we need to address if we're sneaking out of Hogwarts is how are we going to get to Diagon Alley?" Draco asked, already thinking of ways.

 

"Do you think the Headmaster's office is connected to the Ministry floo?"

 

"Ministry floo is closed off during non-business hours."

 

"It takes eight hours to get to Diagon Alley by train!"

 

"It takes three hours by Thestrals but no carriage."

 

The Golden Trio and Slytherin Trio looked by the door to see Neville, Luna (who caught Neville) and the twins.

 

"That could work." Draco nodded in agreement, Thestrals are fast and efficient for travelling.

 

"As the adults here, we need some answers." Fred said sternly, frowning. "Why are you sneaking out of Hogwarts and not extending us an invitation?!"

 

"Yeah, what gives? And you could just go access the floo from the Honeydukes stores if you wanted." George added as he shook his head.

 

Draco gave them an unimpressed stare. "We're just going to check if Cousin Siri is in the ministry. If not, we're going back straight away."

 

Harry hiccuped at the reminder of his vision and visibly looked green in the face. Ron looked ready to summon a pail, just in case.

 

"We're coming with you." Fred and George said resolutely.

 

"No, you're not. Five people sneaking out is already a lot as it is!" Draco glared at the twins who looked ready to argue.

 

"Six people." Luna pitched in, a cheery smile in place. "I'm coming too."

 

"Six people is already a lot as it is!" Draco repeated. No one can say no to Luna!

 

"Why is Luna allowed to come?"

 

"Who else would talk to the Thestrals?" Draco asked incredulously. I mean, he could but Luna's bonded to the magical creatures more and it's going to be as easy as making apple pie.

 

Fred and George could see themselves losing in the long run and ran a hand through their hair in frustration. 

 

"What was the distraction team going to do?" Fred asked, defeated. They could force their way to come but the second safe way is to support them.

 

This could also be a way to heal Harry from his nightmares. 

 

Fred and George were evidently conflicted but the group was already set and resolute that they don't have the heart to break it up.

 

"Burn the greenhouses?"

 

Fuck, they're all getting expelled.

 

Fred and George looked at each other before grinning madly. In unison, they bowed and uttered the words that summarised what the night had brought them.

 

"I solemnly swear I am up to no good."

 

Notes:

Anyone interested to join the Moony club, please refer to Harry Potter.

Anyone interested to join S.P.E.W, please find Hermione Granger.

Anyone interested in fulfilling the signatories for S.P.I.T, look for Ronald Weasley.

Chapter 13: Ministry Tour

Summary:

When you only have two working braincells in a group so it's just passed around

Notes:

Thank you for thr 485 kudos!!

This chapter is dialogue heavy and is a slight brain exercise for darling readers because you'll get to decide who spoke who on some scenes. It was fun to type out conversation so it got out of hand...but I do hope you'll all enjoy!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Draco wasn't entirely confident with the group members chosen but he could see how it looked complete. Harry, the bane of his existence and the cause of all this chaos was the epicentre of the whole plan. Ron and Hermione are always glued to Harry in dangerous situations so it's a given they'd go. Neville, the sweet cinnamon roll, was the representative of Slytherins. He is Pansy and Blaise in one and the brave little lion supporting Luna with the Thestrals. Draco had an inkling that Luna was ready to spice up their school year from the start. Why else would it take less than five minutes to convince three stubborn magical creatures for an adventure outside of Hogwarts for one night??

 

"Luna…you… don't tell me you've Seen this." Draco hissed as they started to fly upwards. Harry clung to him tightly for balance. Ron and Hermione shared one Thestral while Luna and Neville took the other one. 

 

Fred, George, Pansy and Blaise were watching them vigilantly from the Astronomy tower. Draco's mildly concerned about the state of Hogwarts when they come back. There was no doubt that Lee Jordan would join in on that line up later in the night. Draco hopes Hogwarts won't burn to the ground.

 

"Don't be ridiculous, Draco. Of course not. The wrackspurts were just going crazy, you know." Luna smiled serenely. 

 

"They better not be, after this happened.”

 

Blaise’s dominant hand shot up in the air and expertly broke the barrier in Hogwarts, a swish of his wand repaired it and a wand movement Draco couldn't see concealed the Adventure team and the Thestrals. 

 

“Bloody hell, Blaise is amazing.” Ron commented at the magical prowess the Zabini heir showed. Hermione and Draco waved their hands to reinforce the spells.

 

“Of course he is.” Harry said, smug and proud.

 

“I wonder what spell he used. It's like a camouflage spell but better.” Hermione analysed carefully as she added a few more.

 

“Does he even need to conceal the Thestrals?”

 

“Yes. Even some muggles can see Thestrals, if they witnessed death.” 

 

“How about we go break into Honeydukes for the floo?”

 

“I don't want to be banned from Honeydukes.”

 

“...It seems our priorities are all over the place.”

 

“But isn't this exciting?”

 

“We're going to get expelled.” Hermione deadpanned, swatting at Ron.

 

“We'll just get back before the sun rises!! No one needs to know!” 

 

Draco had this sinking feeling Harry just jinxed all of them. Ron's horrified look seemed to second the motion.

 

 

“Alright, now that they're gone and undetected, what should we do?”

 

Fred and George were still reeling from Blaise's magick. A fifth year student just manipulated the Hogwarts wards. A fifth year!!! What did Professor Flitwick feed this kid?!

 

“Maybe we should wake up Lee Jordan.” Pansy pointed out, clearly in a good mood as she rummaged through one of her bottomless pockets.

 

“He's still awake.” Fred guessed. Lee was getting ready for bed when they left.

 

“We should meet at Hagrid's pumpkin patch and there, we can discuss the plan.”

 

“Out in the open?”

 

“We could go back to the Room?”

 

“No. We'll haunt Hagrid first.”

 

“Why Hagrid?”

 

Pansy took out a marvellous long scythe out of her pocket and grinned mischievously.

 

“We need to make Dumbledore’s most loyal ally unable to support him!”

 

Fred and George didn't even know reformation was in the schedule tonight.

 

 

They were flying by a magnificent lake that reflected the night sky vividly. It was as if they were traversing in the skies gleefully when in fact, they're tired and haggard. Who knew it would be so tiring?

 

“I swear I regret saying I want to live like a bird in my next life.” Ron grumbled, sputtering out to avoid a mosquito or a fly or something that's bothering him.

 

“I now understand why we take the train.” Neville groaned, leaning on a peaceful and fresh Luna. He looked at her in confusion, “Luna, why are you still so composed? Aren't you tired?”

 

Luna giggled, “I have years of equestrian experience. Look at Draco, he's still alright.”

 

Ron and Neville looked at Draco who looked like he's suffering as Harry kept slumping on him, the most tired of all since the visions kept coming. Headache potions did nothing and Occlumency walls couldn't be manifested. The Slytherin was one whine away from pushing Harry off the Thestral, it seems.

 

“What a beautiful lake. It looks like a mirror.” Hermione commented, smiling. She thanked her parents for the horse back riding lessons she got that she only felt mild discomfort at the long trip. “And it's quite the sight because we can't be seen in the reflection.”

 

Draco froze.

 

“What did you say, Hermione?” Draco asked weakly, a moment of dread filling him as he thought of something.

 

“I said the lake looks like a mirror.” Hermione said patiently, hair flying everywhere as a harsh wind passed by. Ron patiently avoided the onslaught of hair, patting it down as the wind settled.

 

Draco began laughing hysterically.

 

“Has he gone mad?” Ron muttered, eyes darting towards Harry in worry since he's the closest.

 

“What's wrong, Draco?” Harry asked the one thousand galleon question. 

 

Draco reached out and ruffled Harry's hair roughly.

 

“HARRY, YOU IDIOT! MY COUSIN? WE'RE GOING TO SAVE HIM? YOU SHOULD'VE CHECKED WITH THE MIRROR FIRST! WHY DIDN'T WE THOUGHT OF IT IN THE FIRST PLACE!?!" Draco screamed as he clutched the thestral to regain balance when it bucked.

 

Harry stared at him. An imaginary lumos lit up above their heads at the realisation.

 

"Oh. Right." Harry ignored the dumbfounded looks.

 

“This realisation is two hours late when it could've been resolved in five minutes.” Luna pointed out, adding to the fire.

 

"THIS IS WHY I TELL YOU TO USE OCCLUMENCY AT ALL TIMES!" Draco nagged, hand going up to massage his temples. 

 

"Let's take deep breaths and calm down.” Hermione ordered, taking her own deep calming breaths because wow, they're all stupid.

 

"You calm down, I'm gonna stay angry.” Draco retorted, glaring at Harry.

 

"SHOUT AT ME LATER, MOM!" Harry yelled before fumbling on his clothes and taking out the mirror and calling Sirius. “Padfoot??”

 

There were three seconds of suspenseful silence. 

 

"Hey pup, what's wrong?"

 

All of them sighed out in relief to hear the person they're supposed to be rescuing was safe and sound.

 

Harry's eyes filled with tears as he saw that Sirius is alright. No wounds, no spells affecting him, no blood. No red.

 

"Why are you crying?!" Sirius yelled, jolting out of his relaxed state.

 

"Voldy sent me a vision." Harry sniffed. The vividness of the vision flashed by his mind causing him to sob. "You were hurt badly. So badly!! Worse than Mr. Weasley and you saw him! But you! I saw you!! There was so much blood!! You don't have that much blood!”

 

"I'm alright, pup." Sirius said softly, the mirror zooming out and showcasing Sirius in his and Remus' room as well as his very fine naked torso. That was probably too much information but at least he's not bleeding anywhere.

 

"Oh but Padfoot I think the Death Eaters are kind of going to the Department of Mysteries..." Harry trailed off hesitantly, biting his lip and glancing at his best friends for moral support. 

 

"I see, leave it to the Order, Harry. I'll tell them." Sirius reassured him. Harry met the Order of the Phoenix during summer vacation but he was still doubtful that the headmaster was spearheading it. (Maybe Fawkes really does order them)

 

"Oh… but you see..." Harry passed the mirror to Draco because he couldn't break the news.

 

Draco looked at the Boy Who Can't Lie sternly before fixing his Malfoy smile and fluttering his eyes the moment the mirror showed him his cousin.

 

"Hey cousin, we're almost to the ministry to save you." Draco greeted, “I bet you a galleon that you didn’t get to sneak out all the way to the Ministry of Magic during your marauders years.”

 

Sirius' heart stopped when the mirror zoomed out to show Sirius they're riding thestrals. Thestrals of Hogwarts who were infamous for their dislike of human contact. Six kids out of their beds and on their way to the Ministry of Magic! What in the Godric’s left cheek is happening??

 

They were actually nearing Diagon Alley, it's already in sight. Seeing that his cousin was still speechless, Draco shrugged nonchalantly.

 

"Well, if you're not there then we'll just continue so we can see where Hermione works."

 

"Draco Malfoy! I do not work at the ministry at the moment." Hermione hissed, wandlessly sending a gust of air to ruin the Malfoy signature hair further. 

 

"That's what she said." Draco grinned, uncaring of his dishevelled look. "Anyway cousin, I think they're after the prophecy thing Harry kept dreaming about. I, in particular, am curious about the recurring dream so we'll check on it.”

 

“No. That's dangerous!” Sirius frowned. "You all get back to Hogwarts right now."

 

"Ah, but we're landing in a few minutes." Draco replied and sure enough, the Thestrals started to descend upon Luna’s command. Diagon Alley looked quite different when it's asleep. They should probably land on some shadowy part.

 

"I don't care! Go back!" Sirius hissed, clearly distressed at the night's sudden turn of events.

 

Draco mouthed a ‘No’ before he passed the mirror to Harry. "Talk to your dogfather, Chosen One."

 

"Harry, listen to me. Go back to Hogwarts right now." Sirius said seriously. “What you're doing is very dangerous and Remus won't like it!”

 

"He's always Sirius, but he's serious for once!" Draco called back to the others. “But notice how he specified only Remus won't like it!”

 

"Take this seriously, Dray!" Neville called back.

 

"Um about that Padfoot.." Harry grinned sheepishly as the Thestrals landed perfectly. On a shadowy alley near the Ministry of Magic with no dangerous looking open stores. Perfect! "We're already kinda here."

 

Sirius swore outside the mirror and he looked like he's running. Harry heard a muffled "Moony! Great timing! Our children put themselves in danger!"

 

Sirius shoved the mirror to Remus' hand. The responsible adult should be dealing with this bout of mauradering. Seeing Remus' raised brow had Harry passing the mirror to Draco. 

 

"Seriously, Harry. You'd face Remus soon, y'know. No need to put me in line of fire." Draco commented before putting on an innocent smile as he looked at Remus. "Hi Mother, I mean Moony. Whatever cousin Sirius told you, Harry made us do it."

 

They alighted the thestrals, ignoring Harry's affronted look as Ron helped him down.

 

"What is it exactly that Harry made you do?" Remus asked patiently but in the background he's spelling words out to order Sirius around . (Get some clothes, Get the Floo. Tell some of the Order members.)

 

"Well, me, Harry, Hermione, Ron, Luna and Neville were on a rescue mission to save cousin Sirius at the Department of Mysteries but then we called the mirror and he's safe so we're still going to see Hermione's workplace. You know, Ministry tour. Our trip out of Hogwarts would be anticlimactic if we didn't even explore."

 

Remus blinked, "Well, I'm pretty sure Hermione is not working yet and the Ministry certainly does not have Ministry tours scheduled at night. Stay where you are, we'll come get you."

 

"Okay, we'll wait for you in the Department of Mysteries. That's where the Death Eaters would be according to Harry's dream."

 

"No- that's not what i-"

 

Draco cut off the connection. He gave the mirror back to Harry and saw the disapproving looks in his way.

 

"What? I got our permission, didn't we?" Draco asked innocently.

 

"I personally don't think that was permission." Neville muttered to Luna.

 

Luna responded by skipping towards the telephone booth.

 

 

“Okay. Hogwarts is huge but we only need a distraction for the patrolling people anyway so this should be easy.”

 

“Stop jinxing us.”

 

“The one thing we just need to do is act like Peeves. Be a Poltergeist, be the ultimate disguise!”

 

“Stop saying catchphrases.”

 

“You're no fun!”

 

“I so have fun, I was the one who made the trigger trap on Hagrid's door that if he opens it, an illusionary fire fills the pumpkin patch.”

 

“That’s only because arson is not on our agenda for tonight!”

 

“Stop bickering. We still have five floors left to secure!”

 

“Did you seriously chess-trapped the dungeons?!”

 

“Well, Professor McGonagall kept on winning during our matches, I was frustrated okay.”

 

“Professor Snape can beat Professor McGonagall on chess, don't you know?”

 

“Out of sight, out of mind!”

 

“Show the memory or it didn't happen.”

 

“Wow, and I thought Slytherins were the only ones who have spite.”

 

“Something new to learn everyday.”

 

“Professor Snape is probably on the Professor Lounge at this hour so some poor prefect on patrol will fall victim to it.”

 

“Let the prefects feel important, Percy says it helps with self-esteem.”

 

“Oh, hey. Should we get Dobby?”

 

 

They all squeezed inside the cramped telephone booth before the automated enlargement spell activated. Why was there a telephone booth in Diagon Alley and why did Luna pick it when the official doors are just a few metres away? No one knows but they followed the Ravenclaw. Who knows what would happen if they left Luna alone?

 

"Purpose?" The mechanical tone resounded in the silence.

 

"Visiting a friend's workplace." Draco dodged Hermione's smack and amended. “Ministry tour!”

 

“Welcome to the Ministry of Magic.” the mechanical tone echoing around the telephone booth.

 

“I can't believe that worked.”

 

After receiving their pins, they proceeded to the elevator buttons. Draco snickered at the ‘Ministry tour’ indicated on the pins. That is totally something to brag to Joker about!

 

"Can't we just stay here?" Harry mumbled, anxiety bubbling up at Remus and Sirius being angry with him. His guardians never got angry at him! Tonight might be the first time.

 

"Don't be ridiculous, Harry. Death eaters use this entrance too. Do you think they can waltz in the front doors?" Draco pointed out. "If we fight them, civilians will see. Besides, it's just for a few minutes. It's not our fault that Gryffindors are just being Gryffindors and putting their brave souls into trouble."

 

"You're a Slytherin."

 

"A Slytherin keeping Gryffindors out of danger through our self-preservation because you all don't have that."

 

“I'm a Ravenclaw.”

 

“Shhh, Luna. Be quiet or they'll insist you're a part-lion.” Draco shushed before turning to Harry. “In your dreams, Harry, what was the Death Eaters desperately trying to retrieve?”

 

"A blue orb or light or something" Harry said, scrunching his nose. “I'm not sure how to describe it.”

 

“A crystal ball?” Neville supplied, Harry nodding. 

 

“Yeah, exactly. When you touch it, it glows.”

 

“Like wisps.” Luna added, “and some other creatures too.”

 

“I don't think those creatures are here.” Ron said nervously. If there is, he'd be the first one out of here.

 

“No, I suppose not.” Luna confirmed, much to Ron's relief. “but the wisps that reside here whisper there are thousands of crystal balls on this floor.”

 

"Then it must be the Hall of Prophecies and it's nearby." Hermione stated. At Draco's smug look, she clarified. "I read it in a book once."

 

"Sure.."

 

"But why do I have a prophecy?" Harry asked. "I'm just Harry."

 

"Oh Harry, if I have a galleon and I bet it's about you being the Chosen One, I'd win." Draco said, “The Dark Lord is interested in it and lured you here to find it! I can bet ten galleons about that.”

 

There were a plethora of paper airplanes going inside the elevator despite the late hour. It seems there's still people working on night shifts.

 

"Origami? What's it for?" Harry wondered, poking at one.

 

"Like those muggle sticky notes 'Mione uses to remind us of something." Ron said, familiar with the paper notes. "Dad says it holds important stuff like coordinates or memos. Sometimes just information."

 

Harry and the others stared at the doors as the elevator stopped on the floor someone picked. Draco turned to Hermione.

 

"So. Hermione." He started. "Give us a tour, will ya?"

 

Hermione already gave up correcting the Slytherin. "Let's just go one at a time."

 

"Okay, let's be alert because something tells me Hermione is plotting on pranking us one room at a time."

 

“By the way, Hermione. You're the one who pressed the buttons, how do you know the floor for the Department of Mysteries? And why is it accessible to you? Are you an Unspeakable?”

 

Hermione groaned. Clearly, no one reads the map or direction manual in the elevators.

 

 

There were five people in a suspicious huddle somewhere in Hagrid's pumpkin patch. The owls hooting as it flies back to the Owlery seemed ominous and a sign of some chaos brewing. Or was that just a normal night routine?

 

A spark from a wand was unseen.

 

“So how are we going to do this?”

 

“The reformation or the distraction?”

 

“We already set traps and such on the way here, so reformation?”

 

“Do you really think reformation is on the schedule tonight, personality development doesn't change overnight.”

 

“You know what, why do we need to distract the professors? They weren't even alerted that students are out of Hogwarts. It's been hours.”

 

“The wards really need some new encoding and the runes need some updates.”

 

“What would be the possibility of Moony and Padfoot telling the Order about Harry and the others?”

 

“I think they'd sneak them in, don't you?”

 

“Well, Moony can be responsible but he's part of the Marauders for a reason.”

 

“I don't think they even sneaked out of Hogwarts outside Hogsmeade.” 

 

“Did you put the disguises on the beds?”

 

“Yeah, Dobby helped. Thank Merlin for Dobby!”

 

“It's too bad he needs to sleep now. Apparently, house elves sleep at nine so Dobby really sleeps late.”

 

“I swear to Salazar, if Harry and the others come back and their dorm mates didn't notice, I think their dorm mates should fail their O.W.Ls.”

 

“It's supported by elf magic, cut them all some slack.”

 

“Did you even put a disguise on Luna’s?”

 

“It was so easy infiltrating Ravenclaw dorms, so yes I did.”

 

“Ah, well, everything went as expected. We got a few hours left to burn. What else should we do?”

 

A tinkle of bells and a manic giggle sounded. They turned to see Peeves squirming to join the huddle.

 

“Do you wanna build a snowman?”

 

“...It's spring.”

 

“Wait, you know what? Good idea!”

 

 

“While we're walking on this creepy hallway, Harry, how do you think Hufflepuff’s been coping upon Cedric's death?”

 

“Oh, yeah. He died.” Harry said, remembering that the letters he'd been getting from Cedric was a secret. Neville looked incredulous at Harry's remark. “The Hufflepuffs seem to be coping well? There's no Cedric shrine at sight anymore.”

 

“Cho’s been distraught when the news broke but now she's too head deep in writing letters. I believe someone's been courting her.” Luna commented, a knowing smile on her lips. “Or she's getting correspondence from the dead.”

 

“I think it's the latter.” Draco confirmed for Luna, who was he to deny her? She's the real know-it-all. Damn snitching invisible creatures.

 

“I am missing some context but I think Cho is faring better. She did well during D.A. too.” Neville thought back on how determined Cho is to do well because she'll be duelling someone when summer comes. “She's moved on from Cedric, i think…? She kept mumbling about an Edward.”

 

The Golden Trio snorted, rolling their eyes at the tidbit of information. Edward, haha.

 

“Oh, sweet Neville…” Draco patted Neville's back. “Let me tell you a story about last year's third task later. Now how about we enter this safe-looking door?”

 

Hermione looked at the large wooden door that wouldn't look out of place in a dungeon, doubtful. “I don't think it's the room for the Hall of Prophecies.”

 

“We're going to reach the center of the Earth if we keep walking straight, ‘Mione. That, or we're looping.”

 

Ron looked at the closed doors warily, pulling Harry close to him to distinguish some danger. Just in case some door opens and drags them in.

 

“Harry, maybe we should go? I don't want to die. I haven't replied to Viktor’s letter yet.”

 

“Hold up, Viktor Krum is replying to your messages?! What address are you sending it to?!” Draco asked, fuming. He has received a total of five letters from Viktor out of the twenty he's sent.

 

“Bloody hell.” Ron looked at Hermione for help but was given a ‘Your fault, you fix it’ stare. So much for love!

 

“Ronald Weasley! Answer me or I'll push you in a maze you'll never be able to get out of. There's gotta be one here and I'll find it.”

 

“Viktor always replies to us! He writes to us how much he misses us and such.” Ron replied hastily as Neville redirected Draco away from the doors yet again. With the Slytherin's luck, he may be able to find said maze.

 

“Wow, should I just send a love letter instead?” Draco scoffed, already drafting a letter of complaint in his mind.

 

“Hey Draco Malfoy! Get your own love life!!”

 

Luna, blissfully left alone and unattended, opened the nearest dungeon-looking door. Her excited giggling alerted the others but it was too late to stop her from pushing it open.

 

“Oh, look. A brain.”

 

 

It was a silent, peaceful night in Hogwarts and that was the sign telling the Professors on duty that something, somewhere, there was a threat to that peace.

 

Of course, there were rare days where peace reigns in Hogwarts but that was few and far in between.

 

With students as nocturnal as owls, it would be considered a blue moon miracle if they all went to bed on time.

 

Like medical staff in every hospital, there were trigger words that must not be uttered or else they'd be jinxed. All of the Hogwarts staff never say those words as soon as the curfew started lest they want to be twisting a time turner just to sleep while they're supposed to be teaching.

 

Maybe Albus is to blame, he's always to blame for everything Hogwarts related the past few years, anyway.

 

“Ah, what a quiet night.” Dolores sighed happily as she sipped tea after the Professor meeting adjourned for the night.

 

All movement stopped except for the pink-wearing DADA Professor.

 

Why did no one tell Dolores Umbridge not to utter Words That Must Not be Said?!

 

If looks could kill, someone's major is going to shift in Defense Against the Dark Arts.

 

Not even five minutes later as the silence shifted into untapped energy, the knock resounding on the Professor Lounge’s portrait sounded as if a bombarda was casted.

 

“Professor! We need you to come quickly! The pumpkins turned to carriages and the mice are steering it as if they're coachmen!” 

 

A bottle of Firewhiskey was subtly handed over (out of a certain DADA professor's sight). The majority poured themselves a glass, drinking it resolutely before going out of the room to survey the Prefect’s report. 

 

“So much for peaceful nights.” Dolores clicked her tongue, unaware of the glares she'd been receiving the moment she said yet another Word That Must Not be Said.

 

“Maybe the carriage needs a toad to be its passenger.” Filius delightfully suggested.

 

“Off towards the Forbidden Forest, I say.” Pomona added, chuckling.

 

“Do we really need this much staff to oversee such a ridiculous prank?” Dolores asked, bemused at the number of professors.

 

Pushing the Hogwarts doors open and seeing the whole courtyard filled with pumpkin carriages and a half giant valiantly trying to capture all of it, Minerva nodded. 

 

“Yes. Yes we do.” Severus answered, a potion already at hand. 

 

“We best get on with it or the pumpkin pies and juice we eat and drink will taste like wood.” Pomona laughed, “I better check the greenhouses, too.”

 

“Professors! I need yer help! There's fire in the remaining pumpkins but it won't go out!”

 

The Heads of Houses looked at each other in silent conversation, suspects already listed at the top of their heads. 

 

((A hundred steps away from the other professors catching the pumpkin carriages, Filius bet 10 galleons it was the Terror twins’ doing while Pomona bet 10 galleons it was a Parkinson & Zabini original.))

 

((In the opposite distance to subdue the pumpkin patch on ‘fire’ and upon seeing the magical signatures are undetected and the magick output shown was in the advanced stages, Minerva and even Severus fought down the proud feeling threatening to show in their poker faces))

 

(((There was a snowman in Greenhouse Two, leisurely surrounded by broken meowing plates. Upon further inspection, no fingerprints were found.)))

 

 

They were making too much noise for a Ministry tour but there were still no ministry workers in sight.

 

“Do you think the Unspeakables are invisible? I'm getting a bit suspicious.”

 

“I have a search spell pinging me every minute if there's someone in the radius but there's nothing picked up.” Hermione shook her head.

 

“Maybe because they're observing us. Unspeakables are unpredictable like that.” Draco shrugged, “And we're not trespassing so we're fine.”

 

“Usually for a ministry tour, there would be someone guiding us.” Ron pointed out.

 

Draco silently gestured towards Hermione in reply, “We have a guide, she led us here, remember?”

 

“It's because I saw the map.” Hermione rolled her eyes. “Not because I'm an employee.”

 

“Are we not going to talk about what happened in the last rooms???” Neville asked cautiously, “Because I think we need to talk about it.”

 

“What happens in those rooms stays in those rooms.” Ron said hauntingly. “No one shall speak a word about it.”

 

“You should be grateful you have me.” Draco commented, snickering. “I knew being a healer, I'd encounter such bemusing patients.”

 

“Shut up, Malfoy.”

 

There was a sign above them with the information they finally wanted to see. The plaque on the wall clearly states ‘Hall of Prophecies’ and ‘Authorized Personnel only’.

 

They were met with hundreds of shelves of crystal balls sorted out alphabetically.

 

“Okay, I think we're in the right room this time.” Hermione confirmed, deliberately ignoring the red warning text as they all entered. “I hope this trip is worth getting expelled for.”

 

“Hermione, we are not getting expelled.” Harry said calmly as they began to walk through the dark with just a single lumos to guide them. “I'm confident about that part.”

 

“Why do you think so?”

 

“Because surely as the Chosen One’s friends, we'd be able to stop the professors from expelling us?” Harry shrugged, “There's probably hidden perks for being a target of a Dark Lord and not getting expelled is one of them.”

 

“...Harry, we need you to lessen your dates with Slytherins.” 

 

“Hey! Don't drag my strong, stable and nontoxic love life into this! That's one my Chosen One perks I'm in favour of!” Harry protested, crossing his arms. 

 

“Draco, do you think you need to diagnose Harry?”

 

“I already did. He's entirely and sickeningly in love with a Slytherin.”

 

“I should've been sorted in Slytherin.” Harry said morosely, shaking his head. “The Sorting Hat was right. I would've been cuddling Blaise sooner.”

 

“I don't think that's why the Sorting Hat wanted you in Slytherin.” Luna commented, Neville silently agreeing with her.

 

They were nearing the center of the room and the room was getting suspiciously loopy because of the symmetry of the items in the shelves no matter which one they passed. The only difference was the names on the cards but they can't see it properly.

 

"Harry, do you remember what shelf the prophecy my Father wants here?" Draco asked, looking around. If it's sorted alphabetically, the letter ‘P’ for Potter is near the end of the room. It's been ten minutes and they're still at ‘E’.

 

Harry furrowed his eyebrows, thinking hard. “Potter - Riddle?”

 

Looking at the hundreds of shelves in front of them, Harry sighed.

 

"At this point, we'll reach the shelf by morning! Let's just go and wait for Sirius outside."

 

Draco shook his head and pushed Harry to walk again. "Uh, no. We're finding that prophecy so the Death Eaters' mission will fail."

 

"Draco, think rationally." Harry tried. “It's so dark in here, we don't even know if it exists! What if it's just a dream? Like how Padfoot is actually alright?”

 

"I am thinking rationally, Harry. And there is a high chance you're a Seer like me so it's a prophecy dream." Draco rolled his eyes.

 

No one in the group had the heart to remind Draco that Harry sucks at Divination. No one had to say anything because before they could, the door slammed open.

 

“I think they're here. We need to hurry.”

 

Draco pulled the invisibility cloak out of Harry’s pocket. "Get in, losers. We're going prophecy hunting."

 

"It's like you're just telling us we're going to shop." Hermione rolled her eyes. “And this is a race against the Death Eaters, at that.”

 

As the invisibility cloak struggled to accommodate all of them, they walked forward.

 

"Why can't we just Accio it?" Neville mumbled as Ron agreed, being the two tallest of the lot, he had to hunch at almost ninety degrees so they're feet won't be seen. “It's already dark here.”

 

"If we do, we'll shatter lots of other things before it gets to us." Hermione scolded. They're still in the ‘N’ section. “We're closer to the P section than them, we can do this.”

 

"Yeah, Nev. Don't get Hermione in trouble with her boss." Draco hissed as Hermione stepped on him.

 

"Shh, quiet. Wrackspurts kindly told me lots of people with bad Jengars are coming." Luna admonished Hermione and Draco.

 

They don't know what Jengars are but if it's associated with bad things, it's probably the Death Eaters.

 

“Well, great. If Father is really part of this mission, I'd kiss my Hogwarts life goodbye if he sees me.” Draco commented as they stopped at a random shelf to hide. 

 

Looking at the contents of the title cards engraved on the shelves, Draco released a triumphant sound and reached for an orb. "Thank Salazar, I found it. What a coincidence! Yeah, this is it. Potter-Riddle-Snape-Trewlaney. Huh, we should've just asked Professor Snape."

 

"Don't touch it, Harry." Hermione cautioned when Harry was about to grab it. "Not here. You'll activate the prophecy orb, the Death Eaters will hear it and we shouldn't give them that satisfaction."

 

Draco conjured a bag and had Hermione perform a cushioning charm in it. Then, he placed the orb inside. He handed it to Ron for safekeeping because Ron, despite what happened in the previous rooms, was the most careful person out of them all.

 

"Naturally, we won't speak of this in front of Dumbledore right?" Draco asked, just in case they'd be interrogated if they're caught. (At this point, all the Veritaserum are hidden by Blaise or Pansy, he'd bet a galleon for it)

 

"Yes." was the affirmative reply.

 

"Shh, they're near." Luna shushed them. “Let's get out of here.”

 

They all walked all the way to the end of the room so they could circle back with the Death Eaters out of the way. Silencing spells and cushioning spells were consistently casted and the invisibility cloak was accompanied by the disillusionment charm as the group advanced. Draco was focusing on erasing their magical signatures which he'd been doing since they entered the Ministry.

 

Reaching the end of the Hall of Prophecies, they stopped to take a break. How large is this establishment, really?

 

"You know, we could just hide here until the Death Eaters are gone and the Order starts searching for us." Harry mumbled. 

 

"Highly unlikely, we really need to get out because if they don't find the Prophecy, they'll probably destroy the room. We need to get out.”

 

There was a series of crashes in the Hall of Prophecies and they all flinched at the enraged screaming match that followed. Draco drew a deep breath, thinking of Fred and George so he could calm down.

 

"Well, what do you know? Your vision is right, Harry. Father's here…and Aunt Bella.”

 

Neville sighed, shaking his head as the sounds of crystal balls shattering reached their ears. "I told you guys we should just accio it. Death Eaters are probably starting to trash the whole place."

 

Before anyone can say anything, sounds of battle are heard and the wall opposite to where they were standing was blown off. 

 

“Do you think that's the Order of the Phoenix?”

 

“I hear Moony.” The Golden Trio chorused, excited and relieved at the familiar voice casting a spell.

 

“Figures the admins of the Moony fanclub could recognise his voice first.”

 

The lights suddenly turned on, bathing the room so brightly, the students needed to blink their eyes to adjust. The Order of the Phoenix and the Death Eaters were in a full blown battle in just a matter of minutes. It seems like the Aurors, Moony and Padfoot are dead set in capturing the masked Death Eaters.

 

There was probably some smart commentary and bickering between the adults but the students can't hear it from where they were. Thank Merlin they're still hidden with the camouflage spell Luna vigilantly casted. 

 

“A disillusionment charm, camouflage charm, silencing spell and an invisibility cloak.” Neville listed off, amazed. “We're practically undetectable.”

 

“A strong finite incantatem would dispel our spells but I have one trick left.” Draco smirked, patting his pocket. George had given him his wish hours earlier and the darkness powder is a significant comfort and backup plan.

 

Harry was looking antsy and fidgety by the second, it was clear he's itching to help out his guardians.

 

"Okay, we're not going to join because the Order looks like they can handle it." Draco paused at his statement, rethinking it. There was no need to put themselves into unnecessary danger since the adults are already present but holding Harry back from helping the Order was proving to be a futile battle as he saw the Gryffindors already have their wands at hand. "Well, I'm not going because if the Death Eaters so much as see me, I'd be dead by summer but you guys with hero complexes can. You look like you'll keel over if you don't help them subdue the villains.”

 

"What happened to you making us stay out of trouble?" 

 

“What hero complex?!”

 

“What do you mean keeling over! We just want to help!”

 

Draco leaned on Neville’s shoulder, relaxing as Neville supported his weight. The Golden Trio could join in but if his pseudo-godson insists on helping, Draco is one spell away from knocking him out. Seeing as Neville is already accustomed to staying under the invisibility cloak with him and Luna, Draco addressed the danger magnets.

 

"Well, Nev was right, y'know. We could've just accioed it but we didn't because Hermione's boss will get angry about the mess but that's a moot point due to all the shattered prophecies and shelves on the floor. So go on and be the heroes you want to be. Just don't die. I'll heal your injuries after."

 

“I'm not expecting this to happen but I'm not complaining.” 

 

“We should properly disguise first.” Hermione insisted. If Lucius Malfoy recognises them, as part of the Hogwarts Board, they'll be toast. And not the yummy kind.

 

Draco pulled out potions from his bottomless pockets and handed them out properly. “This will disguise your features, kind of like polyjuice potion. I've been developing this with Lee Jordan and the twins. It's as safe as I can make it to be. You should probably put a spell on your clothes, too.”

 

“Tastes like apples.” Ron commented as he finished downing his potion. Hermione and Harry followed suit.

 

Luna had been a godsend, spelling their clothes into different ones without them needing to take it off.

 

Ron looked nothing like a Weasley. His red hair turned into a poofy black, freckles nowhere in sight and his eyes are brown. Hermione had straight blonde hair, a scar across her nose. Harry, funnily enough for Draco, had red curly hair and it was as if Ron's freckles were transferred to him. He looked like an honorary Weasley.

 

“So, how do we look?” 

 

“Do we know you?” Draco asked instead, snickering.

 

Harry didn't need to hear anything more before getting out of the invisibility cloak, joining the fray and due to perks of showing up out of nowhere, he immediately disarmed Lucius Malfoy by unmasking him and taking his wand.

 

"Bloody Salazar. Of all people to disarm! Hermione, tell Harry to let go of Father's wand! If he holds on to it for two more minutes, a curse will activate! Burn it! With Fiendfyre if you can!" Draco whispered harshly at Hermione, who nodded and ran to Harry. Not even a minute later, Lucius roared in anger at the sight of his wand burning. The glee Draco felt at Hermione's expertise of burning his Father's wand was gratifying.

 

Ron, seeing Remus being outnumbered, ran off as well. The Order of the Phoenix members seemingly unfazed by random people (in disguise) showing up shows how they already predicted Harry (and probably others) would join in.

 

"I'll stay with you, Draco." Luna whispered, shivering. "There's too many Wisps here. They gather in the next room. There, the one with the Veil. They said if one enters the Veil, there is no return.”

 

Draco glanced warily at the Veil that Luna mentioned as he handed her a Summer ball for warmth. Wisps hate heat so it should help her.

 

"I'll stay, too. I think they'll retreat, the Death Eaters, I mean. A lot of them are already unmasked." Neville said, nodding at the battle. Lucius Malfoy had already fled, it's a matter of time before the others will too if they can. “And it's enough trouble for them to see the Golden Trio, not that I think they'd recognise them.”

 

“I can't believe they're willing scapegoats.”

 

Draco was about to say something but he paled when he saw his cousin battling with Aunt Bella. They looked as if Cousin Siri was baiting Aunt Bella into attacking and they were bickering and arguing (did Draco just hear something about inheritance? Seriously? They're discussing that here?). Aunt Bella looked as if her patience was wearing thin. (Her patience was as thin as a single strand of hair)

 

He almost choked from shock when Aunt Bella started doing the wand movement for her signature spell. Draco's eyes widened when he saw where Sirius was standing. One blast from Aunt Bella’s spell will take his cousin straight into the room with the Wisps!

 

As if he'd let her!

 

"No!" He cried out but he's unheard due to the silencing spell. Without further ado, Draco said the first offensive spell that came to mind as he aimed for the pillars near the Veil. "Bombarda Maxima!"

 

Neville and Luna immediately dragged Draco in another direction as Bellatrix aimed another spell in their direction. Thank Merlin for their spells holding up and the invisibility cloak!

 

Sirius dodged the pillar Draco wrecked and in turn, dodged Bellatrix's spell. She gripped her wand, snarling as Sirius registered the Veil behind him and started to laugh like a maniac at the near death experience.

 

"You got lucky, cousin!" She hissed. Sirius looked behind him again, eyeing the pillar and the Veil critically before grinning victoriously at a livid Bellatrix.

 

"The world is not ready for me to die yet!" He shot back, successfully sending a cutting hex at her.

 

"SIRIUS!" She screamed in frustration and anger, clutching her hip where the hex successfully landed. Blood immediately gushed out from the wound. Sirius laughed merrily, harmonizing with Bella’s screaming as he sent spell after spell towards her that she spitefully defended herself with effort.

 

Remus shot a silencing spell and a jelly-legs jinx at Bellatrix, causing her to fall on her hands and knees. Another Death Eater rushed towards her, dragging her up to her feet and panicking about the blood. Harry, beside Remus, had a horrified look on his face, the freckles standing out as he paled. 

 

Remus and Harry ignored Bella hexing the Death Eater as they ran towards Sirius who had already moved away from the Veil. "You almost gave me and our pup a heart attack, Siri."

 

"Sorry, Moony." Sirius apologized, erecting a strong shield dome just enough for a quick kiss on Remus' cheek and caress Harry's back comfortingly. Harry forgot he's disguised but he still clung to Sirius the way he always does. "I'm alive, Haz.”

 

"Stay that way." Remus breathed out, still shaken.

 

“Please don't die.” Harry added, clinging to his guardians.

 

“Of course, love.” Sirius promised. “I'll live longer than both of you.”

 

“I think I need a longer hug.” Harry stated, heart still beating wildly and the adrenaline definitely not helping him. Remus and Sirius were quick to gather the teenager in their arms. Even though he looks like a Weasley at the moment, they already recognised him at first sight.

 

“We're in a battlefield, get yourselves together.” Kingsley deadpanned, causing the trio to break the hug.

 

“Subdue now, talk later. Got it.” Sirius grinned, all teeth and menacing. How dare Kingsley interrupt a family moment?

 

With renewed vigour, they faced off with the Death Eaters.

 

 

Jo: Hello, darling. I can't imagine the mischief you're spreading inside the Ministry of Magic right now but considering the last time you went there for an adventure, you stole a LEO report, please take care of our Gryffindors (and Luna)

 

Ker: We know you're worried if Hogwarts will still stand by the time you get home but you don't have to worry about us so much, we just had an after school fun. We promise it's not that bad and they won't be traced back to us. We won't get detention.

 

Jo: But did you know Pansy and Blaise were apparently notorious pranksters as well? They've already subdued the prefects and Head Girl and Boy!

 

Ker: Not to mention, Peeves! Did you say something beforehand? He's been awfully cooperative and he stole cat plates from Umbridge’s office! Peeves smashed it all on the ground to decorate the snowman we built for Greenhouse Two.

 

Jo: For the record, no one entered the Greenhouse Four.

 

Ker: If we listed out all the pranks we did for tonight, you'd be amused but we all agreed to trade our stories with your own stories so we all need to meet up tomorrow

 

Jo: in this case, later in the day. Or night.

 

Ker: We're writing to you to let you know we'll be waiting for your return.

 

Jo: Please don't expose yourself too much to danger. I mean, Harry's already doing enough of that. We're worried!

 

Ker: and please come back in one piece!

 

 

After some of the Death Eaters were knocked out and subsequently captured, it was a bitter moment since the ones in the inner circle activated a portkey and therefore escaped. There was a gag order on what happened and only when the captured Death Eaters were escorted out of the Hall of Prophecies did the Unspeakables appear.

 

It was anticlimactic to see the Unspeakables take in the damage inside and just write a list of the damages. A hundred shelves (from P to Z) splintered into unusable wood due to suspicious liquid (or was it from Moony’s overpowered Aguamenti?), ashes (from the fiendfyre the Order subdued) and broken crystal glass shards everywhere due to shattered prophecies, the marble pillars blasted into nothing but debris…the room looked as if it pitifully attempted to recreate a catastrophe. What's even mind boggling was the Unspeakables acting as if they knew a battle would happen! (Do they?)

 

The Hogwarts students, upon the arrival of Aurors hid at the “A” shelf under an invisibility cloak and camouflage spells and was safely (and secretly) transported by Padfoot to Remus' cozy flat. 

 

Grimmauld Place was the Order of the Phoenix's hideout so there were some staying there indefinitely. Seeing students out of Hogwarts would make them foam at their mouths in shock. 

 

The Thestrals already went back to Hogwarts after Luna talked to them. Rowena only knows how Luna could convince the stubborn magical creatures with just a few sentences. Draco is itching to find out how!

 

After an hour of fussing, healing and washing up, Luna, Neville, Ron and Hermione are all finally sleeping on the living room floor filled with mattresses and pillows. It was a hard-fought battle to make them fall asleep and it was only won after they fell victim to drinking tea with Dreamless sleep. 

 

Draco, in particular, knew something was added and turned the tea down. (Don't they know not to drink anything served by Sirius by now?). The only other student away was Harry, who refused the tea and also refused to give Sirius space.

 

"On the bright side, we captured a lot of Death Eaters. They're probably bait, anyway. And we got what they were looking for.” Draco started, casting warming charms on the mattress and blankets. The prophecy orb was safely inside Neville's bottomless pockets. "And there were no casualties on the Order of the Phoenix’s side. At least Cousin Siri is alive, despite Aunt Bella almost killing him and the Veil dragging him in."

 

Harry, not at all embarrassed that he's on Sirius' lap, said nothing but silently agreed at Draco's recap. He hugged his godfather tightly, listening to his heartbeat to remind him his godfather, his Padfoot, is still alive. Sirius didn’t mind the attention, he just stroked Harry’s unruly hair and his back to calm him down. Remus and Harry had almost witnessed his death, he'll do whatever it takes to comfort them and show he's still in the land of living.

 

"On the dark side, Harry's killing him with a chokehold but it's fine,The Chosen one can't be sentenced yet to any crimes." At Remus' disapproving stare, Draco shrugged as he healed the scrapes Sirius attained due to the pillar. He moved onwards to Remus’ bruises immediately after. "I mean, Harry and Moony will get terrible nightmares about it but it's just another one in the collection right?"

 

"Draco." Remus scolded though unable to get angry because of how adorable Harry is being. “You know what you all did was terribly dangerous. Death Eaters are no joke and interfering with their mission and the Order is extremely not what children should be doing.”

 

"Fine. I do admit the Ministry tour shouldn't have happened.” Draco sighed, shaking his head. Sirius and Remus nodded in agreement, glad to see the Malfoy heir is finally seeing reason. “It shouldn't have happened without the two of you! We should've waited for you. Honestly, Hermione did well in guiding us but I do think we'd reach the Hall of Prophecies sooner if we're with you.”

 

Then again, Draco's logic is certainly a hundred yards out of the box.

 

“What happened in those rooms stays in those rooms.” Harry repeated, eyes distant as if reliving it. 

 

“That's until we reach Hogwarts and tell the others about it.” Draco pointed out. He never did solemnly swear not to tell anyone about the brain room, the pixie forest and the devil snares and the words said inside the hallucination room. 

 

“I see your point.” Harry agreed once again because there was no way he's not telling Blaise and Pansy what Draco confessed about the Christmas Ball of 1990 inside the hallucination room among other highlights of their tour.

 

“What I'm really gonna say before I get ready for sleep is that I'm terribly sorry my exploding spell was the sole reason for your injuries, cousin." Draco clicked his tongue. “If you trained evasion like we trained Harry, you wouldn't have gotten scratched or banged up at all.”

 

"That was your spell?" Sirius asked, eyes wide. The pillar suddenly exploding was suspicious enough, and when he and Moony investigated it in the aftermath, there were no traces at all. What are they teaching in Hogwarts these days?

 

"Well that's the first thing I thought of... but in my defense, it was my first time doing it on a marble pillar since we've been practising on wood." Draco shrugged. “I’m just glad it worked.”

 

Draco suddenly hugged by Harry, Remus and Sirius.

 

"Why am I being suffocated?" He wheezed, rolling his eyes at the emotional Gryffindors smothering him.

 

"We're hugging you, you idiot."

 

"Oh." Draco smiled indulgently. "This feels nice."

 

A pause.

 

"Not so nice now." Draco said, tapping the nearest arm. They immediately let go. “You three have the cuddle bug tendencies.”

 

“You do, too.” Harry mumbled as he reached for Remus’ arm, tugging it. Remus relented, hugging Harry and started patting his back slowly to coax him to relax, smiling as Harry started blinking slowly as he grew sleepy.

 

Draco looked over Remus and tutted at the new scars. He then reached into his bottomless pocket from his pyjama pants (yes, it was transferable) and passed a small jar to Remus.

 

"Here Moony, it's going to be really really effective so you can put it on your newest scars and your other ones. I haven't thought to gift you some, silly me, and I've been making it all year."

 

"Why have you been making it all year?" Remus asked, appraising the jar before Sirius snatched it away so he could open it and immediately rubbed the cream on Remus' skin.

 

"Well apparently, if the Minister approved of it, the use of a Dark Artefact is actually legal all of a sudden." Draco rolled his eyes. "The students have been given blood quills to write with ever since we all believed Harry and Cedric."

 

"Blood quills?" Remus grounded out from gritted teeth. Even Gringotts goblins hate the mention of those quills. Sirius' expression went dark although he was still gently applying some of the balm on Remus. 

 

"It's that Umbridge bitch I've been hearing about, isn't it?" Sirius growled. “Harry won't ever elaborate on her during mirror time.”

 

"Yes." Draco confirmed, amused as Remus smacked Sirius upside the head. “She's not mentioned a lot but she's been very self entitled, thinking she'll rule over Hogwarts any day now.”

 

"You all have been using a blood quill." Remus repeated, aghast. “Why is it not reported by other parents?? Did students even write to their guardians about it? Surely the Hogwarts Board can do something about it!”

 

"Yes, we've been using it but not really." Harry answered, snickering at the memory of Umbridge's smug look turning confused when no scarred students were in sight despite the frequent use of the blood quill.

 

"What do you mean?" Remus and Sirius asked in unison.

 

"Pansy and Hermione found a spell that makes the blood quill not hurt and not scar. The library books are a gift from the Four Founders, they've thought of every situation imaginable." Harry explained, eyes slipping closed as he continued to snuggle with his guardians. "Fred and George made quills that look like that too, with the help of the owl feathers from the Owlery. They were inspired by muggle pens we pranked them into buying."

 

"So during D.A a few months ago, we also had them practicing facial expressions and acting skills." Draco added. "Some students who are not part of D.A have a hard time so the twins were making a profit selling it under Umbridge's nose. I also had D.A sell the balms. We had enough funds to last the whole year.”

 

"What did Dumbledore say?"

 

Draco scoffed. "He's useless. Doesn't care about the blood quills at all. He’s been doing something suspicious lately but he's more or less just a figurehead. He's usually out of Hogwarts more often these past few months, also. I think Professor McGonagall is the one doing all the paperwork for him.”

 

"Why aren't you injured?" Remus asked after inspecting Draco and Harry's arms. Sirius made a mental note to send a case of the finest wines and Firewhiskey for the Deputy Headmistress, she can outdrink any professor who challenged her. She deserves to drink with her workload overflowing a goblet.

 

"Umbridge'll be dead before she could go back to the Ministry if Pureblood children ever get seen with a scar. Only their parents can punish them physically." Sirius answered for Draco, a bitter feeling passing by him as unpleasant memories resurfaced before he bottled it up.

 

"How does the D.A get away with selling the quills and such?"

 

Draco fished out the Inquisitorial Squad pin out of his pocket and showed the adults before putting it back. "I'm distracting the Inquisitorial Squad while they do transactions. I even have Peeves’ cooperation.”

 

Remus and Sirius shared a surprised look. Peeves listening to Draco well was a concern for mankind.

 

"Well, it's best we rest because we're going to be having detentions or something once we got back to Hogwarts if we get found out. I'd rather keep this under wraps. They’re such a bad influence on me lately." Draco mumbled then nodded towards Harry. "He might sleep well tonight if you both sleep beside him.”

 

Sirius laughed softly, placing a kiss on a snoozing Harry's forehead. "Well, he's certainly not going to let go of us anytime soon."

 

“What are the odds that our professors won't know that we snuck out of Hogwarts?” Draco asked, plans already drafted. Joker should be waiting for their return by now.

 

“If we floo in Hogsmeade early enough and sneak inside Hogwarts via the Shrieking shack, I don't think you'd be found out.” Remus answered. 

 

“What did you say to the Order??”

 

“We received a tip that Death Eaters would be at the Department of Mysteries.” Sirius informed him, “the reliable source will be made up sooner or later.”

 

“You didn't tell anyone we'd be there?”

 

“Draco, dear. Do you want detention and be grounded by your godfather?”

 

At the mention of his godfather, Draco's smile was bright and innocent. “I think it's time for me to sleep as well.”

 

“I thought so.”

 

Merlin knows what's in it for him if Severus Snape finds out about the Ministry Tour.

 

 

D: The dog is alive. Death Eaters came. The Order fought and caught them. Thestrals went home. Sneaking inside Hogwarts through Whomping Willow by dawn. 

 

Jo: Did you get caught?

 

D: Just by the guardians

 

Ker:Where are you right now?

 

D: Lupin abode. Grimmauld is a dorm now.

 

Ker: Oh yeah, Bill did say they're staying somewhere else for a bit. He's part of the Order, too.

 

Jo: Are you tired, darling? You should sleep?

 

D: Please tell me Hogwarts is still alive when we come back.

 

Jo: Of course it is! We just became Poltergeists for a night!

 

Ker: Nothing to worry about!! We were just seven poltergeists having a party!!

 

D: Something tells me someone's going to have detention and it wouldn't be me.

 

Ker: Oh, please. This wouldn't be traced back to us!! Hogwarts would never.

 

D: Let's sleep before you jinx yourselves.

 

Jo: We'll wait for you by the willow.

 

Ker: We want to see you're safe!

 

D: I am. 

 

Ker: Okay, see you in a few hours, darling.

 

Jo: Rest well! We love you!

 

D: I love you more

 

Notes:

The mirror thing was something I really think Canon! Harry should've done first so I did my way. I had a hard time transitioning this chapter from light banter and bickering into something serious during the rooms tour and fight in Hall of Prophecies so this may not be the cup of tea of some of you because it's missing action.

The word 'quiet' being taboo in the Professor Lounge is reference to hospital where if one person or patient says it, it's suddenly not quiet and will turn chaotic.

(Next chapter will be the last chapter for 5th yr)

Chapter 14: Final Chapter for 5th year

Notes:

It took me 145 days to come back, better re-read the last chapter if you're not binge reading! I deeply apologise for the long wait! I got a new phone during the end of April and finally got to updating. Two scenes took me a longer time to type up than others (fireworks and end scene) but I do hope it'll suffice.

Also, i didn't realise it was supposed to be the fireworks scene first before the ministry of magic scene? But then again, we've diverged from the canon scenes anyway

We're ending fifth year with 585 kudos! Thank you for still being here!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

 

D: Did you know Moony and Padfoot have a key to Honeydukes

 

Jo: WHAT

 

D: They have a key to Honeydukes' front door and the wards haven't even alerted the owners about us. Harry and Ron are going insane. The owners are not here and we're just waltzing in.

 

Ker: We're going insane, too. Grab a chocolate frog for us, would ya

 

D: Absolutely not. Travelling now. See you soon!

 

Jo: We'll be right by the Whomping Willow!

 

 

“What were you writing about this time, Draco?” Luna asked, curious at the journal Draco pocketed. She was holding Harry and Neville's hands away from temptation. More specifically, the tower of chocolate frog boxes.

 

“Writing an article draft about how Remus Lupin and Sirius Black have a key on every Honeydukes branch. This is a major scoop and will give any reporter a promotion.” Draco deadpanned, glaring at the power couple activating the floo. 

 

Remus chuckled, amused. Sirius grinned victoriously, “Why else would the owners not be surprised that a secret passageway is connected into one of their branches? We got caught a lot during those times.”

 

“We were the only ones who knew about this secret passageway during our time.” Remus added, shaking his head fondly as memories resurfaced. “The owners of Honeydukes knew who created the secret passageway, they have his portrait in the basement. Apparently, the marauders were the ones who used it frequently. Sirius befriended them to the point he got a master key of the doors to this day. We found the master key in one of his vaults last year.”

 

“We didn't even need it because when I recently visited, the owner offered to make me a new one since I'm like an honorary grandson!” Sirius gestures wildly. “James and I were always the ones on candy duty. We have supply runs every two weeks because James, Moony and Lily have terrible sweet tooth I'm surprised they didn't need a dentist!”

 

Hermione had to look at Harry, mentally noting to drag him to her parents during summer for a checkup. Harry had a secret stash of chocolate fudge somewhere and is worse than Ron in snacking.

 

“I imagine Fred and George are the ones frequently using the passageways in recent years.” Sirius added as the fireplace finally came to life.

 

“You're right.” Ron nodded in agreement. “They always have butterbeers ready whenever there's a party. I think Madam Rosmerta knows how they sneak out!”

 

“Come along now. We're flooing to the Hogsmeade branch then using the passageway in Shrieking shack.”

 

“We're not using the ones in Honeydukes?” Luna asked since that was the most logical route to take.

 

“No. By this time, Filch is patrolling by the One-eyed witch.” Sirius casted a tempus to show the time. How he knows the Hogwarts caretaker schedule, no one wanted to ask. “Wouldn't want him hollering things about students out of bed. Not with Umbridge there.”

 

Ron gently pushed Harry towards Remus, patting him on the shoulder. “You should let Remus speak with you, Harry. You haven't mastered Floo chanting.”

 

Harry glared at Ron, annoyed. “I say it wrong one time and you never live it down.”

 

“Sure thing, diagonally.” 

 

Harry slumped on Remus, ignoring the snickering. Maybe he'd picked the wrong sort of friends, after all.

 

-

 

The travel back to Hogwarts was smooth and anticlimactic. The merry adventurous group that emerged from the Whomping Willow seemed to look like they've just gotten ready for the day and not at all had some thrilling night out.

 

“Oh you're here.” Fred and George said in unison, disappointment in their voices apparent as they envisioned the group to look more haggard and tired. 

 

Then again if you were under Remus Lupin and Sirius Black’s care, it would've been different, indeed. The power couple tend to over prepare when it comes to Harry and his friends.

 

“We're back!” Ron cheered, hugging his brothers with a deep sigh of relief. Harry joined in on the hug because why not.

 

“I am totally relieved nothing drastic happened.” Neville commented now that Hogwarts is in sight.

 

Remus and Sirius had bid the group goodbye inside the Shrieking Shack so as to not arouse the wards (that Remus could totally disable). Unbeknownst to the kids, it's to prevent them from noticing that Professor Snape did some complicated spell work by the Whomping Willow where he'll be alerted if it's triggered. (He was an absolute petty man because upon a simple scan, Remus and Sirius’ magical signatures were registered).

 

“I should go see if the Thestrals arrived safely.” Luna mumbled, already planning her itinerary for the day.

 

“We were on the lookout for that and the three of them got back and went straight to the Forbidden Forest.” Fred reported.

 

“I'm surprised Hogwarts is still intact.” Draco commented, raising an eyebrow at the twins. Fred and George grinned at their darling, renewed energy thrumming as excitement made them giddy.

 

“A lot happened last night, there's too much to elaborate on but Pansy did successfully gather the Professors so they could watch her flower arrangement.”

 

“Flower arrangement.” Hermione repeated, suspicious.

 

“Yes.” Fred and George confirmed, nodding sagely.

 

“Flower arrangement?” Neville scrunched up his nose. There was no doubt the Slytherin knows flower arrangements but somehow the scenarios he's imagining doesn't seem to fit right?

 

“Sure, it is. There was a bouquet and everything…” Fred assured them, laughing amusedly when they didn't seem to believe them.

 

“Flower arrangement.” The whole group repeated, most of them side-eyeing the twins.

 

“Yes, she showcased the new sword dance and duelled with Professor McGonagall.” George elaborated. They weren't there during the performance but they did prepare the flowers, daggers and the swords, okay?!

 

“Did she win?” Draco asked because he's invested in Pansy's goal of stabbing the Deputy Headmistress even just once. 

 

“Against the Professor? Dream on. She's unbeatable.” 

 

Draco sighed. He'll just have to encourage Pansy in the next bout, then.

 

“So how did you distract the professors?” Hermione had to ask, she was surely surprised Hogwarts is still standing. Draco kept saying they'll return to Hogwarts and rubble would be all that's left. 

 

Fred and George cackled in delight, the sound echoing in the quiet hills and disturbing the morning dew. They had a manic grin when they asked, “Remember the fountain on the 7th floor?”

 

“The one that Ravenclaw and Hufflepuff claim to have discovered the Fountain for Knowledge and Youth? The one where Professors dried up years ago because people kept drinking the water…” 

 

The Adventure group suddenly had a bad feeling about what happened last night.

 

“Yes.” Fred and George chirped, clapping.

 

“Of course? But isn't that just a fountain Gryffindor gifted Slytherin so Slytherin could go upstairs and leave the dungeons…” Hermione trailed off, that particular tidbit was written in Hogwarts:A History.

 

“Yes, well, glad you remember it because it'll only be seen in our memories after last night.” The twins had the audacity to do jazz hands with the news.

 

Harry had to resist a face palm. “One night out of Hogwarts and they blew up a fountain where the Four Founders hang out.”

 

“For all we know that's just a makeout spot.” Neville added, shaking his head at the amount of couples caught snogging there. “Good riddance, I say.”

 

The trek back to the castle was delayed for a few minutes as Draco and Hermione gathered potions ingredients along their way and cooing at their morning-only collection. Morning dew harvested at that particular hour was apparently more potent than harvested during daybreak, who would've known…

 

Reaching the Hogwarts doors, they all sneaked towards the dungeons to drop off Draco and activate the hidden passageway upto seventh floor. Luna had declared she was hungry and confidently went inside the Great Hall for breakfast.

 

The Adventure team waited for news that the faculty had been informed of their disappearance last night (especially the Order), but as hours passed tediously slow and night fell unceremoniously yet no one was called in Dumbledore’s office, both the Adventure Team and Distractions Team breathed a sigh of relief.

 

((No one had to know the Prophecy Orb is inside Harry Potter’s trunk))

 

(((But surely the wards needs an update, no?!?)))

 

 

Jo: So we know of a way to sneak out of Hogwarts~~

 

Ker: How far do you think we can go??

 

D: If we have the Honeydukes master key, it'll be easier.

 

Ker: It took you approximately three hours to reach Diagon Alley, right? So six hours round trip.

 

D: And where are we going?

 

Jo: We could explore the muggle world!! We're good at glamours, we can go through the Leaky Cauldron.

 

D: Don't be ridiculous, we don't have muggle clothes. We won't be able to blend in.

 

Ker: And we don't have an all-day free day scheduled!! 

 

Jo: and we don't know if the Thestrals would cooperate again.

 

D: The thestrals would cooperate again but they've consumed bushels of apples while waiting for us, I'm a bit concerned.

 

Ker: We don't know if the stable keeper will be able to see them as well since we're going in broad daylight.

 

Jo: Is it possible if we can travel by brooms?

 

Ker: We should find the car that Dad tinkered with inside the Forbidden Forest…

 

D: That car is sentient and would totally not welcome you after it's been beaten by the Whomping Willow!

 

Ker: What are the odds that we can borrow the Honeydukes master key from the Marauders

 

D: I'll see what I can do.

 

Jo: But what should we be doing in the muggle world? I didn't take Muggle Studies and dad brings in questionable stuff sometimes.

 

Ker: Perhaps we should ask Hermione for good places and activities.

 

D: I'm betting a galleon she'll be including a library in her recommendation.

 

Jo: Coming from someone who did enjoy the Zodiac Library tour, I'm not willing to take that bet.

 

D: I freed my Cousin because of that tour so no regrets.

 

Ker: I'm not exactly comfortable stealing from a muggle library.

 

D: Joker, I hate to break it to the both of you but you're not allergic to books.

 

Ker: but they make me dizzy and unfocused. I hyperventilate at the sight of books.

 

Jo: Gryffindor Knows is the only thing we can tolerate!! It's our vitamin G+.

 

Ker: Vitamin Gryffindor (Gossip)

 

D: I think you all need to sleep. You're formally diagnosed with Sleep deprivation

 

Jo: We'll take you to the muggle world some day, darling. And this is not sleep deprivation talking!!!

 

Ker: Oh but I do want to have a picnic by the lake. As much as I want to swim with you in the lake, I fear the mermaids will pull you deep under when they sight you.

 

-

 

Draco stared at the elaborate tea set-up inside his dorm room where Theodore, Gregory and Vincent are nowhere to be found but they're probably in the Great Hall by now. Pansy and Blaise were sipping tea like they were in the Manor gazebo instead of blocking him away from his bed.

 

“Oh, Draco dear, you're finally here.” Pansy smiled sweetly, gesturing at the single unoccupied seat. “Do come and join us.”

 

“As if I have a choice.” Draco drawled, rolling his eyes as he walked over and snatched up some scone off the snack tiers. “Did Dobby help you set this up?”

 

“He did it so graciously and even provided the snacks.” Blaise answered. The free house elf tends to spoil the three of them so they're very much welcoming the love. “How about we talk about what happened last night at a leisurely pace?”

 

Draco’s mind flicked through what happened to the Adventure team and sat down, suddenly weak-kneed. He took a teacup daintily and proceeded to gulp the contents down.

 

“Yeah, I don't think tea will cut it.”

 

Winking, Pansy pulled out a flask of butterbeers from out of nowhere. (Again, Dobby should really remember he's a free elf now and not succumb to Pansy's requests)

 

“I figured you'd say that. You had an adventure with Gryffindors, dear. They're danger magnets.”

 

Draco accepted a glass while sighing. “Well, I was surprised rubble and debris isn't what's left of Hogwarts with you two collaborating with the twins and Lee Jordan.”

 

“Well, there was a series of explosions and fire.” Blaise raised his glass in acknowledgement, snickering as he remembered. “But it was all in good fun. No fiendfyre and just small controlled explosions.”

 

“So. Who wants to go first?” Draco asked, serving himself some food.

 

“Shall we talk about Professor Umbridge almost finding out about the D.A but the notion of Dumbledore’s Army was enough to drive away the Headmaster? Something happened like that.”

 

“Or what about the Dark Lord thankfully not in attendance in the ministry while we were out prophecy hunting?”

 

“And maybe we should bring into the light about what happened last night in detail?”

 

The tea remained hot even after the breakfast ended and the butterbeers were consumed, thankfully in moderation.

 

 

They were all in the Room of Requirement, huddled together and staring at the prophecy orb innocently cushioned and precariously placed on a small table. The Gryffindors, Slytherins and lone Ravenclaw’s attention to the crystal ball-like item was akin to how Hogwarts students fawned over the Goblet of Fire.

 

“So you just touch it?” Ron poked Harry.

 

“I didn't even touch or go near the Goblet of Fire yet I became involved in that. I don't want to step closer unless something happens again.” Harry grouched, crossing his arms. He's been in enough dangerous situations to question the authenticity of magical tools.

 

“Well this isn't a hundred years of age like the Philosopher's stone. This is only like…a decade or so. A month older than you, maybe.” Hermione waved her hand towards the prophecy orb. 

 

“I'm not going to say anything that could trigger a doom flag.” Neville mumbled, eyeing the orb he had protected a night ago.

 

“We'll just be hearing Trelawney, right? Nothing too spooky. You've already heard her lectures for years.” Pansy patted Harry's birdnest of hair. “Go on and summon your Gryffindor courage. Touch it and potentially explode.”

 

“This is just a copy the Ministry of Magic has so basically someone else knows about this prophecy too.” Draco reminded Harry. “We're just accessing it so we'd know too.”

 

“We think that Voldy didn't hear the full prophecy, that's why he wanted it.” Fred pointed out.

 

“Because why else would he assign extraction work to the inner circle?” George continued.

 

“Okay, now I'm too curious.” Harry got up and approached the orb. “I just have to touch it, right?”

 

“If it's about you, it'll be accessed.”

 

Harry took a deep breath and placed his hand on it. There was a pause. Nothing was happening. A blink of an eye later, light glowed from the orb and a memory resurfaced.

 

Trelawney was there along with Dumbledore in a dingy place. Their divination professor’s voice is too different from the one they're used to hearing.

 

“The one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord approaches... born to those who have thrice defied him, born as the seventh month dies... and the Dark Lord will mark him as his equal, but he will have power the Dark Lord knows not... and either must die at the hand of the other for neither can live while the other survives... the one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord will be born as the seventh month dies….”

 

There was silence and confusion lingering in the air as the prophecy orb finished projecting the memory.

 

“So…Harry is the Chosen One because out of all the babies born on July, Voldy chose the Potters?” Hermione said slowly, unsure. She's always been a non-believer of Trelawney.

 

“Because Harry is also born to those who thrice defied him. Isn't that basically the Order of the Phoenix members?” Ron added, trying to make sense of the prophecy. 

 

“This is why we didn't take Divination seriously.” Blaise commented as he pulled a confused Harry in a comforting hug.

 

“But didn't Aunt Bella pursue the Longbottoms on that same day?” Draco muttered, trying to remember Aunt Bella’s stories of the First Wizarding War she fondly tells him for bedtime.

 

Luna, who heard Draco’s question, connected nonexistent dots and nudged Neville towards the prophecy orb. “You and Harry were the only ones who were born at the end of July in our year. Maybe you're a Chosen One too. Try touching it, too.”

 

Neville, still weak from resisting peer pressure (moreso since Luna is involved), hesitantly touched the orb. Nothing happened.

 

“Well, I'd rather die on my own.” Neville sighed in relief.

 

It was to his utter disbelief that the orb glowed again and the prophecy resurfaced. They all stared wide-eyed as the Prophecy started again.

 

“This is faulty! What utter discrimination to July babies!!” Neville shrieked as he felt betrayed, running towards Harry who hugged him fiercely.

 

“the one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord will be born as the seventh month dies…” Fred recited, “well there wasn't a specific year for it and according to Dad, there were hundreds of families defying Voldy. So it really was just narrowed down to the Order of the Phoenix members inner circle.”

 

“And it just so happened that Neville and Harry were the only ones born in July.” George finished, patting Ron's head. “I'm so happy you decided to be born early, Ronniekins.” 

 

“I'd be a case of miscarriage or stillborn if I'm born earlier.” Ron, a March baby, grumbled.

 

“I'm so glad to be born a month early.” Draco, a June baby, smirked at the pouting July babies. “I imagine my parents defied the Dark Lord a lot due to Pureblood traditions on birth and pregnancy. I was almost the Chosen One.”

 

“Look at them, Neville. Atleast we were born a full nine months later.” Harry latched on a silver lining. “We're the healthiest and fully developed.”

 

Hermione rolled her eyes at the dramatics already going out of hand, though she was also glad she's muggleborn and is months away from July. 

 

“and either must die at the hand of the other for neither can live while the other survives…” she mumbled, thinking of ways to decipher that. “Harry just needs to outsmart Voldy so he'd live. Your wands already have resonance, you just need to overpower him.”

 

“But Hermione, he came back from the dead! How do I outsmart him?”

 

“If anyone comes back from the dead, it's necromancy and since his soul is intact, I doubt it's that.”

 

“Yeah, Harry. He probably split his soul and came back.”

 

Hermione and Draco stared at each other in shock. That's probably it, isn't it?!

 

“It's something to research.” Hermione acknowledged, nodding at Draco.

 

“This would've been easier if Professor Dumbledore just tells us what he knows.” Neville commented, sighing. “He's the one who heard the prophecy in full so shouldn't he divulge that information to Harry's guardians? And where has he been all these months?”

 

“I think Professor Dumbledore has Main Character syndrome where he acts and thinks he's the protagonist.” Ron frowned, it's what something Viktor and Hermione had been describing to some Quidditch player. “There's apparently a lot of people who have it.”

 

“Professor Dumbledore dislikes Moony and Padfoot!” Harry shook his head. “It's because Padfoot keeps saying he'll turn dark and Moony will follow him.”

 

“It's understandable that it would make the Headmaster weary. Imagine Cousin Siri embracing the Dark side of being a Black. Aunt Bella would look innocent.” Draco snickered. 

 

“That's true. And Moony will be joining him? Bill said Gringotts already claimed him as an honorary creature. They're never going to let him go. We'll be enemies of Gringotts if it happens.” Ron shuddered. “Not to mention the spells he knows!! I'd think we're doomed.”

 

“I personally think Professor Dumbledore wanted to be the one you feel familial to, Harry but then Moony and Padfoot came so he's frustrated that a decade-long plan's been derailed and he'll do his best to get closer to you.”

 

Harry grimaced, “And that's not creepy at all! Stop it, you're making me want to run away if I'm called to the Headmaster’s office!”

 

“If you're ever called, break a few things. That room has more magical objects than needed be.”

 

“What do we do about the prophecy orb, then?” Pansy asked, thinking of locations to place it.

 

“Should we just put it in Gringotts for safekeeping?” 

 

“I think we should hide it here in the Room.” Harry said, a finger tapping his chin. “None of the Death Eaters would be able to access it anyway. Students are minors and protected by Law.”

 

“We'll leave it to you and Neville, then.”

 

With the orb packed in boxes upon boxes like a Russian doll and tucked in some random corner in the lost things mountain, the Prophecy Orb ordeal ended with no casualties but with more questions.

 

“By the way, is this before Trelawney teaches in Hogwarts?”

 

“I think this is her job interview?”

 

“Bloody hell, Harry, Neville. I can't believe the prophecy was Trelawney’s ticket to teach in Hogwarts!”

 

 

Ker: So, uh, darling…if you don't mind us asking… Why is Pansy Parkinson getting scarier and scarier by the day??

 

Jo: We just watched Umbridge’s Inquisitorial Squad run away from the Parkinson Knives and not even an hour later, Peeves is screaming away from her because she's holding a Parkinson dagger…

 

D: She hasn't even taken the spear out yet

 

Ker: A POLTERGEIST RAN AWAY FROM A LADY WITH A DAGGER AND YOU'RE SAYING SHE'S ALSO EQUIPPED WITH A SPEAR

 

D: Aren't you happy you haven't witnessed her pulling out a longsword?

 

Jo: Bloody hell. What is the reason for all the weapons Hogwarts shouldn't have permitted

 

D: You've seen a fraction of Hogwarts’ collection, of course it's perfectly fine to have weapons. 

 

Ker: Darling, the reasoning seems a bit skewed

 

D: Well, how can Hogwarts be one of the safest places in the Magical World (which it isn't no matter what Dumbledore says) if it doesn't have weaponry? You've seen the faulty wards disarmed and rewritten by a fifth year.

 

Ker: So why is our distinguished and dignified female warrior on a warpath years in advance from Voldy??

 

D: She's training for when we've come of age. That's a year and months away! There was some agreement between her and her Father that she'll get to pick her betrothed.

 

Jo: How authentic is this agreement because we all know how slippery Purebloods from Slytherin House are

 

D: It's agreement in blood and in writing. 

 

Ker: Okay, that's great! Adding a Vow on top of that would've been overkill.

 

D: No one else was there to establish the Vow so it wasn't included. 

 

Ker: and then what about Blaise Zabini and his taunting / public flirting / heart eye galore with Harry during meal times??

 

D: Harry found out about Blaise’s relatives sending him profiles of eligible people and Harry wasn't in any of it so Blaise's comforting him

 

Jo: But Harry didn't submit a profile so of course he's not included in it?

 

D: I’m waiting for this clarification specifically just to see Harry’s reaction. He'll be mortified.

 

Ker: Anything interesting going on in the Professor Lounge?

 

D: Joker…

 

D: I'm not a Gryffindor Knows journalist, why are you asking me for your vitamins

 

Jo: You just have talent for gossip, darling

 

D: It's no talent, just part of etiquette training

 

Ker: So there WAS something going on in the Professor Lounge

 

D: This didn't come from me but a little owl said that Professor Flitwick, Madame Hooch, and Professor Sprout are having a prank war and it's been a week…

 

 

Today was a good day.

 

“If I think about it, the Christmas Ball of 1990 wasn't entirely my fault.” Draco lamented as he sipped his tea. 

 

Hagrid’s bellowing and wailing about the burning pumpkin patch as the background noise during tea time surely did not escape their notice…but then again, ignorance is bliss.

 

“The thing is no one knows it's your fault in the first place.” Pansy rolled her eyes, ignoring the panic driven Hogwarts groundskeeper valiantly harvesting the huge pumpkins near him.

 

Blaise snickered, “I love that ball. It's always a hot topic among the nobles! They just seem to never notice it was us, you know. Only Professor Snape recognised it while reading the report.”

 

“That's just because he's the one who's trained us.” Draco frowned, his godfather truly knows a lot about them at this point. 

 

“And because of that, we're undetectable.” Pansy and Blaise highfived.

 

“I could literally duel Vicky right now and come out on top.” Pansy bragged. Viktor had finally replied to their mails and stated he was training for the Quidditch World Cup. “I don't care if he can lift Ron and Hermione on both arms, I'd defeat him.”

 

“Everyone knows Viktor spoils you, Pans. He'd just let you win.” Draco sighed. It was said to be the Bulgarian's bad habit since childhood regarding them. “That's why we don't ever take Viktor so seriously, he's too weak to our whims.”

 

Once, the three of them put Viktor in a marvellous maroon ball gown, wig and glass slippers for an event. He just let them dress him up and danced with them that day. They still have pictures of that somewhere and a still portrait was painted but Viktor didn't protest at all. (No one even noticed it was Viktor which attested to their glamour spells mastery)

 

“I wonder if he still sees us as five year olds.” Blaise scrunched up his nose, remembering the previous year's potion accident. “We've grown loads since then.”

 

“Viktor is just a love sick fool for Ron and Hermione. He's just an indulgent foolish brother to us.” Draco concluded. He was about to speak more but a very irritating clearing of the throat interrupted him. Draco smiled at the intruder. “Would you like some cough drops?”

 

Dolores Umbridge frowned at the Slytherins enjoying an afternoon tea picnic while Hagrid had been feeling his world is ending down below their vantage point.

 

“Surely you've heard of the fire?” Professor Umbridge asked, displeased to see them unphased.

 

“What fire?” Draco, Pansy and Blaise sipped their tea in unison, glancing down the pumpkin patch.

 

“Are you alright, Professor? Were you hallucinating?” Draco asked, concern dripping from his voice like sweet venom.

 

Professor Umbridge definitely saw the fire from a distance. Hagrid's voice had reached the Hogwarts castle and she's been tasked to help as the DADA professor but the pumpkin patch was in good condition and the fire was nowhere to be found.

 

“Didn't you hear Hagrid?” Professor Umbridge trembled as she reigned in her temper. “He was yelling about fire.”

 

“We just thought he's practising a fire drill while harvesting pumpkins.” Draco shrugged. “There was certainly no fire.”

 

“But I saw it.” Professor Umbridge insisted, hair flying everywhere as a harsh wind passed and she began stammering. “You three better be telling the truth or I'll have detention marked in your pristine record as punishment!!”

 

“We're just drinking tea.” Pansy responded calmly, picking up some scone and nibbling on it. “And eating pastry.”

 

“What seems to be the problem here, Dolores?” A gravelly voice interrupted an outburst. 

 

Professor Umbridge whipped her head back to see the Slytherin Head of House looking down at her.

 

“Severus! These three are calling me delirious!! Surely you've seen the fire at Hagrid's pumpkin patch!!” She gestured wildly. “There was fire!”

 

“I didn't see it.” Severus curtly replied. “Like all the Professors did not witness the fire you were talking about. You said you'd extinguish it yourself but why are you interrupting my students’ tea time instead?”

 

Hagrid had finally wobbled over, panting and looking like he'd just gotten out of a battle. “Professor Snape, sir! There was fire!! Then it disappeared!! The pumpkins are all okay!! It was like the fire from the other day except there's no carriages!”

 

“Did you see the fire?” Professor Snape asked the Slytherins who shook their heads and began packing up their things. “The students didn't see any fire. You must have been exhausted, Hagrid. Give the pumpkins you've harvested to the house elves so they could put it in the storage.”

 

Professor Snape looked at a mumbling Dolores whose eyes had focused entirely on the pumpkin patch. “Dolores, would you like to check the pumpkin patch to see signs of the fire you saw will reoccur?”

 

“Yes! Certainly! I shall do so.” Professor Umbridge lifted her head up high, composure back and strutted away. Hagrid followed like a nervous wreck.

 

Professor Snape raised a brow at his problem children in silent question.

 

“It wasn't us.” was the defensive answer.

 

“If you say so.” The Head of Slytherin House smirked at them before turning to go back to Hogwarts, robes billowing dramatically. “Go back to the dorms.”

 

Draco stared after his godfather, robes in hand and trying to imitate the way the robes billowed. “Let's go back to the dorms.”

 

Pansy turned with a flair, following after the blond.

 

Blaise just sneered at his lame friends, shaking his head at the theatrics. One last glance over to the meticulous pair wasting their time on the pumpkin patch, the Zabini heir smirked and let the wind pick up his robes as he turned, causing them to billow and fall perfectly in tune with his footsteps.

 

Making a certain pink haired menace think she's going insane has been a very good pastime this year.

 

 

Fred and George cornered Dobby by the kitchens. That's where the free house elf could be sighted usually.

 

“Dobby, we need your help.”

 

Dobby tilted his head. When the Terror Twins usually ask for help it ranges from pranks to food to general help so they're a bit unpredictable at requests so the house elves tend to poof away.

 

“Dobby help with what?” Dobby asked, curiosity getting the best of him.

 

“We want to make apple pie for Draco.” 

 

Dobby couldn't believe his eyes. Fred and George, who were all suave and smooth when with Peeves and the professors, were now mumbling, stammering and a blushing mess!

 

But oh, apple pie, huh?

 

“Dobby doesn't really teach cooking.” Dobby shook his head to clear his mind of memories of Draco, the kitchen and the disaster followed by that day. “Not anymore.”

 

“What! But he loves your apple pie, Dobby! If we can get it right, he'll fall for us more!”

 

Dobby couldn't believe his ears, either. Is this really the Weasley twins?! But still…he could already see it. The wasted apples…the mess…the burned pies…

 

Ears flapping, Dobby snapped his fingers.

 

“Dobby be thinking of it!” He was certainly not going to but the twins didn't need to know that.

 

With a resounding snap, Fred and George crashed outside of the Great Hall. Fortunately, it wasn't time for dinner or else they'd be featured on the Gryffindor Knows for landing comically.

 

With the newfound knowledge that the fire she witnessed was an illusion and was just a prank, Professor Umbridge was livid for days. She kept being reminded of being such a fool whenever her co-workers brought it up! Vowing to find the perpetrators of the pranks blooming like mushrooms out of nowhere, she set up on creating a new decree.

 

That night, after dinner, Filch was seen hammering it immediately. Dolores looked quite pleased to see it out in the open.

 

PROCLAMATION

EDUCATIONAL DECREE

NO. 130

 

Any students caught partaking

In pranks and mischievous 

Acts are therefore placed

In detention with the

High inquisitor's 

Office

 

 

 

Fred and George can only reminisce about their lazy days. It's almost been a week since they've seen their darling but their year end project is finally on its finishing touches. It really did take them almost a year to perfect the tricky fireworks. A lighter version of it will be produced and marketed but this one is specially for one great pink menace that besmirched their last year of Hogwarts! That'll show her that Hogwarts students aren't to be messed around with. How could she withhold fun and excitement?! Atleast Snape didn't ban pranks all these years! 

 

Lee Jordan is an angel sent from above from keeping their morale high and morals to stay grey. He's the Helga Hufflepuff glue to keep them together. That social butterfly also garnered a lot of last minute owl orders for them; they had to stay up a few nights more to fulfil the stock and package it.

 

Graduation is only a few weeks away and finally they will be adults. It's daunting and just makes them want to cling onto Bill and Charlie and Percy for support but the taste of a freer life is upon reach and they'd been dreaming of it for years.

 

Freedom!!

 

What an exhilarating thought.

 

Their career paths were something they conferred with a lot of people yet their Darling was the one who brought forth the answer that they were apparently heading to without them noticing.

 

Draco was right.

 

Their electives and training do give them a chance to go for a teaching license but the fun part was that their Owl delivery business is also thriving! Who says they can't do both?! 

 

What a brilliant brilliant idea!

 

Who cares about what anyone says that they won't be employed in the ministry with how they act?? They can have a shop and be tutors at the same time! If the shop fails, they can be tutors. If tutoring fails, they can focus on the shop! If both fail, they move to another location and try again! Their target audience could be anywhere in this world, no one said they can't do business anywhere, why stay in Diagon Alley if it doesn't work? Pranks and education is needed everywhere! With Harry's generous funding, Moony and Padfoot’s support, Darling’s inspiration and encouragement, Lee Jordan’s amazing organisation and business management skills, Fred and George are on top of the magical world! They already have a solid customer foundation with the Hogwarts population, they can be promoted from anywhere they go. 

 

They are unstoppable!!

 

Lee Jordan, their best friend ever, can focus on his masteral studies while doing the paperwork for the shop! (He was serious about replacing Minnie McGee, who would've thought) (and he can study anywhere. He can adjust immediately. If he can study in the secret passageways, he can study everywhere). Not to mention the announcer thing, he's being scouted to do it, too! (They should really get his autograph early)

 

Therefore, their future career was already stable and on the works. Their N.E.W.T.S were done, mandatory education almost finished, work requirements halfway acquired, documents were piling up but it is certified and ready to be filed. It's what gave them the confidence to do what they do best. 

 

Pranks!

 

And what better venue to do it than the Great Hall turned classroom during the mock exams? 

 

(N.E.W.TS and O.W.L.S were done already, we don't need anymore major exams!! Boo!!)

 

Mock exams became a Thing for this year to further prevent cheating or something that Umbridge justified. Because of this, the blood quill knock-offs skyrocketed in sales! (A special thank you to Draco who blindsided the Inquisitorial Squad). Purebloods were the only ones using normal quills so it was fun to see the crocodile tears streaming down their non-Pureblood colleagues’ faces. 

 

(In all honesty, Hogwarts students’ acting skills are what improved the most this year, is it not?)

 

Everyone knows that Pureblood parents have the most say on the Board. Petitions are useless if the members of the board see nothing wrong. The Pureblood children aren't using blood quills, what's the harm with everyone else using it? Fred and George can already hear the blood supremacists. Not to mention the anti-cheating spell isn't even cast on the quills! (Yes, they tried and succeeded).

 

Out of all of Umbridge’s atrocious acts this year, the use of blood quills were something that she made sure majority used. It's still amazing what she did to the other Professors because they hadn't put a stop to it. Then again, the High Inquisitor have their job posts and paycheck as collateral if they ever did something out of the line like help their students. It's even a proclamation! 

 

So really, this pink menace needed to go.

 

And what better way to do so than in their own way?

 

Everything is ready.

 

All materials are in position.

 

Fred and George are born for this activity.

 

Nobody knows what's coming. Not even Darling!

 

No educational decree can stop them.

 

A certain pink menace just needs to be gone out of Hogwarts before they can say Quidditch.

 

 

Jo: Hey darling, you like small and pretty things right?

 

D: Debatable. What kind is it

 

Ker: Uh like confetti and stuff

 

D: JoKer, if you're setting up pranks, those small and pretty things tends to be bigger than you thought 

 

Jo: Then smile for us if you like them regardless of size!

 

D: Debatable. 

 

Ker: Your honour, our Darling seems to be mean today :(

 

Jo: We'll blow you away with this prank!!

 

D: No sulking while preparing pranks, Joker.

 

Jo: By the way, Darling, you still have one last wish for us to redeem. Have you forgotten?

 

D: I've never forgotten, Jo. I'm waiting for the right time to make a wish for it.

 

Ker: We'll wait and try to fulfill it, darling!

 

D: You can certainly fulfill my wish easily.

 

Ker: Now I'm curious about it!

 

D: You'll know soon.

 

 

It was the mockups examination for the finals. Truthfully, the O.W.L.S and N.E.W.T.S had passed so it can be referred to as their finals but no, Dolores Umbridge insisted on another examination like the rest of the years so the fifth years and seventh years were given another exam. Mockups are tests that determine their readiness for the finals. (It was utter hippogriff shit but the decree passed and the students lost faith in the Hogwarts Board)

 

The giant pendulum swinging upfront where the Headmaster podium is was quite distracting but no one can protest about it. 

 

The proctor for the mock-ups examinations for fifth years is none other than the High Inquisitor Professor Dolores Umbridge. Charms was the last test they needed to take before the mock-ups ended from 16:00 to 18:00. A glance up the owl entrance windows indicates the sun was nearing sunset.

 

Ultimately, It started with a spark.

 

No.

 

A commotion.

 

(A portable swamp was released inside and outside of Professor Umbridge's office. Peeves is cackling in delight)

 

Harry had all given up his charms essay section and had started staring at the pendulum for answers when the commotion was heard. He looked back at the door with a frown then looked around to see if he's the only one hearing it. Harry wisely didn't say anything when he noticed Professor Umbridge swinging her head towards the noise.

 

Ron's head snapped up, eyes filled with confusion. Hermione looked annoyed as she scribbled an answer before looking at the door as well. One by one, students started getting distracted as yells and laughter was heard… and was that an explosion??

 

Professor Umbridge looked livid as she marched towards the doors to see what the commotion was. Surely the other mock-ups are not yet finished! Her heels clacking echoed and garnered even more attention and now, the whole fifth year students stopped what they were doing to watch.

 

Opening the doors with a bang and stepping out, a small wisp of fire was probably not what Professor Umbridge was expecting. She looked at it wide eyed and alert, hand clutching her wand immediately. The wisp turned into a sparkle right in front of her and shot off inside the Great Hall like a snitch on a mission.

 

The sparkle, as if determined to fill the ceiling with all colors, split off and burst into fireworks. The sound of fireworks going off officially distracted the students, smiles of wonder and awe shown on some faces. No one's answering their tests anymore.

 

Professor Umbridge stayed outside for a moment, ignoring the harmless prank, all to look towards the moving staircase where the portraits seem like they're going crazy.

 

The halls looked deceivingly empty.

 

Until two men with brooms whooshed past her with a cheer, wands at ready as they entered the Great Hall. 

 

Fred and George Weasley cheered as they casted wandless spells to the examination papers, scattering it all over the place. The blood quills and anti-cheating quills were attacked by more wisps of fire that turned to fireworks. The twins set off two large fireworks from their wands, the ceiling ablaze with color.

 

With a mischievous laughter, Fred set off ten different fireworks products of Weasley Wizard Wheezes as he flew. George was merrily spreading more fireworks alongside it, highfiving his twin.

 

Harry, Ron and Hermione stared at the mini fireworks show happening in front of them, an impressed smile on their faces. (The prototype of this mini fireworks ended up exploding on their faces months ago)

 

Several Slytherins and Ravenclaws ran from the fireworks as the fire seemed to like fizzling out via mini (harmless, like an ant bite) explosion on their cheeks. Whichever cheeks, on face or butt, no one knows to differentiate. 

 

Draco was quite fond of the fireworks spelling out random words around people ranging from the generic ‘Welcome to Hogwarts’, to insults ‘Tosser’ ‘Git’, to compliments ‘Gorgeous’ ‘Pretty’ and other phrases. The word ‘Darling’ that sparked towards him as Fred and George passed by had Draco staring at the twins, valiantly trying hard not to melt or seem weak-kneed. What saps.

 

Professor Umbridge dodged the sparkles and fireworks coming her way, Filch suddenly appearing with a mop as if to clean the mess immediately. Looking at the chaos inside the Great Hall, perhaps the broom should've been brought as well. The High Inquisitor glared at the Golden Trio’s direction where Harry was outright grinning at her, knowing she's angry. Her anger cannot be expressed as plain as day when the Twin Terrors swapped wands, hollering.

 

“Ready when you are!” was the only warning before another product was set off.

 

A magnificent firework show started, smoke and Hogwarts Houses colors came to light before changing to a myriad of colors. The students cheered at the beauty of the fireworks display, gasping as the fireworks merged together into one big, orange dragon.

 

The dragon certainly looked intimidating, a roar sounded as it opened its mouth and moved. 

 

Eyes narrowing, chin jutted out in faux confidence, Dolores Umbridge casted counterspells and Vanishing spells towards the dragon firework. Pops and sizzles happened yet somehow the dragon firework became bigger and filled with more fireworks sparkling than before.

 

Shrieks of surprise were heard as it got bigger and its body seemed to dwarf the ceiling of the Great Hall. With a very intimidating roar, every student held their breaths as the head of the dragon started to descend towards Professor Umbridge. Alarmed that her spells weren't working, the (pink menace) High Inquisitor ran back outside the Great Hall, shoving Filch towards the direction of the firework. 

 

Filch dodged and dived towards the floor, a sense of betrayal sparking within him. If Mrs. Norris was with him, she'd surely been burned!

 

Professor Umbridge reached the doors but it was too late. The sparkling jaws closed around her dishevelled self, hair and pink clothes singeing upon impact. Her yell was eclipsed by the sound of fireworks spreading again and going off, this time targeting the framed proclamation of education degrees. Hundreds of frames fell off the entrance of the Great Hall, the glass shattering joining the harmonious sound of falling frames and fireworks.

 

It was almost a healing moment to see the rules that oppressed the student body as a whole fall down with its dictator. Bits of burned paper were everywhere, inside and outside the Great Hall. Murmurs of students followed. What do you do when Professor Umbridge is angry?

 

Be brave.

 

Fred and George whooshed past her again, cheering and laughing at her as they flew outside of Hogwarts into the courtyard. Their cheers, hollers and fun gave the students the push they needed to scream and laugh their way out, following the fireworks and noise and cheering alongside the twins.

 

Mindful students Vanished the shattered glass as students filed out the Great Hall towards where the sound of joy can be heard. The sound attracted even the lower years and sixth years from their own mockup examinations Peeves was disturbing and soon enough, almost the entire student body were gathered for the impromptu fireworks show by Fred and George.

 

The giant W-shaped firework stayed the longest time as Fred and George did aerial tricks with their brooms, freely using up the year-long fireworks projects they've gathered just for this moment. Peeves popped into existence, ‘ooh-ing’ and ‘ahh-ing’ the giant firework in delight.

 

Applause rang from outside where the students had gathered and inside where other years can be seen in the Astronomy Tower and the Gryffindor Tower were also clapping for the magnificent fireworks display the twins did. Fred and George sent fireworks near the students on the Towers for a more fun experience.

 

Lee Jordan was saluting the twins at one of the windows, looking at them like he was prouder than their Mum could ever be. The twins saluted him, they couldn't ever do any of this without him.

 

Fred and George and Peeves (and Lee Jordan) bowed as elegantly as they could as the W-shaped firework changed to a Dragon firework, bowing alongside them before firing off to random directions and fizzling out with the sunset.

 

Dusk arrived as the twins alighted their brooms, welcoming the claps on their backs and laughter.

 

“Stop them!” Someone shrieked. It was Professor Umbridge. The Inquisitorial Squad moved into action, but it was too late.

 

Professor McGonagall blocked off their approach with just a raise of her hand.

 

“I believe I can take it from here, Dolores. But first, let's have some early dinner after all this excitement.” Professor McGonagall said, stern as ever. With a small gesture, the students filed back inside. 

 

“Give her hell from us Peeves.” Fred and George said in unison. Peeves took off his belled hat and saluted, manically giggling. 

 

“We wanted to fly off into the glorious sunset but why of all days is the rune barrier and wards updated already?” Fred asked George.

 

While they were doing tricks in the air, Fred and George were actually trying to rewrite the wards like Blaise did a few weeks ago. They had this elaborate plan to fly off while the tumultuous applause can still be heard but the wards couldn't be altered by unauthorised personnel anymore.

 

“I don't know, we should've asked Blaise to do it just in case.”

 

“Stop that thought. You know deals with Slytherins close to Pansy is dangerous.” 

 

Professor McGonagall cleared her throat. Fred and George straightened up their postures and brooms like muggle royal guards with their batons.

 

“Well then, gentlemen, I do believe you have some explaining to do. Shall we have tea and biscuits in my office before you partake in dinner?”

 

Something tells Fred and George they were not able to go to dinner.

 

The journey to the Professors Lounge seemed like a death sentence to their great plans of outgrowing full education.

 

(Hours of lectures about grand gestures and pranks and fire safety protocols, the Terror Twins were sentenced with detention with Professor McGonagall until Graduation)

 

 

D: That fireworks display is not small at all. Pretty impressive, though. I am so proud of both of you.

 

Jo: We used all the ‘Darling’ fireworks we had near you!!!

 

D: I noticed. It was quite a smooth move. I almost swooned.

 

Ker: We would've caught you, our Darling D!! 

 

D: I noticed you two were simultaneously casting verbal and non-verbally, different spells and wand movements though.

 

Ker: About that! We were planning to fly off to the sunset after our fireworks show then sneak inside the dorms for our things, you know…

 

Jo: but the wards are updated! It even has layers! Why can't we rewrite the wards? We tried rune writing on thin air and counterspells, darling. Professor Vector and Professor Babbling would've cried seeing it.

 

Ker: since the plan failed, we wanted to go to the Forbidden Forest then sneak back once Lee finished packing our trunks but we saw Professor McGonagall do that signature glare

 

Jo: and now we're sentenced to a lifetime full of biscuits and detention until graduation.

 

Ker: Our initial plan would've been the grandest exit Hogwarts had ever seen!

 

D: So you do admit you were leaving without saying goodbye.

 

Jo: Heavens, no! Oh my days, darling. That is never in our plans! 

 

D: but you were both so intent on leaving, even Ronald and Ginevra looked worried after your elaborate show.

 

Ker: They've already clung to us like Devil's snare once we returned to the dorms. We held a small party and distributed skiving snacks!

 

D: That sounds nice

 

Jo: Do you want to celebrate with us, darling? The pink menace is said to be recuperating in the Hospital Wing after fainting! 

 

Ker: she must've seen the swamp.

 

D: She did faint after seeing what you've done to her office. I was one of the people who had to assist her.

 

Jo: Whoops, our bad, darling. As part of the Inquisitorial Squad and the Hospital Wing staff, you must've been stressed. 

 

Ker: we should've been more considerate but we wanted to give her a taste of her own medicine with a bang!

 

D: I am not stressed about what happened at all.

 

Jo: Really? Because you've been writing a bit stiffly for a while now. Did we do something wrong, Darling?

 

D: No, JoKer. I am quite tired after such an eventful day. 

 

Ker: Get some rest, darling. We love you!!

 

Jo: We love you, darling!! Rest well!

 

D: and I, you.

 

 

A week after the fireworks show, Professor Umbridge was adamant on failing the twins. 

 

It was her versus the other Professors and ultimately, she lost the battle. The twins cannot be expelled because they didn't do anything against the student handbook and the educational decrees do not extend to what they did.

 

Surely, there was no proclamation for banned fireworks shows.

 

The magic prowess and abundance of potential the Weasley twins showed and significantly presented to them proved that Hogwarts had finished bestowing knowledge to Fred and George. In fact, Professor Flitwick, Professor McGonagall and Madame Hooch were the frontlines of defence with how the twins surpassed their teachings and went beyond the scope of the syllabus.

 

Professor Babbling and Professor Vector did see the attempt of ward breaking and added wards immediately. They were quite proud of the twins , if they weren't present or no one noticed what the twins were trying to do, Fred and George would've escaped. 

 

The wards didn't break just because every Professor the twins had (except Umbridge) immediately made their own wards the moment they saw the wand movement directed at the dome.

 

The headmaster may not be in attendance but Fawkes was present during the meetings that was held. 

 

In the end, Fred and George are not expelled but were not allowed to take their final exams. (To the twins’ delight). This compromise was agreed upon just because after a quick mental computation from Minerva, Fred and George’s midterms and preliminary grades were enough to pass them with “A” (Acceptable) and not “T” (Troll) that Umbridge wanted.

 

(The N.E.W.T.S results is much more important than the final exams though, and according to Filius, the twins did splendidly)

 

Absolutely miffed things didn't go her way, Dolores channelled all her energy into accusing Albus Dumbledore for negligence of authority and became adamant on finding him.

 

The Golden trio apparently got caught up in this endeavour.

 

That particular endeavour ended her reign in Hogwarts.

 

During the last day of the school year, Professor Dolores Umbridge was nowhere to be found. No one knows where to find her. She's not in her office nor the house elves can locate her. It was a very concerning day (because the Hogwarts express was five minutes late not because they couldn't find their DADA professor).

 

Some say Harry killed her.

 

Some say Hermione killed her.

 

Some say Ron made Harry and Hermione kill her. (Since when did people of Hogwarts collectively think Ronald Bilius Weasley is harmless?)

 

No one thought the Centaurs had a hand in Dolores Umbridge’s disappearance even though Harry was the one who said it.

 

No one could believe “The Centaurs took her away.”

 

Why would Professor Umbridge willingly go to Centaurs, which is part of the half-creatures she didn't like?

 

The entire student body from first years to seventh years thanked the three Gryffindors for their bravery to commit the act. 

 

Harry and Ron were concerned with the number of people who offered to hide the body. Hermione was ecstatic at the amount of support.

 

The Golden trio rumours got too big, the Gryffindor Knows had to print three page pamphlets at the last minute and distributed before Hogwarts Express departed from Hogwarts.

 

But that's Harry, Ron and Hermione’s story to tell.

 

Fred and George, however, could care less that a certain pink menace was out of the picture.

 

They almost lost their Darling that night.

 

And that's more devastating than anything that could ever happen.

 

 

((Going back in time, the Night before the students depart from Hogwarts))

 

 

D: JoKer, I've made up my mind. I'd like to redeem my last wish.

 

Jo: Tonight's cutting it a bit close, Darling.

 

Ker: If we knew you'd use it for the second to last day, we'd have given you more wishes.

 

D: No, it was enough. This wish is quite easy to do.

 

Jo: What's your wish, darling?

 

Ker: We'd love to grant it for you.

 

D: I wish you'd forget this relationship ever happened.

 

 

“I wish I could keep loving both of you.”

 

 

I wish…

 

 

“I wish I could have the courage to continue.” Draco muttered to himself, eyes downcast.

 

I'm sorry.

 

 

Do wishes really need to come true?

 

 

D

 

Jo:

 

Ker:

 

 

Draco stared at his written wish, waiting for a response. 

 

None came.

 

Five minutes.

 

Ten minutes.

 

Thirty minutes.

 

“Huh.” Draco blinked. 

 

There was no reply.

 

“I didn't think they'd grant it this quickly.” Draco tried to ignore the pain blooming in his heart, fingers tracing the last page of conversation as he willed his heartbeat to calm down. He felt a bit weak, like he's suffocating and drowning but he could breathe.

 

How long has he been staring at the page?

 

An hour?

 

No reply.

 

There was someone clutching his heart painfully.

 

Please don't forget me.

 

No.

 

No. JoKer needed to. 

 

Forget.

 

It's okay.

 

It will be okay.

 

Draco put down his quill. 

 

Taking a deep breath, he closed the journal.

 

There.

 

Wasn't that so easy?

 

That was the first step to forgetting. 

 

 

“I need some air.” Draco muttered, doing breathing exercises softly as he secured his journal back in his trunk. Why was he hurting when he's the one who inflicted this pain on Fred and George?

 

How do you forget years of happiness?

 

Holding back tears, Draco made his way towards the Whomping Willow. He has this urge to visit their place in the Shrieking Shack for the last time. Fred and George were graduating, anyway. There's no more reason to go to the Shrieking Shack after this.

 

How do you forget years of love and comfort?

 

Maybe, just maybe, he'll be able to throw off Fred and George about where he is and wouldn't be able to confront him about ending their relationship in this dumb move. The password to the Slytherin dorms recently changed, they wouldn't know how to get in or if he's there. (There could still be a chance they'll look for him, right?)

 

How do you forget years of encouragement and inspiration?

 

Draco can do this, though. He's smart enough to think it's the most logical way to protect the twins from what's to come.

 

How do you forget strong arms hugging you warmly, making you feel safe?

 

Draco already had years of being with Fred and George. It's already been a dream come true to be able to spend time together in person. He's been selfish enough. He's always been.

 

How do you forget the joyful laughter and the distinctive voices you love so much?

 

“This is to protect them.” Draco repeated to himself, choking down the lump in his throat and pursing his lips to avoid the sobs that wanted to come out. He wiped away tears that stubbornly fell as he entered their room.

 

This is the only way to keep them safe.

 

How can you possibly forget Fred and George?

 

“Care to share who we needed protection from, Draco?”

 

Draco froze, eyes widening as he heard the synchronised voices. He didn't want to turn around to see if someone was really there. Coming here was a bad idea, maybe the Shrieking Shack really was haunted.

 

“Why do you think we can forget you that easily, Draco?”

 

See that. Draco's hearing voices already. There was no way Fred and George could call him by his name only. Why isn't he being called Darling anymore? 

 

“Talk to us.”

 

Silence. 

 

Draco didn't really want to be going senile at a young age. Why is it that the voices felt so real? Couldn't he have a moment to himself to cherish the remains of a relationship he wanted to have but couldn't anymore? 

 

Draco gasped when warm hands held him to gain his attention. Looking up, he saw two handsome men looking at him. They looked a bit distraught, though. 

 

“Darling, are you alright?”

 

Draco blinked.

 

He squeezed the hands holding his three times.

 

Oh.

 

“You're real.” Draco said in disbelief. “How did you know I was here?”

 

“We stole the Marauder’s Map from Harry the moment you sent your message.” Fred answered, pulling Draco to the cushion pit.

 

“We gave it back the moment we saw you go in this direction. We flew here, in case you're wondering.” George added, wisely not informing Draco of the broken Cleansweeps splintering into pieces amongst the Willow’s branches.

 

Draco felt like he's dreaming.

 

“But I thought you'd grant my wish.” Draco said in a small voice. 

 

“Oh, Our Darling D.” Fred crooned, fond and coaxing Draco to relax in their arms. “As if we'd grant something silly like that. I would've ordered Lee Jordan to cut off our heads if we did it.”

 

George kissed Draco's forehead. “Pretty thing, worrying too much. Your brain must've been overworking, it's forgotten that we loved you so much that forgetting is impossible. A memory charm could be casted and you'd be the first thing we'd ever remember, darling. We'd bet our whole vault.”

 

“But you can't love me anymore.” Draco protested, trying not to cry harder with how the twins kissed his tears away. 

 

Being hugged by the twins when he's this vulnerable is a lethal move and Draco is but a weak magical person in the face of love.

 

“Says who, darling, tell us and they'll never be found again.” Fred demanded gently, fingers brushing luscious blonde hair. The smile he hid from Draco was menacing and sharp.

 

“I…I'm going back to the Manor…” Draco started. He really didn't want to go back. “We have guests.”

 

Fred and George may claim not to be smart but with how fast they've deduced what's happened and what is to happen, Draco begged to differ.

 

“Darling, did you try to break up with us because they would find out?” George spat out the word ‘they’ as if it's poison.

 

Draco nodded hesitantly. “I have to protect you.”

 

Fred and George showered kisses everywhere they could reach.

 

If Draco ever thought he'd escaped from being loved by the twins, he'd find out he's in a labyrinth with no way out. 

 

“Darling. We're purebloods, right? We have the boost, we have the talent and we have the experience to ward them off. I'd like to see Death Eaters try and kill us, they'd find out we're capable of spells that should've been Unforgivables.”

 

“But they'll come after you.” Draco clutched at their clothes. “I don't want you to get hurt.”

 

“Darling, we are friends of Harry Potter with a physical store in Diagon Alley. If we're ever attacked there, we could hold our own. We're not duel masters for nothing.” 

 

It was true. Draco was actually proud of that fact. A few months ago when the seventh years casually dropped the tidbit of information that Fred and George were crowned as the strongest wizards out of the four Houses in their year, Draco glowed with pride for weeks. (And took it as a challenge. So far, he's got too many losses compared to his wins)

 

“We love you, Draco Malfoy. You are our Darling D. You are our Draco. You are our last love, we can never find another. We're sorry we can't grant your last wish, Darling. It's impossible for us to forget.”

 

Fred and George took both of his hands again and kissed the knuckles. Draco buried his face on Fred's neck to hide his blush.

 

Saps.

 

“We already told you that we are here and we'll never leave you, Darling. That's a promise. We can even make it a Vow for you.”

 

Fred and George brandished their wands out of nowhere to show how serious they were.

 

A vow.

 

A pledge of loyalty akin to a Knight to its King. Layered with ancient magick and binding its caster to the person they deemed worthy of.

 

Something so important and something magicfolk revere.

 

To Draco, it's something he doesn't deserve.

 

Even if, long ago, he wanted it.

 

Even if, the temptation is ever so enticing.

 

But he can't bind the twins, two people he loved so dearly, to an heir who cannot do anything but to obey the Master of the House.

 

It's daunting.

 

As much as he wanted, wanted, wanted to be with Fred and George…

 

Draco won't ever forgive himself if their lives are wasted for someone like him.

 

"No vows. Don't say the spell…" Draco's voice quivered, hands clutching desperately at the twins' clothing again. The twins don't seem to mind stretched clothing. He doesn't have the strength to shove their wands away. 

 

Vows can be casted wandless and there was no doubt in this world that his JoKer can cast it.

 

The feeling of being helpless and tired hit all of a sudden, Draco slumped and tried to relax, knowing the loves of his life will catch him. Wands were dropped as soon as Draco shook his head and instead focused into the warm embrace.

 

Draco's heart thudded violently as the three of them settled into a more comfortable position. The Slytherin froze in realisation. This was the first time in weeks he ever truly felt he was safe.

 

He is safe.

 

Relief comes crashing down like violent waves calming down abruptly.

 

"It's okay, Darling."

 

"We won't say the spell."

 

"Just remember…"

 

"We're never gonna leave you, Darling."

 

Draco nodded, leaning onto the twins even more. There were too many words to be said but he couldn't quite articulate a sentence anymore.

 

No words are enough to convey the emotions he felt for Fred and George.

 

"JoKer…"

 

There were hums of acknowledgement as the twins started casting wandless spells to make them even more comfortable.

 

As the rush of a warming charm encased Draco's whole being, a sob tumbled out his lips.

 

Then came another, and another until the tears fell down his cheeks as if a dam had broken.

 

"My JoKer." Draco couldn't help but let out a joyful laugh through the tears.

 

Safe. Safe. Safe. Safe.

 

A handkerchief wiped away his tears, chaste kisses following after as Fred and George started comforting their beloved. 

 

Draco kissed back.

 

He deserves to have a million kisses if its effects give him a dose of serotonin from every peck he receives.

 

Merlin, he loves the Weasley Twins.

 

Draco Malfoy loves Fred and George Weasley.

 

There would be more trials ahead of them, surely, but in this room and in this borrowed timeframe…

 

Draco felt at peace.

 

Oh, to be just Darling D.

 

Draco longs for the day they could just be that.

 

Joker and Darling D.

 

Draco wished the days of their 'happy ever after’ would come soon.

 

Notes:

The original way to end this year exactly at Draco writing out his wish and me marking this story complete :D but as a reader of this series, I'd probably cry so I put in the reconciliation scene immediately. I wish it was longer but after countless re-reads, there wasn't anything I wanted to add.

That's the final chapter for fifth year! We're rolling over sixth year by next chapter and I have to rewrite the plot a bit to accommodate some changes. Look forward to it, darling reader!

P.S. I, too, would like to have a master key of Honeydukes

Chapter 15: On Surviving Summers in Malfoy Manor

Summary:

Entering sixth year, Draco has his work cut out for him. But first, he'll have to get through summer spending time with the Dark Lord. Nothing too special, really. Why be scared when an overgrown snake follows you around?

Notes:

We're off to sixth year with 594 kudos! It took time but sixth year will probably be the shortest out of all the years I've rewritten. Probably because I already debunked a lot of canon which I find funny because with Harry and Draco's friendship, how do I make this long when they have topnotch communication ongoing haha (oh and we're not focusing on canon, i already forgot a lot of lines from sixth year)

((and if you're reading this after months, i suggest going back to the last chapter because my hiatus announcement was overwritten with the last chapter for fifth year! Sorry for the confusion!!))

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

There is a saying that every human lives with a mask. 

 

It just so happens that Purebloods of Old took it to the next level and now, here Draco stands a few generations later, with a mask just a little thicker and more special compared to others. 

 

As a child, Draco knew life as a noble wizard was not all sunshine and jewels. There will be times he'll be treated worse than a house elf or a beggar in the streets or even a prisoner in Azkaban.

 

Punishments are always on the same galleon as rewards, after all.

 

Now sixteen, just a year before his magical inheritance, with blonde hair freshly cut and the scratch on his cheek healed–Draco felt five again.

 

Five years old Draco receiving his first Unforgivables training from his very own father held in pain like a champion ignoring critical wounds. 

 

“AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH PLEASE STOP, I BEG YOU!”

 

Five years old Draco also held in pain seeing his Aunt Bella torture someone in front of him just to desensitize him.

 

“It's been a decade, my dear nephew and you're still flinching at the pathetic cries of sinners.” Bellatrix sneered, lips curling in a snarl as her whimpering prisoner fainted. “Useless scum. Didn't even last an hour.”

 

Draco took a steadying breath, reminding himself he's no longer five years old and scared but sixteen and numbed to it.

 

“Tilly.” Draco called out, walking towards the table where the tea and snacks were placed. Tilly appeared a second later, bowing and shaking once she spotted Bellatrix. “Put the prisoners back in the dungeon.”

 

The prisoners were Death Eaters who had a decade long debt to the Dark Lord. Draco doesn't want to think about the extensive hit list he's seen regarding that ‘debt’.

 

Tilly whimpered at the pile of unconscious people before doing what was ordered. The poor house elf had gone non-verbal the moment the Death Eaters arrived at the Malfoy Manor. Draco had quickly learned to differentiate the squeaks and gestures, already putting Tilly under his exclusive command to protect the scared house elf. That way, no one could order her but him and the guests respected that. There were plenty of house elves to call.

 

“Now that's a fitting lecture for an upcoming Death Eater, isn't it?” Bellatrix asked, her manic giggle echoing across the silent room. “I so miss teaching my dear nephew. How was it, Draco? Better than Severus, huh?”

 

Draco rolled his eyes at his deranged aunt. “I don't know, Aunt Bella. I'm a bit biased about my favourite professors but you're climbing up the ranks.”

 

There were no ranks existing but if there was, Aunt Bella is snug in between Lockhart and Umbridge. There was no arguing with that.

 

“Your Father is out on a mission with the Dark Lord, your mother is in France doing who knows what. Severus is still coddling it up with Dumbledore. Your summer is just starting, Draco. I'll be here to take care of you.”

 

It was a blessing his Mother is in France to assist with some ball that comes around every four years or so. She was the Honourable Representative of the Sacred 28 righteously picked by the Ministry of Magic. Draco's happy for her because she's safer there admittedly, with no Death Eaters to mingle with. France was too far for Voldemort’s liking and wanted his followers to be at close range. 

 

“Wonderful. I'm just glad there's no mudbloods in the Manor, the ancestors would've rolled in the Family graveyard.”

 

Bellatrix laughed at that, humming in thought. “I don't think we'd have mudbloods in here yet, there were no plans to involve vermin in our midst.”

 

Small mercies. 

 

No Muggle & Mudblood Torture 101 for the foreseeable future, yippee.

 

“Now then, Draco. Let's freshen up your knowledge about Dark Arts.”

 

Bloody hell.

 

 

D: Which one of you would like to be my practice dummy?

 

Ker: I VOLUNTEER

 

D: For the Dark Arts

 

Ker: I rescind my volunteering, good sir. I feel sickly and not in good health all of a sudden.

 

Jo: Dear me, I feel a bit woozy myself. Maybe it was the tea?

 

D: My Aunt was very proud of me for being proficient in the Imperius curse.

 

Ker: Uh…isn't that recorded in your wand usage? It's an Unforgivable? I believe it's required for us not to know about this? Our brother is the Minister's secretary, just reminding you?!

 

D: Apparently, she prepared a Dark Arts wand for me when I was five. Today was the appropriate time to give it to me. So no need to alert seemingly higher ups unnecessary information.

 

Jo: And the wand chose you?

 

D: Welcomed me warmly. It literally caught on fire before transforming to its optimal state. It's very refined and distinctive so I shall not describe it.

 

Ker: Sounds cool when you think of it BUT IT'S AN ILLEGAL WAND

 

D: And the flames were black

 

Jo: Like a “Welcome to the Dark side” black? 

 

D: Yes. Beautifully so 

 

Ker: Atleast it wasn't an AK-green fire? 

 

D: Well, if I have a galleon, I'd bet that Harry Potter’s illegal wand would fire up AK-green

 

Jo: I feel like it's true, Harry does have green stuck to him somehow

 

D: He was almost in Slytherin, too. It's a shame he didn't embrace self preservation.

 

Ker: Maybe he's doing the act first, think later method out of spite

 

Jo: Poor Chosen One is being decimated to pieces here. He'll cry a river!

 

D: Maybe if he cried a river, it would be deep enough so the Dark Lord won't reach him almost every year. Or maybe yet drown him. That's preferable, right?

 

 

Summer vacation is a headache. It was something like a pounding headache that won't go away because of heat even though you kept yourself hydrated. Or a recurring migraine because of all the factors you can think of happening at once. Summer vacation is hardly a vacation with how nauseating, draining and infuriating Draco’s company was.

 

He has sixty days just filled with Death Eater routines. Draco lamented the Auror department’s incompetence with how the Malfoy Manor wasn't invaded or visited or even planted spies on. It would've been all too easy since there were a lot of tea parties suddenly taking place when normally the Malfoys were the ones going to different places. 

 

Don't the villagers think it's peculiar? Has no one really bothered to check or call? How utterly ridiculous. Draco is surrounded by people whose situational awareness needs work.

 

The only thing that made Draco hold it together was JoKer.

 

Fred and George had bombarded the journal almost every hour of the day, it was a bit funny the twins have been near hysterical at the knowledge that Bellatrix Lestrange is currently living with him. (And they can't Leak it carelessly because how do you explain it without exposing the journal for evidence?)

 

Draco didn't have the heart to clarify that the inner circle of the Death Eaters freely roamed the Manor. Voldemort had already taken over the receiving room and usually spent the day there with Nagini. Well, the receiving room does have the perfect sunspots and sun beams for napping so it made perfect sense. Draco would rather have Nagini sleeping than hunting people for sustenance.

 

It was a cool, refreshing relief to still be able to communicate with Fred and George. Sure, they were busy. After the paperwork for the store was neatly handled by Lee Jordan and within two weeks of their graduation, they opened Weasley Wizard Wheezes. Obviously, Draco wasn't able to go to Diagon Alley for the opening but the twins narrated everything that's happening. It was almost as if he's also there.

 

Pansy and Blaise, their Houses neutral and powerful, had all but spent their vacation with Viktor. They were escorted away immediately upon alighting the Hogwarts Express. Let the others suffer so long as the businesses do not. Draco wasn't allowed contact with them, unfortunately. How he missed them! They've discussed it on the train though. Draco is to focus on intel while the two formulate plans from A to Z and back. They'll present their findings the moment they set foot inside the Room of Requirement.

 

It was a good thing no one has found out about the journal just yet. Fred and George were the only silver lining in this unfortunate situation.

 

Everyday, Draco strives to keep it that way.

 

 

Jo: You'd think since we were so confident of moving out, we'd be civil about chores but no, Darling. We're going to have a war if this goes on.

 

Ker: War is something that will happen, Darling because my dearly beloved brother does not want to do the dishes!

 

Jo: My dearly beloved brother does not clean up after himself!

 

Ker: I cook, you clean. That's what we agreed on!

 

Jo: No, since when did we establish that rule? You just don't want to do your chores properly

 

Ker: I'm not the one who has a pile of pots and pans to go through 

 

Jo: Well, I'm not the one who has a mountain of laundry to go through

 

D: Jo, Ker, you're both pretty

 

Jo: Aw, darling

 

D: Pretty annoying

 

Ker: Aw, darling

 

D: Just assign the chores to what you're willing to do and toss some knut for the others then switch weekly, you've both been passive aggressively arguing about this for days

 

Ker: Fine, we'll do it your way

 

D: Which you should have since day one.

 

Jo: totally unrelated question, darling, what chores are you confident to do?

 

D: What do you mean?

 

Ker: Chores? Like washing, cleaning?

 

D: But I have Tilly in the Manor and Dobby in Hogwarts for chores

 

Jo: You don't even have cleaning detentions, do you?

 

D: Never quite done it. Cleaning detentions? And here I thought Ronald wasn't making sense when he said he cleaned the trophy room.

 

Ker: What on Godric’s left cheekbones have detention done to you?

 

D: It's usually potion making. Since, you know, I'm quite good at it. And Hogwarts goes through Pepper Up potion like butterbeers. It was to the point where I know the procedure and could do it in my sleep.

 

Jo: I feel like your detentions are too light…too fun for you 

 

D: It's just when I'm pranking someone, I don't get caught

 

Ker: We feel attacked

 

Jo: Wait, so you don't do any chores, darling?

 

D: No? Why?

 

Ker: Oh. Well, that's okay!

 

Jo: Totally fine. We understand and we'll do it for you.

 

Ker: Absolutely. 

 

D: Why are you willing to do my nonexistent chores?

 

Jo: Well, for future purposes. You know, when you move in with us!

 

Ker: We told you about the extra room, right? It can be your office! Or your potions room! Or whatever you want!

 

D: I am not moving in with you, I have the Manor

 

Jo: Then, should we move in with you?

 

D: I feel like for that to happen, my Father will need to have a disease I won't be able to cure.

 

Ker: We're not that bad of a person to wish sickness for someone

 

Jo: Sure, tell that to the ritual circle we just finished carving…

 

Ker: I'll get the candles.

 

D: The Four Founders are probably regretting a lot of things regarding both of you.

 

Ker: Merlin and Arthur shouldn't have inspired millions of people with their love story. Forbidden love is like theirs and ours, right? 

 

Jo: The Four Founders definitely gave up sometime around Dumbledore’s tragic love story

 

Ker: How is it that magicfolk have a complicated love life that transcends through generations?

 

D: if you think about it, Merlin and Arthur's love story birthed muggleborns and spearheaded pregnancy potions. The Four Founders birthed acceptance of polyamory and Pureblood traditions. And Dumbledore and Grindelwald’s just filled gossip tabloids for decades and birthed addiction to complicated relationships.

 

Ker: if you put it that way, how about ours? It could be modern Romeo and Juliet, right? Rich and poor, fighting family…

 

D: …Something tells me you didn't read the ending

 

Ker: We got bored of it pretty quickly.

 

D: I don't want to stab myself because you're both stupid not to wait for the potion to run its course. Also, if you both died from poison, I could probably brew an antidote rather than drink the same poison. That is illogical.

 

Jo: We would never stab ourselves mindlessly or drink suspicious vials!

 

Ker: We do take note of your little scribbles about potions, darling. We learn more from you than we did with Snape!

 

D: Because you're both petty and spiteful during your lessons 

 

Jo: Can't say I'll miss it.

 

Ker: Oh, speaking of Potions, Darling. Did you hear about the new Potions Professor? Harry dropped by to hide because Dumbledore requested his presence for it.

 

Jo: Moony and Padfoot were not pleased. The Grim would've whimpered with how scary the couple looked.

 

D: Oh, I don't think my Father is yet informed. Did Professor Dumbledore succeed in recruiting the new Potions Professor without Harry?

 

Ker: Probably. We're not sure, as well.

 

D: Hm, peculiar…

 

Jo: Peculiar how?

 

D: Something tells me I won't like sixth year Potions like how I didn't like fifth year DADA

 

Jo: Can't say we can relate, because you know… we graduated.

 

D: Miraculously.

 

Ker: Darling! We! feel! Attacked!

 

 

There was a dinner gathering of the Death Eaters happening tonight.

 

Draco wonders what would've happened if he let Cousin Siri know about it hours ago. Perhaps the aurors are going to come barging in. Alas, they were already spread thin among the country because for the dinner to happen, the mark of the Dark Lord were sighted simultaneously all over.

 

The dungeon was devoid of prisoners once again.

 

The kitchen was filled with the house elves fussing about the food. They were all excited for once, cooking for a large number of people was rare to do this early in the year. Draco just feels a tad bit remorseful for what he'll be doing.

 

You need to make an unforgettable scene to get noticed by the inner circle and even if Draco was precious heir and nephew of two members, he still needs to put his name out there so the lower members of the Death Eaters don't think to belittle him.

 

Well, what better way to establish his place than here in the Malfoy Manor. Where everything listens to him. The experience of the perks of being an heir always felt so sweet and Draco’s been craving dessert.

 

“Are the preparations all ready?” Lucius asked Cricky, the oldest house elf.

 

“Yes sir, Mister Malfoy, sir.” Cricky saluted, eyes never daring to meet the Head of House’s. “Food done, table set.”

 

“Direct the guests to the dining area then.” Lucius’ cane whacked into Cricky’s back to move him along, the house elf scampering off to do as he's ordered to.

 

Draco moved about confidently, the marble floor shined where he walked, the furniture as stable as they can be. A cloak hanger bent to accommodate where he hang his cloak before straightening up again with a flourish. The dining room was a comfortable temperature to his clothes, the fire in the huge fireplace adjusting to his liking. 

 

There was a magnificent, long table with lavish centerpieces every two metres of it and looked grand enough that Lucius didn't fuss over it unlike every ball they hold. The guests come filtering in, unspoken seating arrangements almost automatically adhered to.

 

The Dark Lord is already quite comfortable in his seat at one end of the table, Nagini resting near the fireplace.

 

Once everyone was seated, all eyes seem to fall towards Draco Malfoy. He is the only one who remained standing at attention. They see him, yet don't acknowledge him lest they have to give space at the table. 

 

To them, he is not Marked. Therefore, not one of them.

 

“Welcome to the Malfoy Manor, dining with us today is the honourable heir of the Malfoy name, my son. Introduce yourself, boy.” Lucius prompted, sounding as monotone yet regal as he could.

 

“Draco Lucius Malfoy, pleased to have met you and host you during this wonderful dinner.” Draco bowed elegantly as he always do and couldn't help the menacing smile that slipped as he did so.

 

“There are no seats left.” The Dark Lord called the most obvious thing into attention. No one moved. “Where shall you sit amongst my followers, young Draco?”

 

“I can give myself space as I desire, my lord.” Draco humbly said, bowing. With a snap, a chair materialized at the other end of the table. One that is much more intricate and beautiful than the one Voldemort was sitting on. “I always did find it quite ridiculous no one sits at the other end of the table.”

 

Long ago, it was discouraged to occupy the end of the table facing the door due to numerous murder attempts of literal back stabbing. The Manor wouldn't let the heir die like that, no?

 

The other reason was if there was someone occupying the head of the table, they hold the more authority. To avoid confusion, there is no need for two ends of the table occupied.

 

Draco smirked as he hummed, taking a seat as if he didn't just silently challenge the Dark Lord. Murmurs filled the room at the audacity the Malfoy heir had.

 

Voldemort just looked at Lucius who was at his right and Bellatrix at his left. They were both relaxed and simply awaiting orders like usual, as if Draco’s show was his own actions. His interest peaked and his hand released the wand he's holding. Nagini hissed at him for trying to harm her new favourite toy but he ignored the brooding snake. 

 

“My Death Eaters.” Voldemort raised his hands before bringing it close to rub them. “It has been a long time since we've gathered. There will be a meeting right after dinner so I hope you enjoyed the fine dining I requested to Lucius, my most loyal Death Eater, who have graciously bestowed this feast tonight.”

 

Lucius raised his glass at the acknowledgment. Immediately, champagne filled the glasses for all the guests and with a wave of a hand, the appetizer was served. 

 

Unfortunately, not all of the Death Eaters have manners nor are Purebloods. Like how Fenrir Greyback took the soup plate and guzzled it down with gusto, ignoring the utensils. There was also Pettigrew who had lived months as a rat at this point and had yet retained civilized manners of eating like not licking the plate. The inner circle ignored the boorish members and engaged in a discussion with the Dark Lord.

 

Conversation flowed freely as the Death Eaters started to loosen up and reach out to others for catching up, teasing remarks tossed here and there. Information was offered up for unprompted and for the taking. Topics moved to and fro like the rest of the meal going through each course the moment the plates go empty.

 

Delighted groans and hums of satisfaction sounded across the room as they consumed sumptuous meals, complimentary words spilling out of greedy mouths asking for more. By the tail end of the meal, there were a lot more people licking their fingers than people using utensils.

 

Dessert was served immediately, numerous plates smoothly transitioning to glasses of gelato with edible gold as garnish. The first bite had sounds akin to animal squeaking or squealing coming out of the majority’s mouths with how delectable, cool and creamy the last course meal they were served with. Some already requested seconds as they shoveled the dessert in their mouths.

 

With Voldemort grinning at the whole of them, it was a no brainer that dinner was immensely enjoyed. Draco quietly dabbed the napkin on the corner of his mouth, dinner etiquette instilled in him never wavering. Honestly, it did help hide the amused smirk he's been suppressing the whole dinner.

 

The table cleared the moment Voldemort swallowed his last bite and put down his utensils. There were sounds of protest as the cutlery and tablecloths vanished and candelabras replaced the centerpieces. An elaborate tea set and snacks appeared in front of the inner cicle, none for the others.

 

It was time for the meeting.

 

“Young Draco, dinner was eventful and immensely satisfying.” Voldemort started, hand raising to pat Nagini as the huge snake approached.

 

“Indeed, my lord.” Draco nodded in agreement.

 

“The meeting will now commence and you may take your leave.” Voldemort raised his eyebrow, waiting for the Malfoy heir’s actions.

 

“I never expected such blatant dismissal, my lord.” Draco snickered. Hand waving to the chair and where he was. “Are you quite intimidated that I seated myself so far away from you, sir? I can move closer, if it's to your wishes.”

 

“Everyone in this room is precious to me, young Draco. As such, they belong here in this meeting. If you wish to move closer, I believe you have to force yourself up the ranks.”

 

Draco was a hundred percent sure that everyone in this room is collateral and not precious. Before Draco could respond, Pettigrew hissed quite harshly at the Malfoy heir. He was just a few seats away from him at the end but the squeaky voice carried through the room.

 

“If you want my seat, you have to go over my dead body.”

 

Draco stared at the poor, portly man desperately clinging to his seat. Was he thinking that Draco had to use physical force? Where's the fun in that?

 

“Peter Pettigrew.” Draco stated, the pity in his voice apparent as he clicked his tongue. “You shouldn't have said anything.”

 

Before anyone could berate the Malfoy heir for disrespect, Peter Pettigrew froze. A choked sound was the only thing that left his mouth before he shakily stood up, collapsing immediately on the ground and proceeded to have a seizure.

 

Noise erupted as once as a lot of them got up in alarm. No one moved to help Pettigrew, no one wanted to be responsible for the life of other people. (And if someone knows first aid, it was best to not be known). Voices roared in a cacophony but a sharp, manic giggle cut through.

 

Heads whipped around to look at Bellatrix, her husband serving her, Lucius and the Dark Lord tea.

 

“Is he dead?!” Bellatrix laughed, slamming her hand on the table. The tea remained undisturbed. “Draco, you can't just kill Death Eaters!”

 

Pettigrew remained on the floor, suffering and blue tint on his face as if his air supply has been cut off. He fell unconscious as Draco stood up, the chair he was sitting on disappearing. With a wave of his hand, color reappeared on Pettigrew’s face.

 

The steps he took to take Pettigrew’s seat echoed, sharp and clear. The chair dragged backwards and once he's settled comfortably, it moved forward to the table. He leaned in like a relaxed cat, locking eyes with Voldemort. He rested his chin on one hand as if in thought.

 

“Hmm, it seems this seat is still quite far from you, my lord. Do I have to go through numerous dead bodies to be closer?”

 

Voldemort’s eyes widened in the fascinating scene that followed, a cackle in his throat bubbling up but he held back because it's looking like something promising will happen.

 

Corban Yaxley slammed his chair, pointing threateningly at Draco. “You are uncouth, Draco Malfoy. How dare you try to disrespect your elders like this, boy?! You're not even Marked.”

 

“Well, obviously, if I'm Marked while I'm a minor, the Ministry of Magic will know.” Draco rebutted, rolling his eyes. “You'd think I didn't have to state the obvious but here we go.”

 

Yaxley turned into an unhealthy shade of puce, embarrassment and rage almost had steam coming out from him. Yet before he could scream at the obnoxious boy, foam erupted from his lips. Gasping, panting and collapsing on all fours, he struggled to breathe.

 

“What's happening?!” Fenrir roared, fur bristling in alarm as his eyes narrowed at the danger he can feel all over the room.

 

But it was too late.

 

They've all fallen victim to the elaborate trap Draco's happily served.

 

Steps echoed in the silence, Yaxley and Pettigrew remained unconscious. Everyone tensed as Draco Malfoy kicked Yaxley away from the chair so he could sit comfortably. Nagini had started dragging the unconscious bodies closer to her for playtime. 

 

Draco leaned in once more, smiling in satisfaction as he locked eyes with the Dark Lord once again. He was at the seat of the last member of the inner circle. With a hand on his chest, he bowed in greeting while seated.

 

“Well, my lord. I apologise for the delay. It took me quite a while to find a space where I desire.”

 

“It's you!” Fenrir growled, fangs elongated. “What did you to them, Malfoy?!”

 

Draco side-eyed the werewolf a few seats away from him. A stupid question yet, thinking of the majority’s level of intelligence, Draco decided to indulge them with an answer.

 

“Nothing much.” Draco shrugged. “It's not my fault all of you didn't register poison in your palate. There's nothing you all can't do that I can do better. Didn't you hear the Dark Lord earlier? To move closer, I have to force myself up the ranks.”

 

Draco's eyes roamed through the members of the group, a sly smile on his face. Rodolphous generously passed him his teacup. “And I did. I could force myself up the ranks quite easily. If you haven't noticed yet, your delicious dinner is poisoned by yours truly. It was a shame you never noticed. And Pettigrew did say over his dead body. Wasn't I kind enough to let him live?”

 

Silence reigned as tension went up the room.

 

The Malfoy heir poisoned everyone and no one knows what the antidote could be.

 

A teacup daintily on his hand, Draco peacefully took a sip. The teacup being put down sounded like a bombarda going off with how silent the room still is as everyone processed what the Malfoy heir said.

 

What Draco Malfoy said.

 

One thought passed by their heads despite other implications in what Draco Malfoy said. How could poison taste so delicious?

 

“I believe I'd like a report of when you managed to poison each and every one of my followers, young Draco.” Voldemort’s amused voice rang. The Death Eaters bitterly recognize the look their Lord is giving Draco Malfoy.

 

A new favourite has arrived.

 

“Of course, my lord. Just so you know, yours was in the soup but you immediately identified the antidote. I was impressed.” 

 

Draco was glad that no one made him drink Veritaserum because honestly, he wanted Voldemort to choke. The look on his face when he swallowed the raw garlic was a consolation.

 

“I believe mine was in the dessert.” Bellatrix nodded in acknowledgement. She does love the gelato flavors she's served. Her antidote was ice in the champagne. Draco never knew his Aunt was the type to crunch on ice. Was that a new habit?

 

“It's different for everyone so it's difficult to identify which is poison and which is the antidote.” Draco clarified at the panic stricken faces around him.

 

“I ate everything.” Fenrir Greyback declared, relaxing in his seat as he felt proud of himself. He was already almost immune to poison, anyway. He's already in the inner circle as well. The puny Malfoy heir can't outdo him!

 

“Good for you.” Draco drawled, finishing the last of his tea. He hasn't poisoned Fenrir Greyback at all. He tends to overreact and if he so much as taste poison, his plan would crumble because the werewolf will definitely announce it. Although, It was quite unfortunate that the silver he was preparing hasn't melted to the most optimal liquid form he wanted it for this dinner. But there's always a next time.

 

Lucius cleared his throat, a smirk on his lips. “I believe my son has already established his place far better than anyone else could. Shall we move on to the meeting, my lord?”

 

Draco Malfoy looked as regal as any Pureblood there is, comfortable beside the Carrows. No one protested Lucius’ claim. The dangerous glint in Draco Malfoy’s eyes had them all hesitant to dispute the claim. 

 

No one wanted this dinner gathering to be their last supper.

 

“Yes.” Voldemort said, bored now that everyone looked defeated and frustrated. Malfoys truly are a rare breed. They bring entertainment and show competence in every action.

 

The Dark Lord delightfully ignored Nagini playing with the prone bodies of Pettigrew and Yaxley as he began the meeting.

 

“Now, let's talk about how to take Albus Dumbledore out. He's dreadfully ruining our plans. He's already a has been and delusional to think I'm afraid of him. It's time for him to go.”

 

How wonderful.

 

With how Professor Dumbledore’s been treating a certain Boy Who Can't Take A Break, Draco's just thinking the same thing.

 

 

Ker: There was an attempt of being healthy today, darling

 

Jo: We made those smoothie combinations for healthy living

 

Ker: The apple and cucumber drink tasted edible among the other combinations we've tried 

 

Jo: but did you know our body rejected it or is it just because we weren't used to it?

 

D: I poisoned my Aunt today.

 

Ker: If you consumed Veritaserum right now, would you still say that?

 

D: Yes.

 

Jo: We shall not alert authorities. We know nothing but hypothetically speaking, how were you able to acquire poison?

 

D: I made it.

 

Ker: If you consumed Veritaserum right now, would you still say that?

 

D: Yes.

 

Jo: WE KNOW NOTHING. WE SHALL NOT ALERT AUTHORITIES. 

 

Ker: Do you need us to fly two hours to Wiltshire so we could dig for you

 

Jo: or do you need the dig spell to be timely 

 

D: She's still alive. She's immune to poison.

 

Jo: Oh yes, how wonderful. We are VERY MUCH relieved she's still breathing.

 

Ker: What exciting news. It was our fault! It's such a sin to forget Blacks are immune to poison.

 

Jo: Marvellous information, I must say. Nearly had me catatonic.

 

D: JoKer, I think you need to calm down.

 

Ker: …Speaking of which, our dearest, darling D, for research purposes… Are you immune to poison as well?

 

Jo: May I add that we adhere to the data privacy act and would not disclose gathered information.

 

D: I'm immune to some poison, but not to the venoms. It's quite hard to acquire them a few years ago and I haven't tested it yet.

 

Ker: Splendid. 

 

Jo: Truly exemplary.

 

D: Take a deep breath for four seconds and release it for eight seconds. Repeat until you feel okay.

 

Ker: The sun will be up bright and sunny and we’ll still be breathing like this.

 

D: and summer's not even halfway through.

 

Jo: Splendiferous.

 

D: Someone knock Jo out before he hurts himself…

 

 

Being a Death Eater is easy after establishing his place. Draco should've done it during his homecoming feast the day he got back and welcomed by the dark lord.

 

Alas, he's not had the chance to steal a time turner in the department of mysteries. The dinner gathering and the meeting was truly helpful because he can totally report ten different things to the Order of Phoenix.

 

BUT.

 

Dumbledore is still leading that little group. Okay fine, he's almost just a figurehead because Remus and Sirius are picking up his slack.

 

Sans his cousin and Moony, the other members will absolutely doubt information he'll give, first and foremost.

 

And second, in what way could he give reports undetected by his Father? Tilly would be dead if he so much delivers letters via house elf. He can't even write letters to his Mother without it being read by his Father first. 

 

If only he smuggled Harry's mirror off him so he could communicate directly to Moony and Cousin Siri earlier!!

 

…Hold on a minute. He'll need to research about mirror communication in the library in the afternoon. It might just work. James Potter and Sirius Black made the two-way mirror during their time at Hogwarts, how hard can it be?

 

Third, More pressing matters Draco needed to focus on is planning on what to do with the Death Eaters.

 

According to his data, from strongest to weakest, the inner circle consisted of his Father, his Aunt and uncle, his godfather, Barty Crouch Jr., Antonin Dolohov, Walden Macnair and Thorfinn Rowle and the Carrows.

 

And him. Draco Malfoy.

 

(Yaxley and Pettigrew were recuperating in the dungeons, still feeling the effects of the poison he made)

 

Ten people in the inner circle is Marked and loyal to the Dark Lord. Draco doesn't need to diagnose them to know that there were a few screws loose for the rest of them.

 

(Because did no one know Voldemort is half-blood? No one? Was it just Draco after he asked for blood for a checkup?? Does no one know he could do it?? How much money would he have if he sold this information??)

 

His own Father would've finished a whole liter of poison if he knows the one he's serving is half-blood.

 

Blood purity, what hippogriff shit.

 

And lastly, his Uncle Sev.

 

What is he planning and how would Draco fit in his plans? Tricking the Dark Lord proved to be a challenge. 

 

Draco's been walking a thin line between entertainment and disrespect with his interactions with Voldemort. He's had an epiphany that it's only because of Nagini that he was kind of safe. Strong emphasis on the kind of.

 

His godfather equipped him with the poison before departing Hogwarts. 

 

(And the nightmare potion for Pettigrew. The rat will be having a terrible summer with Draco ensuring it'll be a hundredfold worse than his)

 

The poison was literally his project for the whole of fifth year. He mastered it just in time to create a big batch that satisfied his mentor. Okay, it wasn't really poison per se…Legally, It was actually a very useful and effective detoxifying potion! 

 

…But if he adjusted the potion procedure and mixed up which ingredient should go first, well… potion accidents happen.

 

For safety reasons, just in case Voldemort asked for poison, he shall remain tight-lipped where he'd gotten it or how he'd made it. His occlumency skills are top-notch, Draco is confident his mind won't be accessed unnecessarily.

 

Now, off to the library. Maybe the fireplace there can finally connect to his godfather’s fireplace for obscure reporting.

 

 

D: hypothetically, how long can you make the journal two-way?

 

Ker: Oh, darling. I forgot we didn't send you experiment notes for the journal because it'd be compromised.

 

Jo: do you want the short version or the long one?

 

D: either.

 

Ker: Short version is make the journal from our own magic, inscribe some runes, make paper, bind it and connect the magical signature of the journal to the other one.

 

D: that sounded so simple for tedious work 

 

Jo: you got that right! We argued how many pages we needed to include and such!

 

D: Okay, so it does sound similar process to the two-way mirror?

 

Ker: it does! We tried making our own two-way mirror as well you know!

 

Jo: We didn't want to brag about it but we did use it when we're separated 

 

D: Both of you separated seems rare.

 

Jo: honestly, it is 

 

Ker: Do you wanna make one, darling? 

 

D: No, I wouldn't be able to use it properly. I need another way but mirrors are a good start

 

Jo: We'll try to think of ways too!

 

D: Thank you, that'll be helpful.

 

Ker: I have a hypothetical question also.

 

D: What is it?

 

Jo: Oh, haha. Hypothetically, if we were experimenting with dummy knives, you know the good old role playing and such

 

Ker: and hypothetically, how should one act if their arm got stabbed by a real knife 

 

D: Have you been hanging out with Pansy so much you veered towards knives

 

Ker: it's a hypothetical situation 

 

D: How did this happen exactly?

 

Jo: One threw it, one caught it?

 

D: Do NOT touch the knife or take it out by yourselves.

 

Ker: Brilliant idea!

 

D: Go to St. Mungo's!!! It's near your location, isn't it?!

 

Jo: Right. Hypothetically.

 

D: The court declares hypothetical situations are banned until further notice.

 

 

Draco couldn't thank Fred and George enough. His JoKer is a genius!! During slow days in the store, Fred and George had taken to reading Newt Scamander’s journals and books because the Hufflepuff was their latest obsession/inspiration. The Marauders had taken a break as inspiration, what with Moony and Padfoot being so accessible and approachable because Harry Potter is the first investor of the Weasley Wizard Wheezes, they needed a different spark to keep the fire going.

 

They were so convinced that Newt would have liked to visit them if they breed a whole new magical creature into existence. Newt Scamander is already approaching a hundred years old and is quite content living inside the magical suitcase despite its risks according to his grandson who they met through Luna Lovegood, of all people. (There were thousands of attempts to live inside a suitcase before magick is acting up and causing accidents but none had yet succeeded but Draco thinks Newt can comfortably do so.)

 

That drive to get Newt Scamander out the suitcase and visit them spurred the twins to have that idea in their mind to create an abomination they described as pygmy puffs. Draco hasn't seen it yet and the twins were undergoing some breeding licence in the Ministry of Magic but the creature they're supposed to be breeding is akin to puffskein. Already, Lee Jordan is across the world, gaining connections for this particular endeavour. If all goes well, Hogwarts will be seeing an amendment in the pet section of the handbook because their owls, cats, toads needed to be updated with Pygmy Puffs.

 

(On a side note, he's blessedly not allergic to puffskein. Fingers crossed on pygmy puffs, though.)

 

Draco can bet Harry's vault with Twig in it that Hogwarts will be swarming with Pygmy Puffs next year after the Christmas holidays.

 

Enough with the Pygmy Puffs and onto the reason why Fred and George are geniuses. Reading Newt Scamander's journal entries led them to the answer Draco's been looking for.

 

And no, the twins did not start reading the entries obsessively because they're not invested in Dumbledore and Grindelwald's relationship. No. What. That entry number was written like a fiction novel that had Fred and George hooked. Ginny is blaming Percy for forgetting Newt Scamander's journal in Fred and George’s new apartment.

 

In one of the entries where Newt described meeting with Dumbledore at Hog's Head to discuss Grindelwald's latest deeds, he stated he saw Aberforth wiping something off the mirror and there were words written!!!

 

It was a short section of the entry but Fred and George focused on it and just knew that the subtle mirror method Draco wanted is just like that! Reaching out immediately since the twins didn't have an expansive family library to search for such an ancient spell in the 1800s, Draco scoured the library for the said spell.

 

And yes, they could've just asked Aberforth who is still Hog's Head’s keeper but where's the fun in that?

 

(Fred and George were banned in Hog's Head during their third year in Hogwarts when they discovered the passageway. Ariana Dumbledore's portrait remained untouched since then but Darling Draco didn't need to know that. Totally.)

 

Draco just needed to somehow transfer fog and then finger write in the mirror and set the coordinates to Grimmauld Place. How do you set coordinates to Cousin Siri and Moony’s room??

 

He'll have to ask JoKer for help again but it was a start.

 

 

Jo: Harry's been saying Grimmauld is being haunted. Do you suppose you had anything to do with that?

 

D: Have I been spooking them then? Atleast the messages appear in the right address. I can't bear the consequences if it's been going to the wrong one.

 

Ker: Harry is convinced the ancestors in the portraits were the ones who did it.

 

Jo: What have you been sending them, darling? I'm curious

 

D: ‘I seek the truth and see the darkness’ and ‘You shall act, I convey’ to make it sound dramatic. 

 

Ker: Hilarious, ominous and definitely going to move out if I see that

 

D: There was also ‘I made a rat scream and cry, enough to satisfy a snake’ and they probably know it's me by that.

 

Jo: and by snake you mean you right

 

D: No, of course it's Nagini. She's gotten bigger you know, she loves the garden and getting tangled up in the vineyards. She loves tormenting Peter. I think it's playtime before being gobbled up but I can't be too sure.

 

Ker: I'm glad the snake loves you, darling because you described it like it's as big as the basilisk down the basement.

 

D: She is. And thanks for the reminder, I should probably retrieve some basilisk parts again come next school year 

 

Jo: I find it so weird you and Hermione are treating the poor thing as potions ingredients for years now.

 

D: We left it alone as much as we could because the basilisk serves as Moaning Myrtle’s therapy. She hasn't cried in the toilet for years and set about guarding the corpse, didn't she? She wants it to be with her for years to come so the Professors can't retrieve it. I am so glad we went with the friendship route with her, we have basilisk venom whenever we want to.

 

Ker: I knew there was a reason why she didn't appear in the Prefects Bathrooms anymore. She's having the time of her ghost life.

 

D: Even Peeves didn't bother disturbing her when she's there. I ought to visit her soon.

 

Ker: Send our regards to her ghostly self.

 

Jo: By the way, darling, coordinates to the parlour room where Harry never goes is 12 GOP, ME 04330…

 

Ker: For some reason Moony wanted us to know! Do you think they know about our endless love for you?

 

Jo: and that we're somehow in contact with you?

 

D: I think so? Both of you told me you took two hours to explain about your production process and inspired and I bet a galleon you kept mentioning me as darling as I am. Not to mention that Order of the Phoenix thing…

 

Ker: oh yeah, I forgot about that… Moony is too good at reading and hearing between the lines…

 

Jo: Maybe if Moony and Padfoot meet Voldy again, things will be over much quicker.

 

D: They're taking the long route because of something and that's the something I have to find out about.

 

 

Death Eater activities halted for a week after Aurors made a breakthrough and found two of the safehouses. Bottom feeders and lackeys of higher tiers were arrested and put to trial and under Veritaserums then sentenced to Azkaban immediately.

 

Draco's been keeping the reports brief and quick, locking the memories deep in his mind every time he does so. Innumerable drawers filled with memories from childhood to present were on the upfront of his mind, his darkest secrets (JoKer, his Gryffindor friends, Cousin Siri and Moony) well hidden within layers of nightmares.

 

The mind is a complicated thing. It was a labyrinth one should not attempt to conquer if the owner still exists.

 

Draco was very much alive.

 

After a thorough interrogation about a spy and countless Death Eaters suffering through the investigation of Bellatrix Lestrange, Draco was able to survive it.

 

His Aunt may be the most skilled in Legilimens in the inner circle but that was because his godfather wasn't present. His Uncle Sev deserves an island at this point with how much of his teachings got Draco to this point.

 

"Contrary to what they say, I'm kind. So I'm giving you three options, how generous right?"

 

He was only welcomed to join Death Eater activities after he finished summer homework and began training with the Inner Circle, Aunt Bella mostly.

 

"One, you get imprisoned in the dungeons and get called in for torture for the Dark Lord's entertainment, Two, the death eaters will kill you and three, you confess everything you did and be given a choice to live or die by the dark lord. Which will it be?"

 

A whimper sounded so pitifully, Fenrir Greyback had to look up from his position at the doorway. It sounded like a dying pup. The werewolf turned to Draco as if seeing him in a newer light.

 

These past few days, Draco's been trusted with so much confidential information. Due to his godfather training him how to act amongst the Death Eaters, he's been regarded as an irreplaceable member.

 

“Do you think I would pity you, hearing your whimpers? When I was a toddler, I'd thought of them as lullabies since I sleep while hearing the screams and noises you make.”

 

((During the fall of Voldemort, Aunt Bella was on a manhunt for traitors. The marble floor had a red tinge for days))

 

“Have mercy. I have children and a wife!!” The man begged, sobbing and grovelling on the ground. He was shaking like a leaf in fear, eyes glancing at where the werewolf was situated.

 

And you have a debt to pay.” Draco solemnly said, eyeing how Greyback looked at the man with a malicious glint in his eye. “You seem to be having a hard time choosing so I'll be choosing for you. How about option two? Some Death Eaters seem like they have a grudge on you…”

 

“I WILL CONFESS! PLEASE! PLEASE DON'T KILL ME.”

 

“Only the Dark Lord can say who lives or dies for people like you.” Draco shrugged before gesturing at Greyback’s goons. “Take him to the dungeons. The Dark Lord will be here soon and he'll be thrilled to hear some enticing news.”

 

Kneeling down, Draco smiled at the unknown man who had clearly given up. Tears, snot and sweat dribbled down his face as his eyes locked with Draco's. A pitiful whimper sounded.

 

“And just so you know, I can fix your tongue if you do decide to bite it and bleed out. Your inmates can verify that fact.”

 

It wasn't too long until the murmurs of the Healer of Death echoed through the halls of the Malfoy Manor, hushed whispers spreading it through the Ministry of Magic.

 

Notes:

I get crisscrossed eyes sometimes when they talk in the journal, it was endless bold, italics and underlined that I get confused but that's just me every chapter. It's fun doing it though but I do get confused sometimes if I have to do it every attempt to post chapters.

We are back to journal interactions for sixth year because Diagon Alley and Hogwarts are too far apart. Long distance relationships suck but they've been doing it for years so it's probably okay, right?

Chapter 16: Raise Your Wands

Summary:

Breaking news, Nagini was found enjoying tormenting the existing Death Eaters!

In other news, Draco Malfoy just won first place in "When life gives you lemons, you make potions" because what the hell is going on with this story?!

Stay tuned for more updates!

Notes:

Back at 661 kudos, lemme just say thank you for the commenters for keeping me updated that I have an ongoing story. I read each and every one and I'm living for it. My life apparently is much more challenging than story writing. There was A LOT going on!

Oh, and shoutout to readers who found my alternate account, I posted three stories there so far and the username is so bloody obvious. Actually, ENDisI was compromised because someone I know (an ex?-friend) found this account so I was waiting for their goldfish memory to act up and forget the username. Hopefully, they didn't subscribe or bookmarked but if you're still here, please take my identity to the grave because I don't have poison at hand.

Anyway, enjoy!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It's Draco's birthday.

 

It's his birthday and yet the only thing running through his mind is how to escape from being Marked. 

 

Numerous volumes of “The Ministry of Magic: Law and Ethics” in front of him have its pages being frantically flipped through with magic. He's been in the Malfoy Library for days now, trying to find a solution and thanking Merlin he's not yet come of age.

 

He's still a minor in the eyes of law. 

 

And it's still ridiculous how old he feels with how young he legally is and he's wildly convinced the years at Hogwarts seem to age them twice than their actual age. Was Millicent's conspiracy theory that time in Hogwarts is different… true?

 

Draco just wanted to hide into Fred and George's store for a while. It's safe there for now. Maybe that's a life worth living. He could help out man the counters because he's good at small talk, he could restock the shelves with ease like he does with Potions ingredients. Draco could very well be the best employee the twins will ever have. The best thing would be after work where he could just be with Fred and George all night with just the three of them. He reminds himself he could have that, so long as everything goes according to plan.

 

“Young Master Draco.” Tilly bowed, “Master Lucius be calling you.”

 

Draco smiled at the house elf. “Thank you, Tilly. I'll answer the summons immediately.”

 

Glancing one last look in his mirror, he was assured of his immaculate appearance and his upcoming victory to avoid being Marked.

 

(He likes snakes but that tattoo design could use some work)

 

Arriving at the Receiving Room, Draco noticed that the room was void of people except the Dark Lord himself.

 

“Draco Malfoy. You turned sixteen today.”

 

“Yes, my Lord.” Draco bowed and if it could be measured, it wasn't a full ninety degree bow. Why would he, as a Pureblood, fully bow down when lesser bloods should be doing that?

 

“What would you like as a present?”

 

This was clearly a test. Voldy wanted Draco to say that it would be an honour to bear his Mark so early in age than others. What bollocks, though.

 

“I would like to spend time with Nagini for a few days, my Lord. She is a very fascinating creature and I believe her venom is something worth researching as well.”

 

The Dark Lord was silent after that, considering it. Draco would absolutely benefit from researching Nagini though, making antivenom secretly is a tedious task.

 

Nagini rose up from infront of the fireplace, slithering towards the Dark Lord and hissing. There was a conversation between the two figures that Draco assumes Voldy’s asking for Nagini’s opinion.

 

“I suppose Nagini doesn't mind spending time with you, she'll gladly let you collect her venom too. It's a generous gift for you, she says.”

 

Draco bowed, smiling at Nagini. “I'm honoured.”

 

Once Nagini went back to where she stayed curled up, Voldemort regarded the young child in front of him.

 

“Do you think you can handle my orders, dragonling?”

 

Draco never wanted to be called dragonling ever again. 

 

“Of course, my Lord.”

 

“And how do you handle pressure?”

 

Draco was not aware that this was a job interview. That question always seemed to be asked by people and is something wizards often complained about, he noted.

 

“I handle pressure like it's a challenge, sir. Pressure is something that doesn't disappear in life.”

 

After all, as the Malfoy heir, he needed the strength to handle pressure from peers and family. It's exhausting, really.

 

“What an astonishing answer.” Voldemort raised an appraising eyebrow. “Do you want to be part of the Death Eaters, Draco?”

 

“Perhaps when I come of age, sir. Being Marked while I'm in Hogwarts seems like a dangerous risk to Aurors finding out your location once I'm under the Veritaserum.”

 

Please consider. Please consider. Please don't be stupid because I will go to Moony or Padfoot immediately if I'm Marked. They'll know what to do.

 

“How annoying, I wish that serum doesn't exist.” Voldemort tutted. “But it is a risk. I will hold off Marking you, young Malfoy. Though I do have a mission for you.”

 

Draco tilted his head in curiosity. “What is it, sir?”

 

“I will finish gathering my army by the end of your school year this year. You're in your sixth year now, aren't you?”

 

“Yes, sir.”

 

“I need you to find a way to ambush the school discreetly. Hogwarts is impenetrable with the new wards and Lucius already did his best in weakening it for years only for the Professors to ruin it.”

 

So his Father was the reason Hogwarts has lacklustre warding! No wonder Blaise was able to get past it, the wards were almost the same as their Manors! And now the professors banded together and created new wards without the Headmaster. Wait, does Dumbledore know about this?

 

“I will see to it, my Lord.” Draco bowed, already thinking of how to do it. He has an entire school year to do it. “I will report to you my plan during Yule holidays.”

 

“That’s acceptable.” Voldemort nodded in agreement. “Now, go and enjoy your day, dragonling.”

 

Draco immediately went to the gardens so he could internally scream in peace while tending to the mandrakes. They were the perfect accompaniment (and embodiment) of his screaming.

 

 

Jo: Darling, we miss you so much. Please visit the store in Diagon Alley. We'd give you all the school year starter pranks package you can have.

 

Ker: We even carved a shelf for your birthday, we won't say the design. Come see it for yourself, please. We want to see your reaction!!!

 

D: You do know that it would just be too suspicious to go inside a Gryffindor-owned establishment?

 

Jo: House discrimination :(

 

Ker: We even make stuff with Slytherin colors and we're being discriminated!!

 

D: Maybe next time, JoKer. Or maybe during the holidays, I could find the excuse to go buy presents.

 

Ker: That's months away!!

 

D: it's not my fault you both didn't go through your graduation ceremony. I was there, you both weren't 

 

Jo: This is so unfair. If we knew you'd be there, we would've went!

 

D: The Hogwarts board needed to be present, you should have connected the dots.

 

Ker: but you need supplies for Hogwarts, shouldn't you be free to roam about?

 

D: I'm under a tracking spell if we ever go to Diagon Alley, since we do go to Knockturn alley too. 

 

Jo: Oh yeah, there was that almost-kidnapping when you were younger huh?

 

D: Yes, unfortunately. That just means my Father knows where I'll be. Not to mention his house elf will be following us.

 

Ker: Why is our darling an heir? 

 

Jo: to be fair, he was an heir before he was our darling but yes, why is our darling an heir!!

 

D: Don't be ridiculous, JoKer. You're the ones who picked me. 

 

Jo: And we'll always pick you.

 

Ker: Always.

 

D: Saps.

 

September came too late from Draco's liking. There was something different with Hogwarts and Draco couldn't figure out what it was. Was it a change of furniture? Not possible. 

 

No, it's not Professor Slughorn and his immediate invitation to a weekend tea party he's hosting.

 

He knew the moment he saw the said professor at the Great Hall that the man is a very talented credit monger. It's as if Umbridge’s legacy lived on and the look of suffering from his godfather has remained. He looked like he needed a raise. (And seeing his payslip that one time, the Potions Professor is being paid quite generously yet he does need more money. For therapy, maybe)

 

“Something is different and I don't know what.” Draco sighed forlornly, shaking his head.

 

They were all back in the Room of Requirement for a much needed meeting. It was the first time they've seen each other for months!

 

Harry, scratched up and looking like a feral cat with bristling fur, looked at Draco with a wild look in his eye. How could the blonde not see the difference?!

 

“What happened to you, Harry?”

 

“I fought a glass door and won.” Harry hissed.

 

Ah, yes.

 

The Potions classroom door had changed to glass doors. Professor Slughorn did say it was to modernise and make Hogwarts look a little more aesthetically pleasing. The hundred year old oak doors are somewhere else, and hopefully not in a fireplace.

 

Harry was the textbook example of how bad of an idea it was because it was only halfway through the first week and hundreds of students were already sent to the Hospital Wing due to shattered glass. How do muggles handle glass doors, anyway?

 

“You have a hard head.” Draco stated as he healed the scratches and cleared him when no glass was detected digging into his skin.

 

“Moony says I was born stubborn!” Harry chirped, eyes sparkling mischievously now that he's healed and as good as new.

 

“Which is why he's stubbornly being quiet as to how he's perfected brewing a new potion immediately.” Hermione cut in. It's been days and even Ron was being tight-lipped about it.

 

Oh yeah, that's the other thing.

 

Harry Potter is suddenly a genius at Potions. So genius, he won a Luck potion at first try! Maybe he'd be lucky enough that the Dark Lord wouldn't try attacking him. How many Felix Felicis is needed for that?

 

“Maybe because I wasn't scared of the Professor anymore!” Harry protested, pouting. “Maybe I got it immediately because Professor Slughorn is a good teacher!”

 

“Come off it, Harry. You looked confused throughout the lecture, I was beside you and could hear your muttering and also, Professor Snape’s left your abysmal grades alone throughout the years.” Ron said, sighing. They definitely did not have padded adjusted grades when it comes to Potions. All of it is through sheer will and hard work and blood and sweat and tears. “Why did we even say we wanted to be Aurors?”

 

“Slughorn is anything but a good teacher.” Pansy huffed, “He'll be collecting the smart ones and I'm betting a thousand knuts Hermione, Blaise and Draco will get first invites to his tea party. And Harry too, I almost forgot he's the Boy Who Is Blessed To Continue Breathing.”

 

“You say that as if I'm an undead.” Harry frowned, sad eyes boring on Pansy's. He got ignored by said witch.

 

“I spilled holy water on him once and he didn't even flinch.” Blaise shared, chuckling as he pulled the sulking Chosen One with a hug. “Stop being mean to Harry, maybe he's just got luck on his side this year. Maybe if he downed the Felix Felicis he got, Voldemort won't even attack him this year.”

 

Ron immediately shushed the Slytherin. “Stop jinxing it! I feel that particular future path disappearing!!!”

 

“They're so mean to me.” Harry tattled, getting comforting hugs from the love of his life. Blaise is the best! “Maybe you should hex them without them knowing.”

 

“Aw, Harry. Stop the blatant show of affection. Asking a Slytherin to take revenge for you is like a version of flirting.” Draco said with a teasing tone. Harry had practically climbed Blaise as if his sole mission was to mould them into one person. 

 

“Oh but did you get an invitation?” Hermione asked, tilting her head towards Draco. “Because he already did give me one. I was wondering if any of you got one as well.”

 

Draco scoffed. The old bat really does work fast. “I did, it was waiting on my table after the welcoming feast.”

 

“Mine got owl-delivered in the morning.” Blaise drawled, hugging Harry closer just a bit because he started fidgeting. “And I'm assuming Harry also got one with the way he's been acting.”

 

“I got one, too. He was quite impressed with my knife skills when it almost grazed him.” Pansy laughed at the memory of Slughorn entering the training room while it's being used by her and Professor McGonagall after the Welcoming Feast.

 

“I feel like I have to ask how that happened.” Ron said, a bit concerned. Pansy remained ominously quiet. Ron wisely moved on when Pansy didn't divulge information. “...and I got an invite, too. He says he'd like to play chess against someone who holds the Champion title. I didn't even know the Professors had been keeping tabs on the Wizarding Chess rankings.”

 

Wizarding Chess is a pastime that gets a bit heated. That's why there were official classrooms dedicated to it. It was disbanded last year due to clubs being banned but all clubs were reinstated after Umbridge left and the Chess club was flourishing yet again.

 

“Wait, we're getting a bit overpopulated here. I hear it's one big circular table. Just how many students is he hoarding talents and achievements from?”

 

“I can't believe we have a new Professor promoting favouritism.” Hermione tutted, passing a scroll of parchment towards Draco. “Here, Draco. Can you cross reference these ingredients to the ones we needed to make for our next potion?”

 

Draco smirked, taking the scroll and handing it towards Harry who's still peacefully and valiantly trying to succeed his mission of becoming one with Blaise.

 

“Here Harry. Have a look. Maybe you'll give us an epiphany.”

 

Harry looked at the offered scroll, to Draco, to Hermione, back at the scroll again before groaning and burying his head on Blaise’s chest.

 

“No.” He said petulantly.

 

“Come on, Number One Potions Student.” Draco urged, snickering. Okay, so he was feeling a bit petty. “You got the Felix Felicis, didn't you?”

 

“It wasn't me.” Harry whined as he broke away from the loving embrace of Blaise, cursing his inability to lie to his friends and finally came clean. “It was the Half-Blood Prince. He helped me.”

 

Going to his satchel and retrieving the book, he handed it to the Brightest Witch and Wizard his Age. 

 

Draco immediately knew who the Half-Blood Prince was.

 

Who knew his godfather went through cringey code names, too? This was as worse as The Marauders.

 

“Bloody hell.”

 

 

D: I can't believe my godfather has a codename he denied having. Like, I get it. The Marauders have this cool group name they made during third year, yippee! I bet cliques back then named their groups too.

 

D: I mean, of all names, why would he pick Half-blood Prince? Do people know he's a Prince? No! 

 

Jo: You're saying Severus Snape is a Prince?! He's royalty all this time?!?

 

Ker: I can't believe we've been with someone royal all this time. We pranked him for seven years, we don't deserve to live for our crimes.

 

Jo: What if his loyal subject comes after us, after our sins of offending royalty?! After all this time?! What crimes do you think we've committed that can be excused?

 

Ker: Does he have an heir hiding somewhere? Is he going to pass the crown to you?! You're going to be a crown prince and the Malfoy heir?!

 

Jo: Darling, don't leave us!! We don't know other countries well!! 

 

D: I see. So it was just me who thought Prince was a surname, and not in any way a position. I had this exact conversation with the Gryffindors.

 

Jo: A surname? Oh my days, you almost gave me a heart attack.

 

Ker: I was almost finished assembling a care package to apologise but I guess this will just be for custom owl orders 

 

Jo: Half-blood Prince, huh? Sounds edgy, sounds anonymous and mysterious. How many hours did you think the Professor thought of it? 

 

D: Honestly, in a literal sense, it fits him. He is half-blood and he is a Prince. So, that's all about it. If we're talking about anonymity, Joker is much more mysterious.

 

Jo: Gender neutral, and you won't even think two people share the name.

 

D: Exactly.

 

Ker: Like Darling! I guess having code names really do transcend generations since we do it, too!

 

D: Oh Merlin

 

D: You're right. I have no right to make fun of him because I'm doing it too…

 

D: Hypothetically, if we stop this now, it wouldn't count right?

 

Jo: You're a few years late for that hypothetical question, darling.

 

Ker: Your Honor, let hypothetical questions still be banned.

 

 

“No one's asking the real questions these days.”

 

“Yeah, like how is it that for six years, I haven't seen any cats catch any rat when there's thousands of them here in Hogwarts.”

 

“No, isn't that because Professor McGonagall allowed cats in here so she could have an army that listens to her?”

 

“Maybe it's training or they all compromised. Even the owls don't eat pet rats. How did they differentiate them from wild rats?”

 

“Those are valid questions I don't know the real answer to.”

 

“No, I'm not asking about the magical pets part, I'm asking about why Draco has the dark lord in his house and no one is suspicious about it!” Harry clarified, flailing his arms here and there for emphasis.

 

“Harry, I don't know if you've forgotten, but we're in a magical world and lots of crazy things exist. I doubt people will believe it readily knowing a dangerous person prefers lounging in the receiving room.”

 

“I just know if he accepted being a Death Eater so easily, Draco has an ulterior motive.”

 

Draco remained quiet and the silence was telling.

 

“This reminds me of the time he smuggled a venomous snake out of its cage to tame it and gain venom resistance.” Pansy piped up, grinning.

 

“Draco, you don't have nine lives.” Harry admonished, shaking his head at the Slytherin.

 

“Shut up Harry, you're literally the boy who can't stay dead.” Draco hissed.

 

Harry pounced on Draco and soon they're rolling on the floor, bickering and snarling.

 

“What do you say we go raid the kitchens?” Ron asked randomly, ignoring the existence of two wriggling robes successfully camouflaging on the carpet.

 

“That's a terrible plan to de-escalate this situation.” Pansy scoffed, getting up. “I like it. Let's go! I think I need some cake.”

 

Ron and the others wisely ignored Draco and Harry as they moved to insults in their signature moves in Quidditch.

 

 

D: How do you smuggle people inside Hogwarts?

 

Ker: We only smuggled food inside Hogwarts, I don't think we can answer that question. I mean, there's no person we wanted to smuggle? 

 

Jo: People finding out the secret passageways was a risk in our school years (with exception of those who know about the map)

 

D: Does Filch even know every passageway?

 

Ker: I don't think so or he'd have Mrs. Norris patrol around the entrances more.

 

D: That does make sense. How does one go about creating a secret passageway? I want to build one. I can do the excavation spell really well 

 

Jo: I can't believe we didn't create a secret passageway in Hogwarts 

 

Ker: Because the lake was too daunting to tackle and the willow is pretty much set already 

 

D: Well then how about creating a space in some random room?

 

Jo: You're a bit too young to be trifling with space magic, darling. You'll end up creating something akin to a Veil.

 

D: But wouldn't that be brilliant?

 

Ker: that would get you a meeting with the Ministry of Magic. The Unspeakables are gonna be unto you.

 

D: They've been recruiting me for years. What are obscure places to put the secret passageways be??

 

Ker: It sounds a bit controversial but how about in the Pet Rooms?

 

Jo: Definitely not the cat rooms, Professor McGonagall will immediately know.

 

Ker: The best bet is the enclosures, since the Owlery has people always coming and going.

 

D: That's right, construction may be tricky.

 

Ker: And how are you gonna get past the Lake?

 

D: Maybe I'd let the mermaids in on it and have them build a tunnel

 

Jo: Unbelievable. This is so unfair!!

 

Ker: Why do mermaids love you too much?? I can see them building it already just because it was you who asked.

 

D: I told you, I saved the chief from drowning 

 

Ker: Do mermaids even drown?!?

 

 

There must be some way to get out of being marked. Or if he's Marked depending on Voldemort's mood swings during his stay at the Manor, how Draco needed to survive and be undetected.

 

There must be a way, surely.

 

Draco wasn't born stupid to be outwitted by a rat. Yeah, that's right. A rat.

 

If memory serves him right, Cousin Siri told him how the Death Eaters recruited seventh years before they graduated.

 

How did they hide their marks? There must be some kind of trick to it. 

 

As Moony stated, Peter Pettigrew revealed under the effects of Veritaserum that he'd been recruited as a Junior Death Eater before graduation. That means he'd been Marked at that time with no one none the wiser. As seventh years, the Improper Use of Magic Office was lenient since they've already come of age.

 

There is no way that Peter Pettigrew is good at acting. But Aunt Bella and Father had assisted them even after they've long graduated, hadn't they?

 

 

"I have a puzzle in front of me…" Draco's voice started trailing off. "Something is missing."

 

 

Just one tiny detail.

 

Who was part of the Junior Death Eaters? There were only five identified to be recruited. Pettigrew, Freehorn, Macmillan, Greengrass,…Uncle Sev.

 

 

 

Being a Junior Death Eater couldn't be a high position, it's merely like an internship. There would only be menial tasks and responsibilities where information is crucial. Information they can get because eavesdropping at Hogwarts was honestly as easy as making apple pie. Portraits talk and by Merlin, they are the reason why they say walls have eyes and ears.

 

If they were only gathering intel, wouldn't there be a person that oversees their actions? Someone in a high position that could most likely protect them from making a mistake. Someone that would be in a position where it would not be suspicious for random students to suddenly be seen around them more frequently.

 

Could it be that the Junior Death Eaters weren't Marked at all?

 

Could it be that the Junior Death Eaters weren't really Junior Death Eaters from the start of it all?

 

Because the only one who could give trustworthy intel that Voldemort would trust would come from Professor Dumbledore himself.

 

Professor Dumbledore at his prime would be the only one Voldemort would be cautious of. Anything amiss could guarantee that they'd be found out. So why would Junior Death Eaters be marked when they would be in the presence of the Headmaster??

 

A sudden thought occured to Draco, remembering how Professor Slughorn said that Professor Dumbledore greatly encouraged his dinners. Why else would the Headmaster support such an obvious ploy of greed and power?

 

Because Slughorn loves lemon drops and having tea with the Headmaster. Slughorn had boasted their own tea ceremony together usually lasted for hours!! Intel gathering in the guise of gossiping, how cheap and sneaky.

 

Dear Merlin…

 

There was a reason Dumbledore respects Uncle Sev.

 

He was the last double spy to survive.

 

The Junior Death Eaters were Dumbledore's Army.

 

"Bloody hell.” 

 

"Have you found a way to not be Marked by the time holidays roll over?" Pansy asked as she looked at the speechless blonde dramatically falling into an armchair beside her. A potion book levitated towards them and landed on Draco's awaiting hand.

 

"Yes."

 

"Really?!" Blaise sighed in relief. Any more thinking and Draco's going to have nightmares about it and he is NOT dealing with it.

 

"Yes." Draco snickered, lips curled up in a smirk as he leafed through his potions book. "I just need to turn back time."

 

"Are you serious right now, Draco?"

 

"He's my cousin."

 

"Not now, Draco."

 

"I am." Draco snickered, eyes brightening at the sight of Professor Slughorn's name in a loose leaf of parchment. "Didn't Professor Dumbledore said he recently acquired his favourite couch?"

 

"...yes?”

 

“Interesting.”

 

Perhaps that Slug Club will be worth something.

 

 

D: Support me in my endeavour to become a skilled informant.

 

Jo: We'll always support you, darling. You know that!

 

Ker: I am quite scared, how will you use the information?

 

D: Exciting and riveting news are sent home, spread or simply just written here 

 

Ker: I love that you keep us healthy, darling. Supplying us with vitamin G.

 

Jo: We look forward to your endeavours, darling.

 

D: I knew you only kept me because the gossip keeps you alive.

 

Ker: We can't help it if all kinds of stories reach you, darling!!

 

Jo: but we do have our stories to share also.

 

Ker: I know they're in Hogsmeade, but Madam Malkins’ connections reach far. Did you know years ago, Madam Rosmerta apparently slept with Aberforth from Hog's Head on a dare?

 

D: Oh my, do tell…

 

Jo: It was supposed to be a one night stand…

 

Ker: but apparently happened more than once!

 

D: This is something I didn't need to know but I guess Harry and the others would feast upon later. Tell me more.

 

 

Notes:

Wands up for Professor McGonagall, you are a legend!

Chapter 17: Will

Notes:

Thank you for the 680 kudos! Idk how many times I tried to upload this chapter but I've forgot all the author's note that I've typed up the previous attempts. Anyway, I've tried to include more scenes but I felt it's okay to enjoy reading it as it is.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Finally, there was something else going on. After Umbridge's reign where clubs were banned, the club activities doubled this time. Dumbledore’s Army really took an indefinite break because with Professor Snape as DADA Professor, they didn't need it. It was well-known that Professor Snape coveted the position for years and now that it has fallen onto his lap, he took the opportunity to put them all in hell. I mean, in strict training.

 

Back to the clubs mentioned, the Quidditch pitch is occupied everyday and the students are thriving in club activities (there were several incidents during recruitment period but it was resolved immediately). At Professor Slughorn’s urging and support, the Hogwarts choir had announced a recital from out of nowhere. Some said it was because Professor Dumbledore came back but that was totally irrelevant so it was often dismissed. Some said it was the professors’ way to make up for a shitty year. A murmur of excitement from sixth and seventh years can be heard throughout Hogwarts as Severus Snape, the new DADA professor, announced a Wizarding Duel competition as finals for the first term. (He really was putting them all towards magic exhaustion success)

 

Personally, Harry couldn't care less about the duels and other clubs. Quidditch is finally back! It was a way to relax from academics and Ron is trying out as Quidditch captain so it'll be more fun. Although due to the fierce fight for scheduling, Gryffindor emerged winners of Thursdays and Fridays for Quidditch practice. It fits well in his schedule Hermione makes sure he meticulously follows.

 

Harry is yet again accosted by the Headmaster, a few weeks after coming back to Hogwarts with a cursed item damaging his hand and what a way to announce that it's what the Headmaster was really looking for last year. A cursed item. Really?

 

The shenanigans for the year were revealed when Dumbledore finally came through and talked to Harry about Horcruxes. Harry was left speechless after that. What was he supposed to say? Oh, wow. A cursed item. Really. From Voldy? Huh…

 

After an hour conversing with Moony and Padfoot regarding that topic where Harry almost had a panic attack when he learned Moony and Padfoot were both tasked to find it years ago, it was safe to say that it was a long long day. A cursed item it took the headmaster years to find was tasked to his guardians! The what ifs almost didn't make him sleep.

 

So, to rant and give and receive information, the Slytherins and Gryffindors gathered in the Room of Requirement again.

 

“This is all your fault, Draco. Why did you insist I ask about the ring anyway?” Harry cried out, frustrated. 

 

Draco let out an indignant grunt. “He left Hogwarts under Umbridge's rules to find that cursed ring that’s gradually taking away his magic, Harry. He's wearing it on his dominant hand, for Salazar's sake. His hand is rotting away! Even Madame Pomfrey couldn't do anything about it and yet he's still wearing it like it's the latest trend. I was even forbidden to examine him and I'm a healer intern! Out of all the students, I bet a galleon you'd get answers if you ask and look at that, you did.”

 

Harry groaned, “I didn't want to know the reason why Moony and Padfoot left Voldy alone is because he's missing pieces of his soul and can respawn!”

 

It was true. Moony and Padfoot seemed enough to destroy Voldy with or without a wand. That would be decades of revenge fulfilled, innit? 

 

“But why couldn't Professor Dumbledore just destroy the Horcrux? Does he really need to wear it?” Ron asked, face scrunching up as if in pain. “I don't think magick sucked out of you is a pleasant experience or will let you maintain a pleasing personality. It's a cursed item, I won't be surprised if I see Professor looking deranged. I bet he hears voices. Or have so many intrusive thoughts.”

 

“Probably because if the soul piece is destroyed, it'll alert its owner and not all Horcruxes are still found. If one was destroyed, Voldy would have to make sure the remaining ones are secured.” Hermione theorised. “This was something Draco and I were researching about and normally when people make Horcruxes, they only make one or two or else you’ll lose your sense of self.”

 

“But our estimate for the Dark Lord is six to seven, this is adding to the fact that it does seem he's not entirely sane. Talking to him is tiring enough because his favourite spells are Unforgivables, what more if everyone knew he's temporarily immortal.” Draco added. “Moony said it was seven because the Dark Lord believed in its power. Uncle Sev is keeping quiet but I think he knows about it, too.”

 

“Seven.” Ron gasped, horrified. “How are the Order going to find six? The ring was already found and it took years!”

 

“Technically, there's only five left.” Blaise said, considering it. “If what Harry told me during second year stands, the journal was part of the Dark Lord so it's been ruined now. It's gone. So that's one down. Then, the ring from the Headmaster as well. So that's two down.”

 

“What do you think the other Horcruxes could be?” Harry asked, still reeling from the information. Even Professor Dumbledore didn't specify anything.

 

“I suppose something sentimental or something important for others that they wouldn't destroy…?”

 

“Or it could be something related to Hogwarts. Something precious!”

 

“Hold on a moment, I'm bothered by the plural term of Horcrux. Shouldn't we call it Horcruxi instead?”

 

“Horcruxes.”

 

“Horcruxi.”

 

“Horcruxes.”

 

“Horcruxi.”

 

"HORCRUXES!"

 

"HORCRUXI!"

 

"HORCRUXES!"

 

"HORCRUXI!"

 

"STOP SCREAMING!" Harry yelled, covering his ears.

 

Hermione and Draco looked away and crossed their arms, seething.

 

"Whichever is grammatically correct, it's a problem. Merlin, you both are giving me a headache." Blaise said, groaning. "This is one of the rare times we're together so let's all get along."

 

"We just need a code for it." Ron quipped, “We don't need Watchers or Junior Death Eaters gaining knowledge we know of the Horcruxes.”

 

"Spider, 6 legs, 1 body."

 

"Squid."

 

"Hexapods. Let's go with hexapods."

 

"That's too obvious, they'll know."

 

Before another screaming match would happen, and this time between Pansy and Draco -- Blaise informed the Golden Trio usually happens when they're apart for so long-- Blaise cut in and said his suggestion.

 

"How about Octopus?"

 

"Why octopus?" 

 

"7 horcruxes, 1 chosen one."

 

Ignoring Harry's offended 'oi', the Slytherins and Hermione nodded solemnly.

 

Seeing Hermione agree, Ron patted Harry's shoulder. "You're an octopus, Harry."

 

“Can the time turner turn back time before we met and I change history by not making each of you my friends?” Harry asked politely.

 

“Apparently, you can't disown friends, Harry.”

 

“If the time turner can do that, I want a magic item that can steal a person's innate talent.” Draco piped up, recalling something he's repeatedly thinking of during summer. “I would love to steal Harry being a parselmouth. He can't even speak it well.”

 

Harry's glare then would've made Snape proud.

 

 

Ker: When you said this year was uneventful in Hogwarts, we didn't really think you'd be writing this late, darling

 

D: There's this social club where me, Hermione and other random people are a part of this year. I was quite surprised with the quality of food. Who knew they'll serve chateaubriand? 

 

Jo: A social club! My, my! You can finally put your table manners and etiquette lessons to the test!

 

D: I've already mastered that part, already been complimented about it, already had a lesson and taught it last week

 

Ker: Sounds tiring. What is your goal, darling 

 

D: What makes you think I have a goal 

 

Ker: You dedicated potion making hours to socializing.

 

Jo: That's not suspicious at all.

 

D: Why am I being exposed through writing?

 

Jo: Tell us or we'll owl Snape anonymously!

 

D: Jokes on you, being anonymous don't exist in his vocabulary, he'll figure who you are immediately!

 

Ker: It's hard to swallow and admit the truth :(

 

D: Oh, but I am socializing so I can appear prim, proper and innocent :)

 

Jo: He's planning a murder and making the social club an alibi

 

Ker: Dear merlin, we do NOT need any more details 

 

Jo: Enjoy your scones and tea, our innocent Darling D. You're not planning on poisoning anyone else, right?

 

D: Depends on my mood, i guess?

 

Ker: Eat apple pie, it'll make you feel better. In fact, let me owl Dobby…

 

Jo: WE LOVE YOU DARLING, PLEASE DON'T GO TO AZKABAN, IT'LL BE HARD TO VISIT 

 

D: You don't love me enough to be my cellmates in Azkaban?

 

Jo: Well, when you put it that way, what crime are we committing?

 

Ker: Do we need to bury a body? Because we know a large plot of land that no one passes by filled with magical herbs no one harvests for some reason.

 

D: Interesting. Do you know why it's not being harvested?

 

Ker: Do we need to call the Aurors after all?

 

D: There's a dead body already occupying that large plot of land.

 

Jo: …you know what, lemme just owl our brother…

 

 

Sixth year is challenging because Draco can only count to ten people he could trust with his life in this war. He's almost foaming at the mouth with the amount of Gryffindor in it too.

 

"If you told me in first year, that I'm trusting a Slytherin in a war, I'd have signed myself up in St. Mungo's despite the expenses." Ron commented.

 

They were staring at the ceiling where a bunch of scrolls were laid out and spelled to stick there temporarily. Hermione figured they could use a different angle.

 

"If you told my first year self that I'd ignore my self preservation for a Gryffindor, my Father would've heard about it and got you expelled one way or another."

 

Sirius, Remus, Hermione, Harry, Ron, Pansy, Blaise, Uncle Sev…Fred and George.

 

Ten people. Eight people. 

 

(Viktor and Neville are exempted in this ranking because they're too precious for this world.)

 

"Should we think up countermeasures for Hogwarts?" Harry frowned.

 

"But why? Hogwarts is well protected."

 

"No, it's not. We're lacking manpower to save all the students, or evacuate them in a timely manner."

 

"That's what the emergency drills are for. You follow the portraits."

 

"But what should we do if Hogwarts gets attacked?"

 

"What do you mean?" Blaise furrowed his brows. "Hogwarts has hundreds of soldiers, Harry. Close to a thousand, even."

 

Harry looked adorably confused. Even Hermione was intrigued.

 

"Do you see all the knights and armoury in Hogwarts?" Pansy asked as if the suit of armors didn't guard the halls every floor.

 

"...Yes?" Harry confirmed, doubtful. There were even statues of knights outside Hogwarts! 

 

"With the right spell, they'll come to life and protect Hogwarts."

 

WHAT.

 

"But how?!"

 

"Magick.”

 

Hermione jumped up from where she was drowning in pillows.

 

“I got a plan!”

 

“Who knew sticking the papers to the ceiling really did give her inspiration…”

 

 

D: I know that this kind of out of nowhere, but what do you think of marriage?

 

Ker: I do

 

Jo: I do

 

D: I am not proposing

 

Ker: Just so you know Darling, if you're ever engaged to someone else and set to be wed with someone you don't love, we'll crash the wedding

 

Jo: and the fireworks show we did will look cute compared to what we'll do

 

Ker: we're just informing you that we're getting ready for that particular scenario 

 

Jo: don't get angry at us if we ever put you inside a sack to kidnap you before or during your wedding day because we'll definitely do it!!

 

D: so I take it you approve of marriage, just not with someone else

 

Jo: We already have a binder of wedding plans if you're talking about marrying us 

 

Ker: we can marry spring, winter, fall, summer depending on your mood darling. We've got you!

 

Jo: don't worry about the budget either because the store is doing well!! 

 

Ker: just give us a date 

 

D: what ever happened to proposals? 

 

Jo: we don't see anyone else getting wed to us anytime soon 

 

Ker: Just give us a date, darling ;) Do you want a grand romantic gesture?

 

D: Not really and no, I am not committed to marriage. I'd like to focus on career after graduation first 

 

Jo: Whatever you choose as a career path, we'll support you, darling!

 

D: As it should be

 

Ker: It's just us two guys spoiling and supporting a spoiled rich purebred Pureblood that knows we'll do his every whim, just a normal day 

 

D: I'm just a spoiled rich purebred Pureblood letting two unpredictable, natural disasters do their thing because they're unstoppable 

 

Jo: hey, you can stop us just fine

 

D: I doubt it. If I say stop supporting me, will you?

 

Ker: We're just moral support not financial support why are we being asked to stop??

 

D: See, stubborn to a fault 

 

Jo: Someone had to be!

 

D: I want a divorce 

 

Ker: You can't get a divorce, you need to have a valid reason to go through a divorce. Do you think we'd agree to divorce?? 

 

Jo: No annulment, no marriage separation!! What about the kids?!

 

D: I'm taking custody, I can support them just fine!

 

Jo: No! We! Will! Not! Agree!

 

Ker: We'll make it rain so hard, you won't be able to get to court

 

D: This is why I am spoiled and rich

 

Ker: This is why you can't get rid of us!!!

 

D: Why am I hearing evil laughter?

 

Jo: You should be fondly smiling at our evil laughter and antics, darling, you're in love with us

 

D: I shall fondly smile when I see you in court

 

Ker: for a court wedding, right? Personally, I'd want a garden wedding but if it's a court wedding, we can have a garden reception 

 

Jo: I'm not picky at all, wherever the wedding will be 

 

D: You know those pirate weddings where you get married while fighting 

 

Ker: yes?

 

D: I'd throw both of you overboard 

 

Jo: No!

 

D: You know those forest weddings where you get married in a large clearing 

 

Jo: Aw, like where we first met in the Forbidden Forest? How romantic 

 

D: I'd set the forest on fire

 

Ker: Darling, no!

 

D: Don't get me started on church weddings, can you even enter there without disintegrating?

 

Ker: That's a good question

 

Jo: We are not vampires!

 

D: Do you know the way to Malfoy Manor?

 

Ker: But Pansy says it takes an hour by carriage to reach the Manor from the gates

 

D: You'd be swallowed up by the Manor and never be seen again 

 

Jo: Why do I see it happening? 

 

Ker: there's always The Burrow!

 

D: The moment I see your family house is the day it'll fall apart 

 

Jo: Ominous and something I definitely see happening 

 

Ker: How about in Hogwarts 

 

D: I'd rather consume poison than be wed by the Headmaster 

 

Jo: please don't do that since you seem to have some in stock

 

D: This wedding and marriage talk is over, there's no venue to speak of

 

Ker: We'll create one!

 

D: No!

 

Jo: There's always eloping, we'll keep that as plan B

 

Ker: Plan C is committing a crime

 

D: What crime

 

Ker: Kidnapping 

 

D: Let's never get married 

 

Jo: Take! That! Back!

 

 

Winter holidays are fast approaching and Draco has yet to present some kind of plan to ensure that Death Eaters would be able to infiltrate Hogwarts.

 

There were secret passageways, sure but it's been a secret for decades and Wormtail already knows of it so why didn't the rat say anything about it?

 

He's clearly keeping it from Voldy’s knowledge for some reason. Uncle Sev, too.

 

Why?

 

To ensure that the infiltration won't be expedited before the end of the year?

 

Or is it because someone's been patrolling along the Shrieking Shack? 

 

Surely, Cousin Siri already secured the entry points outside of Hogwarts. Moony already told them to be cautious of using the secret passageways this year, after all. Should he regularly check the Hogwarts side, then?

 

For some reason, Voldemort not knowing of the secret passageways boggled Draco but life continues to get harder. 

 

Taking a walk to clear his head is the best answer for tonight as Draco patrolled his routes as a prefect. He's gradually getting tired of patrolling, but being able to deduct some points really compensates for it. Though he rarely encounters rulebreakers nowadays. (Is it because there's no more Weasley twins to blame for the pranks?)

 

He sent a thought to Salazar that he absolutely does NOT want to be Head Boy in their final year, thinking of the paperwork and more responsibility. Maybe Blaise could do it. It's additional training! 

 

Walking back and forth, he noticed a door appearing and blinked. He accidentally summoned the Room of Requirement.

 

Checking the time, Draco deemed his patrol time done and headed towards the Room. It shows him interesting rooms all the time if he's accidentally summoned the Room.

 

Entering, he was greeted with mountains of stuff. Innumerable knick knacks and furniture covered the room, it looked like a place where the Vanished things are kept. It looks like a garbage dump, to put it simply.

 

Hopefully, there's no suspicious liquids or potions loitering around here.

 

Wandering around, Draco noticed books and other random stuff that seemed it was discarded. Hm…a room for lost things. A huge Lost and Found room.

 

“This is something only you could have created,” Draco murmured to the Room. “It's like you're saying I'm going to find something here that could help me.”

 

Draco stared at the maze-like structure and smirked. It should be something worth looking for.

 

Five minutes later, Draco was fiddling with the numerous cabinets when one caught his eye.

 

“Familiar wood and texture,” Draco poked and prodded the cabinet. Thinking hard of where he'd seen the particular cabinet, Draco let out vicious laughter. “You look like the answer to my woes.”

 

The Room seemed a bit brighter after hearing Draco laugh.

 

What better way to infiltrate Hogwarts than squeezing into a disappearing cabinet??

 

Now, he just needs to purchase its twin. He knew accompanying his Father in Knockturn Alley would do him good.

 

Space magic, after all, was something he's learned to be gifted with during his lessons with Aunt Bella.

 

Now that Death Eater matters are done and planned, Draco needs a masterplan to outwit others in the DADA dueling competition and dissuade Harry from using Sectumsempra he was obsessively thinking on using.

 

 

D: Do you want to do an experiment with me?

 

Jo: Is Nip in trouble again?

 

D: No, but I think he misses Ker.

 

Ker: Aw, I miss him too.

 

D: He's got a mate and owlet too, Hagrid’s been taking care of the newborn owls.

 

Jo: Our owl is getting old and having babies already!! How time flies!!

 

D: For all we know, he's been courting the owl for years too.

 

Ker: Is it the tawny owl usually right beside him or one of the white-grey ones who always gossip with Hedwig and Pig 

 

D: I think it's one of the students' owls

 

Jo: Our owl is taking inspiration to our long distance relationship

 

Ker: if we can make it work, they can too!!

 

D: stop getting competitive with Nip!

 

Ker: Who would've thought the owl who can deliver a whole crate of rats can have a mate

 

D: People kept asking how you and your brother can get someone to tolerate both of you and yet here we are.

 

Ker: Darling, are you the villain of my day today?!

 

D: I mean, it really is quite unbelievable to some that both of you will fall for one person like how it's seemingly impossible for me to fall for two.

 

Jo: It was such a good thing that your heart is so big, there was enough love to be felt by both of us. We're swooning here, darling.

 

D: How could you not be embarrassed writing that

 

Jo: I feel the power of love every stroke of your words

 

Ker: Maybe we're just really whipped for you, darling. We aren't going to lie about that.

 

D: We are not veering toward the conversation where you both flood me with compliments and affirmations, it's not the time

 

Ker: Oh, darling :( I was just getting started!!!

 

Jo: What have you been up to these days, darling?

 

D: Well, studies are still the same. The social club was taking a break after a discussion on eating magical creatures had gone wrong. 

 

Ker: Is this where Ron and Hermione got angry because your new professor said he'd love to eat dragon meat and Ginny had to walk out

 

D: Which is a challenge if you think about it because they've been alive for centuries, their meat is is bound to be tough. 

 

Jo: I think a letter from upset siblings will reach Charlie soon, we'll give him a heads up. And eating magical creatures is a crime!

 

Ker: They're already hard enough to find or breed, why go through trouble to eat them 

 

D: because Slughorn already ate unicorns and magical birds. I remember him now, he's a frequent customer of the Malfoy Magical Creatures Trading which was suspicious already but Father tolerated him.

 

Ker: why isn't authorities being called

 

D: Dumbledore's backing him. An Order of Merlin member is his backer that's why he's able to puff up his feathers 

 

Jo: Your new professor sounds as worse as Umbridge 

 

Ker: She's back in the ministry by the way, we saw her cozying up to the minister again.

 

D: I suppose there are some people that are really hard to disappear from the Magical records.

 

Ker: Anyone else think if people read our conversation that's always bordering on committing crimes, that it's concerning 

 

Jo: We're just planning on it, not actually going through it

 

D: Haha, yeah about that 

 

Ker: the one protected by laws has spoken 

 

D: I'm going back to my experiment 

 

Jo: I pray there will be no explosion or evidence 

 

D: You wound me Jo, of course not

 

Ker: or blood

 

D: Well… Prayers are welcome.

 

Ker: WE KNOW NOTHING 

 

 

"I think Drakey is not visiting me nowadays." Moaning Myrtle hummed. "Because Drakey is busy with bad bad things."

 

Draco was, in fact, busy with the repairs for the Vanishing Cabinet. Why didn't anyone tell him repairing spell work is like untangling knotted yarn and needle and hay that was twined like a dead bush?

 

The amount of parchment he wasted constructing a new magical pattern and circle with updated runes could build a tower and a bridge. 

 

"How could you say that, Myrtle? Of course not." Draco smiled innocently as he put a vial to collect Basilisk venom. 

 

That's why he's in the Chamber of Secrets for destressing, what better way to create potions and antidotes?

 

The Chamber of Secrets had been another secret room that only Hermione and Draco ever visited frequently. This is where the experimental potions Hermione and Draco come from (that he shouldn't really make in his potions room inside his godfather's office). Sure, they'd profit greatly if they sell the basilisk skeleton but where is the fun in that?

 

Moaning Myrtle was quite fond of the place. It was the reason she's not crying in the bathroom nowadays.

 

"Drakey's been going to the Room I can't get inside allllll theeee timeeee." Moaning Myrtle's eyes narrowed as she hissed. That's right, Moaning Myrtle or any of the ghosts cannot enter the Room of Requirement. "Are you avoiding me?!"

 

"Not at all, Myrtle. I'm preparing something, I apologize." Draco bowed as he apologized, like a gentleman.

 

"It's okay. I know how much preparation to do when you want to give it your all." She giggled. "Like me and the evacuation procedures, yknow! Unlike Peevie, I'm not directionally challenged!!”

 

Everyone knows not to ask the poltergeist directions, he doesn't know what left and right means. The evacuation procedures was something the Golden trio came up with to keep Myrtle busy. The moment Hogwarts is infiltrated, Myrtle has to lead the students in the Chamber of Secrets for safety. Myrtle had taken it like a mermaid to water and is memorising the whole place because she's so sure someone would absolutely get lost…or Peeves would intentionally get them lost. She's confident it's both.

 

Draco is actually the person who can give the date of the day Hogwarts will be invaded. He's the key person for that. (Not that anyone knows at the moment but he's fortunate for the golden chance to spearhead it)

 

“Do you do it to escape your watchers, Draco?” Myrtle suddenly snarled, pigtails flying all over in rage. “I'll haunt them for you!!”

 

“You've been tormenting them for years, sweetheart. I thank you for that.”

 

This unlikely friendship started when Myrtle discovered the Prefect bathrooms and joined Draco lounge in the large bathtub and engage in deep conversations about life. (From what Harry said, she still does that)

 

“Peevie pissed off a lot of them.” Myrtle said offhandedly, waving a hand dismissively. Those two really have an intense love-hate relationship with each other but they've come to a truce to some things. “I bet he still has pranks in his sleeve.”

 

Draco paused in grinding up Basilisk bone as he heard the poltergeist’s plans, then shrugged. Who was he to try controlling Peeves?

 

“Well, whatever makes Peeves happy.”

 

Myrtle settled on the head of the Basilisk, sighing as if she's a tired older sister raging about her little brother.

 

“There's a lot to make him happy, that guy.”

 

“What makes you happy, Myrtle?”

 

“Murder.” a satisfied smile was on Myrtle's face as she stroked the Basilisk.

 

“That makes me happy, too.” Draco replied without a pause, nodding as he packed up the supplies. Uncle Sev would be pleased with the amount of venom he procured.

 

“I hope you can murder soon, Drakey. I want you to be happy.”

 

Draco smiled as he walked towards the exit.

 

“Maybe I could, before the year ends.”

 

“Oooh, I like the sound of that.” Myrtle clapped her hands excitedly, “I can't wait!”

 

 

Jo: Why did our dear Ronniekins write us a letter asking for help to dissuade you from murder? He heard it from Hermione who heart it from Harry who heard it from Neville who heard it from Peeves who heard it directly from Myrtle.

 

D: I know nothing 

 

Ker: You'll be suspected! Peeves is already spreading the word

 

D: I have the right to remain silent

 

Jo: Pretty please don't murder someone 

 

Ker: Please please don't go to Azkaban this year? The Pygmy puffs are almost ready for commercialisation!

 

D: Fine. I'll see what I can do.

 

Jo: Splendid, do you want a Pygmy puff?

 

D: Can it live in the Potter vaults like Twig?

 

Ker: Uh…it can get lonely 

 

D: Can it live in the Potter vaults with Twig?

 

Jo: Nice question.

 

D: Give mine to Twig.

 

Ker: Don't you think the Goblins would hate to take care of the Pygmy puffs?

 

D: Fine, I'll talk to them first but I can bet a galleon they'll agree

 

Ker: Brilliant! I think they will since you're like a Gringotts favourite.

 

Jo: I'll tell Ronniekins you were just missing Twig, okay?

 

D: Whatever makes Ronald happy.

 

Ker: Hey darling, any places you'd like to visit once you're out of Hogwarts?

 

D: Probably Grimmauld Place, I haven't been there since I was a child and Harry's been ranting to me about the mansion being stubborn 

 

Ker: then again it's been abandoned for years so its feelings are valid… 

 

D: but that doesn't mean its tantrum will go on for years now that it has occupants. 

 

Jo: How about our shop, darling?? Visit us too!!

 

D: When I think of Ronald's stories how you ripped him off because he's related to both of you and Harry got all of it free, I don't wanna find out if I'll be like Harry or Ronald

 

Ker: Ronniekins is such a crybaby, sometimes. Vicky is in for the long haul for him, still?

 

D: Utterly besotted with the novel-thick letters they think we don't know they receive 

 

Jo: for the record, you can take all of our inventory for free, darling and we won't get mad at all. If you're buying, you're discounted.

 

Ker: it's how royalties work 

 

D: No, it's not. Back to the pygmy puffs, do you think Myrtle would like one?

 

Jo: Um… I don't think we have the magical capacity to make a ghost pygmy puff and do it without crying and emotional attachment 

 

D: I reckon Peeves and Myrtle need one to coparent 

 

Ker: Their arguments will shift from petty fights to parental responsibility, how tragic 

 

Jo: Maybe an alive pygmy puff is okay since Peeves can touch it… 

 

D: Great because if I can be honest, Myrtle is about to create a miracle and eject Peeves from Hogwarts before we graduate

 

Ker: What a scary thought.

 

Jo: Maybe Dobby can help?

 

D: No, I'm gifting him a separate one to coparent with Tilly 

 

Ker: Darling…are you bored? It feels like you're playing matchmaker…

 

Jo: You have peculiar tastes to match Myrtle and Peeves together.

 

D: No! normalise co-parenting even with platonic couplings.

 

Ker: Are you sure about that reply

 

D: I mean, Dobby may be older than Tilly but he's been in her life longer than me so… and I'm not bored. No? What makes you say that…

 

Ker: You're creating a love triangle for the Hogwarts free house elves and your personal house elf!!! 

 

D: Stop giving Dobby ideas, he'll sulk because he'll think he will have to marry both of them to take responsibility 

 

Jo: Thank Godric, love potions are banned in Hogwarts 

 

D: A Dobby Harem is not in my bucket list but we can quill it in

 

 

“STUPEFY!”

 

“EXPELLIARMUS!”

 

“AGUAMENTI!”

 

“AQUA ERUCTO!”

 

“BAUBILLIUS!”

 

“PROTEGO!”

 

“Honestly, when will their duel end?” Pansy asked as a drenched Hermione and Draco continued to fire off spell after spell.

 

“Until the ranking for the first term is posted.” Ron predicted, scanning the remains of his tea leaves in his third tea cup.

 

“It's been an hour already.” Harry groaned, his head aches. Blaise was very strict in Occlumency.

 

“Let them be, they're already winding down.” Blaise chuckled, massaging Harry's forehead when the Boy Who Has A Migraine burrowed on his side as soon as he sat down.

 

“This is Professor Slughorn’s fault.” Pansy clicked her tongue as Hilt approached with a dagger in its mouth. She took it and set off to clean it after getting supplies out of her bottomless pocket. “Why would he ask for the top one and two to showcase their talents for dueling? He's not even in DADA.”

 

“Either Professor Snape is silently protesting for a raise in his salary –and it's already a lot, mind you – or it's just he's busy with other things.”

 

“Other things like?”

 

“Like how to counteract Nagini’s venom!” Draco called out, dodging a spell by rolling forward then shooting a spell back.

 

“We're experimenting with snake antidotes and tonics!” Hermione added as she ripped a button off her shirt to conjure a large boulder just to dodge a spell.

 

“Can you both not drag your duel out, you probably won't remember the sequence after!!” 

 

Hermione and Draco paused in their battle, the barriers falling as soon as they both lowered their wands. All around the two of them were ruined furniture and debris and water and fire. 

 

“Okay, we end in a draw at the showcase.” Draco conceded, sighing. He massaged Hermione's wrists with a touch of healing spell, Hermione doing the same to him after. Wand movements are complicated yet people just think it's standard swish and flicks!

 

“You just basically choreographed your duel to end in a draw.” Blaise rolled his eyes. He was already predicted to be the ultimate winner if he gets permission to duel without a wand.

 

“Well, we both didn't want to lose.” Hermione huffed, cuddling Crookshanks close as she sat on Ron's lap.

 

Ron gladly welcomed her, arms wrapped around her securely.

 

Pansy and Draco looked at the four people in the room with a judgemental look.

 

“Not that I'm really serious about it but every time you all do PDA, I'm disgusted.” Pansy sneered.

 

“Isn't it about time you get a fiancé, Pans? Maybe your knickers won't be in a twist.” Blaise puckered his lips and exaggeratedly kissed Harry's cheek.

 

“No. I don't have time for romance.” Pansy said dismissively, the daggers around her sparkling clean. Hilt was pawing each and every one. “I said I'd be the Head of the House without a man.”

 

“Well, what about Draco? Didn't you have someone, you exchanged letters with them.” Ron asked, looking genuinely curious.

 

“I do. But it's not that serious.” Draco said, shrugging.

 

As if he hadn't dedicated his heart, mind and soul to Fred and George Weasley already. 

 

Nah, not that serious.

 

“Sure.” Pansy and Blaise drawled, their smug smirks were tempting to be wiped off.

 

“So how long are we going to pretend that Draco doesn't have a significant someone?” Harry whispered to Hermione.

 

“Until he reveals who they are.” Hermione answered.

 

“Draco can hear you.” Draco whispered to Harry who wasn't really subtle with the whispering.

 

“When will you introduce your significant other who probably lives in Diagon Alley?” Ron asked, grinning. He may have a T in Divination, but he can bet chicken he's right.

 

“Why would you say Diagon Alley?” Draco asked, crossing his arms. Ron would probably faint if he found out his guess was right.

 

“Because that's the only place you wanted to go for the break?” Harry guessed.

 

“I've been to lots of countries already, it's tiring to portkey travel.” Draco deflected. “And consecutive floo travel.”

 

“So they do live in Diagon Alley, then.” Ron concluded, nodding at Hermione as if he won a bet. “Draco never gets this defensive.”

 

“Maybe we should ask if the twins know.” Hermione smirked.

 

Draco just sighed.

 

“If the twins do know, then what would you do?”

 

“Nothing. We're just happy you're capable of loving someone, Draco!” 

 

Pansy, Blaise and Draco had the etiquette training to thank for maintaining their facial expressions.

 

Emotional Gryffindors.

 

Ugh.

 

“You're worse than Hufflepuffs.” 

 

“WHAT!”

 

“There was a moment, Draco! You don't have to intentionally ruin it!”

 

 

D: They're onto us.

 

Jo: Who?

 

D: The Golden trio

 

Ker: It's been awhile since I've seen the title, how hilarious 

 

Jo: Well, it's been years so they should be having an inkling by now.

 

D: It's dangerous.

 

Ker: We're strong, darling. We beat you in a duel, didn't we?

 

D: Never talk about that.

 

Jo: Ooh, still a sore topic.

 

D: I beat you in the next duel, didn't I?

 

Ker: Out of spite.

 

D: It fuels me.

 

Jo: We're not exactly hiding our love for you, they should've caught on earlier than this.

 

Ker: We showered you with our affections back in Hogwarts. I miss our Hogwarts dates!

 

Jo: Can we go on a date, darling? We can give you apples!

 

Ker: An apple a day keeps the plague away!

 

D: Sure, if you can sneak in.

 

Ker: Challenge accepted.

 

Jo: Now, how do we convince Moony and Padfoot to lend us that Honeydukes masterkey?

 

 

One of the good things when you have the Most Talented Potions Master as a godfather is the shared joy of making potions, poisons and antidotes.

 

“Feels like I haven't seen you since forever.” Draco commented as he stirred Pepper Up Potion clockwise.

 

“We've kept up correspondence and you have been here almost everyday, dragon. I don't know what you're talking about.”

 

Well, yeah. Of course he'll be in his godfather's office, he missed his own potions room! 

 

“I have already given you Nagini’s venom, do you think you can make a cure?” Draco asked, trying to hide his giddiness. His Uncle Sev had been proud of him when he gave the vial the first day back.

 

“It's manageable. You really did well acquiring it.” Severus patted his godson's head. There, there. It's a precaution so as to prevent Draco from having his ego burst out with the boy beaming so brightly.

 

“Ah. That reminds me. The task. Are you still under Unforgivable Vow, Uncle Sev? Mother really shouldn't have done that.”

 

Apparently, Uncle Sev was in France for a week to visit his mother! He wasn't even informed! (He would've snuck out.) Not just that, Aunt Bella also dropped by there almost at the same time to do the vow! He's surrounded by sneaky people.

 

“Yes, of course.”

 

“What happens when Dumbledore dies?” Draco asked as they began bottling up the finished potions.

 

“Well, hopefully his soul should be able to pass all the way to where it should go.”

 

“No, I meant, what about the smuggled magical artifacts and his immense collection of century old magic item collectibles? Is it going to be given away to charity or to the Gringotts goblins? Does Hogwarts get some money or the Ministry will monopolize it? Will it all go to Aberforth?”

 

Severus stared at Draco for several seconds trying to figure out how he knew about the extensive collection of (questionably safe and legal) magical stuff the Headmaster had accumulated since becoming a Hogwarts Professor. He chalked it off to Draco reading off Lucius’ paperwork again.

 

“I believe it will all go to Aberforth, yes.” Severus said after some consideration. There would be officials who'd be drooling over the items as much as Gringotts would kill to acquire some of it. Contrary to popular belief, Aberforth is quite gifted in magical stuff and it will be safe with him. (The hidden stuff and things that happen in Hog’s Head are forever etched in his mind. Like, you know, the prophecy.)

 

Draco clicked his tongue. He should've befriended the Hogs Head owner.

 

Severus went to his office and blinked at the sight of the warm tea and scones set up on the coffee table. Ah yes, Dobby is here. Wonderful addition to the Hogwarts kitchen staff, that one.

 

Draco followed and immediately sat down for some tea. Etiquette is nonexistent with his knowledge that his uncle has unconditional love for him. (And yes, confirmed a second time under Veritaserum testing). Besides, the man has known him when he was just a mass of cells, what's the point of etiquette?

 

It's called being a guardian. (People who stood up and took responsibility)

 

Wait a minute. Going along these lines…

 

“Well, what happens when you die?” Draco asked, just to be sure.

 

“No matter what method you died in, your soul will leave your body–”

 

“No!” Draco grimaced, trying to escape a death lecture. “I mean what happens when YOU die, Uncle.”

 

Severus stared at his godson, his faith in Draco’s gray morality to stay gray diminishing like the tea drained out of the boy’s cup. Has he been exposed to some bad influence lately? Ah. Yes. Of course, how could he forget Voldemort as Draco's recent delightful conversation partner during summer? Not to mention Bellatrix.

 

“Like, when you die, and yes, it's when because we all die, you know… so…when you die, do I get all your money?” Draco asked, thinking hard. “Because you have no heir, no living relatives I know of, no significant other that is currently leeching off your wealth, fame and fortune… isn't it just me that's left to receive your life’s savings and hard work??”

 

“Dragon.” Severus looked at his godson, subtly telling him to reign his thoughts. Draco smiled like an angel in response. “Some things are not meant to be said out loud.”

 

(That was a confirmation in Snape Speak. No need to point out the obvious!!!)

 

“Yes, Uncle Sev.” Draco said, trying to be solemn as he picked up his second cup of tea.

 

But how could he be solemn? 

 

His nonexistent grandchildren’s legitimate, adopted, and illegitimate grandchildren just got richer. 

 

 

Later, Albus Dumbledore looked perplexed as Severus Snape asked him a question during one of their one-on-one weekly reports.

 

“Hey Albus.”

 

“Yes, what is it, Severus?”

 

“What happens when you die?” 

 

Severus looked so forlorn looking out the window, he had to clear his throat and gather his thoughts. Perhaps Severus was going through with something?

 

“Well, when you die, no matter what method you died in–”

 

“No, I know that.” Severus dismissed what he was going to say with a wave of his hand.

 

“What happens when you die, Albus? Because we all die someday and we're not immortal. We haven't had this talk yet, I realized this is the perfect time for it.”

 

Ah. So, he was asking for Albus’ plans after death! Perhaps Severus is quite nervous about becoming a double spy yet again. Dumbledore's Army will prevail this time again, though. 

 

“Perhaps you need to elaborate, Severus.”

 

“Will I get the limited edition Aesop Sharp potions recipe book and Potions Item Box or Swoopstikes’ personal potions collection and stirrer or Flamel’s extensive potion collection he asked you to keep? Do I get to keep them legally? You know I'll be taking it with or without permission. Even that precious memory bowl of yours.”

 

Albus stared at Severus, barely comprehending the list of magical items he's had for years. Is this a sudden negotiation? Albus is going to live for a few more decades so it'd be best to indulge his spy.

 

“Well.” Albus shrugged. “Perhaps it can be arranged, Severus. You seem to have the desire to keep the items in  immaculate care.”

 

“I'd like the entire collection of books of All About Potions by Bartholomew as well.” Severus added, giving Albus an envelope all of a sudden. “And I'd like you to consider giving the items in this list too just to meet the minimum amount to be included in your Will.”

 

Albus didn't have the heart to correct Severus that he has no minimum requirement in his Will. He accepted the envelope and his eyes widened at the amount of items inside that he has collected for decades. Majority of it was displayed in his office, sure, but Albus didn't know Severus was particularly interested in magical items. Maybe it was a hobby Severus picked up from him.

 

“I guess it's doable, Severus.” Albus chuckled in amusement. Kids these days. So resourceful. “I do suppose the staff can be included in my Will. It would be unfair it it's only you and Minerva will get items.”

 

“That's great. So, you'll update your Will?”

 

“Yes, yes. I do suppose I should include Harry, too. I want to give him something very important.”

 

“Albus, you gifted him the cloak during first year, you can't be serious. You suck at giving Potter gifts!”

 

“Nonsense, I thought it was genius!!” Albus chuckled airily. Good times. “I should give him a snitch!”

 

Yes, there's a particular snitch he got from an auction that would work perfectly for his plan!

 

“If you say so.” 

 

Albus offered Severus some lemon drops.

 

All he got was a disappointed stare.

 

Ah well, he'll get Severus to like candy soon enough

 

Now about that Will…

Notes:

How have Halloween changed so much where kids ask for money not trick or treats? Devastating.

There was supposed to be a Harry x Blaise tidbit in this chapter but the Snape scenes came to me much earlier lol I should just write it in a different chapter, then.

See you on the next one!

Chapter 18: Incomplete

Summary:

You remember two chapters ago when everything felt like it's going to be alright? Yeah, no.

Notes:

690 kudos and this officially marks the time where we're getting ready for the war! Trust me, I have a plan: Angst.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

SLAP!

 

The telltale sound of a hand meeting a cheek echoed the quiet halls of the Malfoy Manor. Winter holidays certainly do not seem to bode well for Draco and it's only been a week.

 

The people in the only portrait inside Draco's room immediately vacated. They've seen enough of that scene to last them several decades and honestly, it gets a bit boring. The current Patriarch loved disciplining the Heir far too much.

 

“Do you realize that all the authority you hold comes from me? You ungrateful child. How dare you embarrass me whenever you talk to the Dark Lord?”

 

Draco gritted his teeth in order to not answer back. Father was wrong. Draco's already established his position all by himself yet he's taking credit. Also, it was clearly clear that Voldy looked forward to his intellect and witty conversational skills!

 

“You must think so little of me and I will not stand for this Draco. You shall respect me. You shall respect the Dark Lord.” Lucius spat, eyes ablaze with anger as he backhanded his child.

 

Draco tumbled down the floor, hand immediately healing the stinging in his cheek. His eyes stayed on the ground, though he resisted glaring at his Father. Nothing good will come out of disrespecting the patriarch.

 

“You've been very arrogant as of late. Do you think because you'll be of age by next year, you'd be inheriting everything all at once? No, Draco. I'm afraid not. You will still live under my authority and will continue until I die and I'm not planning on dying any soon. With you like this, you are not ready. I don't even think you'll ever be ready.”

 

Draco kept his mouth shut, gripping his robes as he sat up and knelt in front of the Malfoy Patriarch. It's been awhile since Lucius brought up his inheritance. Did several missions from the Dark Lord have Death threats as a side taunt?

 

“Perhaps this will serve as a lesson to not embarrass me before the Dark Lord. You are still but a brat, Draco. There won't be a next time. Learn to behave or I'll have your Mother shipped off to Antarctica never to be seen again.”

 

Draco's first thought was, ‘Mother would love Antarctica’ before realising that the territory the Malfoys owned there was an asylum that doubled as a torture dungeon.

 

Mother will need to be strong and stay in France for now. Preferably out of Father's sight lest he'll do it on a whim.

 

Then, Draco felt warm. Too warm, actually.

 

Fire.

 

Blazing flames swept through Draco's room, unforgiving and unbiased. There was no time to even think as the fire spread through the curtains quickly like rampaging pixies.

 

“No!” Draco gasped out, horrified as his belongings slowly turned to ash before his very eyes. “Father!”

 

Draco felt magic encasing him and suddenly he couldn't move.

 

Lucius Malfoy temporarily paralyzed his son so he could watch his bedroom be set on fire.

 

“Father, I'm sorry!” Draco tried, resisting the spell and trying the counterspell non-verbally. He screamed as flames licked the back of his feet. It was scalding and a true embodiment of Lucius's anger. “Please forgive me!”

 

Receding footsteps and a slam of a door.

 

Draco hates that sound.

 

Please, please, please, please...

 

Nothing worked.

 

Draco yelled out in frustration, sobbing when he succeeded in rolling away from the fire a few feet away a minute later. The fire has already spread out and the Manor groaned as if it was feeling Draco's pain.

 

“No.” Draco despaired, as his childhood bed went up in flames.

 

“No!” Draco tried every spell he could think of but Lucius's magick was too powerful. His magic was bound and he felt helpless. “Father, please stop this!”

 

He couldn't cast a thing.

 

“NO!” 

 

The flames reached his trunk.

 

It was fireproof, wasn't it? Waterproof as well. It could survive, right?? What was inside his trunk??

 

Homework, letters, some Daily Prophet, too much paper, some clothes, stationery,... where is Joker’s journal?

 

Where did he last put it?!

 

Draco gasped out, flinching. The spell is lifting! Was it perhaps so he could get out of the room before he's consumed by flames as well? Draco didn't care about that, he needed to find his journal.

 

Whipping his wand out, he wrote out filtration runes and immediately taking a deep breath as clean air filled his lungs. The smoke was so thick, it was getting harder to see. The Manor groaned, windows rattling to open. Flames whooshed out when the glass broke from the heat.

 

Draco let out a soundless laugh, at least the Manor is on his side.

 

Water spells valiantly tried to take out the fire. Even an Aqua Eructo and an Aguamenti Maxima wasn't enough.

 

Screaming in horror as the fire reached his desk, Draco got out of the rune circle as tears finally fell from his eyes.

 

Joker’s journal is on fire!!

 

“No, please, no. Please no!” Draco sobbed as he put it in a water orb, dousing the flames.

 

Letting out an anguished sound as he valiantly tried to save one of the most important thing in his world.

 

Flipping it open, he didn't care if the quill he was holding had embers on its feathers. There was only little time to write and Draco wailed as he felt the magic slowly disappearing.

It was as if his heart had burned along with the paper.

 

D: I'm sorry 

 

D: I love you 

 

“I'm sorry.” Draco gripped the quill he's holding too tightly, breaking it in half. “I love you.”

 

That was the only thing he could write as all the paper burned and all Draco had left was nothing.

 

“I'm so sorry.” Draco sobbed, clutching the remains of his journal.

 

The black journal was now just a normal one. The magic seeped out the moment it started burning. There were no pages left. It was no longer thick with magical pages. The only thing left was burned leather.

 

Draco couldn't do anything. Draco, once again, couldn't save his connection to his Comforts.

 

First was the letters. Years ago.

 

He was already heartbroken; he doesn't have a physical copy of his happiness back then.

 

Now, the journal.

 

What goes beyond a broken heart?

 

Tears ran down his cheeks as he hugged the burnt down journal to his chest. Flames continued to burn down his room as his water spells wavered and evaporated because he couldn't maintain it.

 

He needed to have a clear head.

 

How can he have a clear head?

 

CRACK!

 

Tilly snapped her fingers and the fire was subdued.

 

Oh, yeah. He has a house elf that he could summon the moment the fire spread out. How could Draco be so stupid?

 

“Tilly…” Draco laughed weakly, how could he not remember until it's too late? “where were you five minutes ago?”

 

Tilly was weeping at the state of her Master's room. She whined pitifully at the sight of her injured master. It was all her fault!!

 

“Tilly be tending to Young Master’s stable!!” Tilly blubbered, knocking her head on the ground repeatedly. “Tilly come too late!”

 

The stables were five hundred meters away from the Manor. Of course, the fire could be seen too late.

 

“Master Lucius order!” Tilly added and suddenly, everything made sense.

 

His Father will be blaming Tilly for this. Tilly was his real punishment. Another heart wrenching punishment. 

 

His need to mourn the journal could wait. His house elf is in danger. He can't have that in his conscience.

 

“Tilly, I need to be honest with you. You were set up. This fire will be blamed on you, you will die. I don't want that. I need you to understand my actions, okay?”

 

Tilly’s swollen eyes met his. Realisation set in and the house elf started shaking her head violently. 

 

“I need to give you clothes.”

 

Tilly's anguished wail could rival Draco's the moment he saw his burning journal. Draco gritted his teeth at the reminder.

 

“No, Young Master! Tilly does not need clothes!!!” The house elf denied vehemently, going on all fours and bowing.

 

“Dobby!” Draco desperately called as he tucked his journal inside his inner pocket. Fortunately, it was big enough to fit. Shrinking it wouldn't be wise right now or it may disappear like a speck of dust with his mental state.

 

Going to his walk-in closet, he heaved a sigh of relief since the flames didn't seem to reach his wardrobe. Wasn't that a definite evidence that his Father wanted to blame the house elf? He needed clothing to free one.

 

“Dobby, please. I need you!”

 

Draco immediately grabbed his most expensive vicuna scarf and went back to the room just as he heard a distinct crack.

 

Dobby flapped his ears in greeting.

 

“The wards let in Dobby!” Dobby cheered.

 

Draco could cry tears of joy because the Manor lowered the wards for Dobby by itself. Thank Salazar for sentient houses.

 

“Dobby, Tilly is in danger. Father will make her take responsibility for this.” 

 

Dobby frowned at the state of Draco's room, seeing Draco's tearstained cheeks and Tilly's breakdown. He snapped his fingers and Draco felt freshening charms and first aid spells wash through him. Had he looked so bad?

 

He felt nothing.

 

“I need to set her free so she can live. Do you think you could help Tilly?”

 

Dobby nodded, determined. He patted Tilly's back in comfort. Time will only tell that being free is not so bad and his fellow elf doesn't understand that yet.

 

“Tilly, I'm sorry it had to be this way. When the time comes when I own this Manor, I'd like it if I could still be able to hire you for your help. Thank you for your wonderful service after all these years.”

 

Tilly just kept sobbing and nodding, going to her master for a hug. Draco hugged her back fiercely, tearing up as he placed the scarf around her shoulders. The connection between Master and House elf snapping had both of them flinching. Even though Tilly felt even more powerful, she felt helpless as she couldn't help her Young Master. She doesn't feel the connection. She is an empty being.

 

“M-master had given T-tilly a…a scarf.. Tilly is free…” Tilly sobbed out, clutching the material as if it would disintegrate.

 

“Yes. You are.” Draco confirmed, trying to hold back thinking how he lost so much in one night, in under an hour. Years of etiquette was the only reason his voice did not break.

 

Draco also handed a small bag of galleons towards Dobby, fishing it out of his endless pocket.

 

“It's not much, Dobby. But I hope it'll help.”

 

Dobby squeaked when he saw the inside of the bag. They could live for years. “It's too much!”

 

“Please take it.” Draco said stubbornly. It was the only silver lining he could think of. At least his house elves are free. “You need to go now. Father is coming.”

 

Dobby hugged Draco as well before dragging Tilly away from the Malfoy Heir, holding the distraught house elf and snapping away.

 

Draco was relieved for the timing because the moment they disappeared was just in time for Lucius Malfoy to come back and stare at the pathetic state he left his heir with.

 

“How dare you release a house elf without permission?” Lucius sneered, scoffing at his son. Draco must look like a filthy mudblood with how unkempt he was.

 

“Well, you released Dobby from our care without repercussions, Father. I ought to do it myself to my personal house elf, don't you think?”

 

“This act of rebellion ends now.” Lucius stated, “if you're being stubborn about it, this room will not be refurbished.”

 

Draco smiled at his father, all teeth and fake. His eyes glinted with malice.

 

“I have nothing left to lose.”

 

No more Joker.

 

No more Tilly.

 

No more Comforts.

 

His morals are at an all-time low.

 

Lucius took one look at the manic eyes of Draco and decided he'd punished the boy enough for one night. Any more and he'll have another Black madman to deal with.

 

“Sleep in one of the guest rooms for tonight.”

 

A restoration spell was embedded on the walls of the Manor, a whisper of the Patriarch-only spells had the Manor groaning back to life as it started the process of remaking the room.

 

Lucius left Draco without hearing his reply. Perhaps his stubborn heir had learned his lesson.

 

Draco glanced at the slowly healing walls. The soot disappeared and the smell of smoke vanished. He sat at the center of his room, taking in the way the damage was repairing itself. Only the furniture couldn't be saved. Only his belongings.

 

Upon checking, nothing survived inside his trunk as well. On his desk. On his bed. Nothing.

 

Draco tried the mirror message, just to be sure. He sent a wave of magic and the mirror immediately shattered. It couldn't handle Draco's magick.

 

Looking at the shards on the floor, Draco thought it was too fitting to how he felt that night. 

 

Shattered. In pieces. Vulnerable. Useless.

 

He stayed inside the room until the room healed and looked as good as new. The burnt furniture was taken away by the remaining house elves and was tasked to clean up the rest of the mess.

 

Draco stayed inside the room, the house elves changing his burned robes and sending several cleaning and freshening charms towards him again. He almost looked good as new, too.

 

Draco sat by the windowsill that could fit two of him, the newly fixed majestic windows still open to let the breeze in.

 

What a life.

 

What Father would burn down their child's room just because his Father's boss liked him more?

 

Ridiculous.

 

Clutching the remains of his journal, Draco curled up in a fetal position and mourned. He gripped the leather tightly, wishing the journal was in his person moments before his Father visited him. That way, it would've been safe.

 

Tonight, a part of him died in that fire. It was swallowed up by flames and turned to ashes.

 

Vengeance calls for him.

 

Draco hopes Joker is calling for him, too.

 

Tell me to come to the light, Joker.

 

 

D: I'm sorry

 

D: I love you 

 

Jo: We love you too, Darling!

 

Ker: We love you more than you love us!!

 

Ker: Why are you saying sorry for?

 

Jo: You did nothing wrong, darling!!

 

 

There were days when Aunt Bella almost seemed like she's the Aunt Bella that Draco remembered fondly. The person before Draco’s first magic lesson at five years old. Before she went paranoid when one by one her fellow Death Eaters were taken to Azkaban.

 

“You will love again the stranger who was your self.

Give wine. Give bread, Give back your heart

to itself, to the stranger who has loved you

all your life, whom you ignored

for another, who knows you by heart.”

 

Draco watched from afar as she recited the poem from a poetry book written by a warlock, gazing at the garden his mother tended when she's in the Manor.

 

Draco wondered if she's remembering reading aloud the same poem for him during tea time all those years ago. Was it a happy memory for her?

 

Yet the moment she turns away from the garden and sees her dear nephew, the atmosphere changes and she's back to the Aunt Bella who always loved to teach him Dark Arts. Was his magic proficiency to blame for the personality switch? No one can know the answer.

 

There were also days when you have nothing to look forward to or nothing to keep you going dragged arduously slow and leaves an achy, empty feeling. 

 

Draco welcomed the new year with a brand on his arm because there was no escaping his Aunt dragging him towards the Dark Lord and demanding he be marked before he goes back to Hogwarts.

 

She was in one of her moods, the paranoid kind that you get when you've been in prison for years. Not that Draco would know what it was like but he did learn quickly never to disobey his Aunt lest he'll be the receiving end of a wand or knife. Healing scars can tire oneself if done so frequently, you know.

 

“And how would you think it would get past the Ministry, Bella?” Voldemort asked, even though he's already pulling his wand out. 

 

“We'll be raiding the Ministry anyway.” She huffed, gripping Draco's left arm tightly because she thinks he'll try to flee. He wasn't so it just hurt. “My nephew knows glamours like the back of his hand. The Marking inside the Manor can't be detected. Unforgivables have tracking spells and yet I've freely used them here, right?”

 

Draco hadn't thought of that at all. Aunt Bella had a point and the Dark Lord looked at Draco in glee.

 

There really was no way out of this, huh? There was, he could say something logically like all those months ago.

 

But…

 

Whatever.

 

It was coming anyway. It was inevitable. Why bother delay it?

 

“I will serve you, my Lord.”

 

Draco bowed and Voldemort laughed. It was a victorious, manic laughter of a villain who has plans going along well. Draco never wanted to hear it again.

 

Nagini wrapped herself around Draco as if hugging him in delight.

 

A flash of white light and his whole arm felt like it was on fire.

 

Draco resisted screaming in pain. It would only give Aunt Bella the satisfaction she wanted, seeing her dear nephew in pain.

 

“That's right, Draco. Accept the Dark Lord! His connection with you!”

 

Draco closed his eyes and breathed in.

 

Then, he locked away everything.

 

Joker, the Golden Trio, Viktor, Neville, Blaise, Pansy, Moony and Padfoot

 

When he breathed out and opened his eyes, the snake and skull he'd seen for months was stark in his pale arm, forever engraved in his skin.

 

“It looks good on you, my drakey!”

 

Draco was pulled into a hug and it felt like thorny vines surrounded him. It was suffocating, disorienting and utterly made him feel devastated.

 

A part of him died again and he doesn't know how much his broken heart can take.

 

 

Dearest, JoKer…

 

I'm back to writing letters I don't even know you'll receive again. It's ironic, it's hurting me and I hate it.

 

I am healing people here so they'd survive but it has been days and at first they were grateful but now it's just another form of merciless act. I don't know what to feel.

 

I made eye contact with my reflection on the mirror. I saw the mark.

 

I hated myself.

 

I smiled, knowing you both loved to see me happy.

 

I hate myself less. Kind of. Sort of.

 

I wanted to be better for you.

 

I miss you.

 

 

Always Yours (no matter what they say),

 

D

 

 

It was the day before he needed to go back to Hogwarts already and Draco has been testing layered glamours and potions on his Dark Mark. It was quite a time consuming and intricate work to make it as seamless as possible. He'll need to be able to maintain it for almost a whole day and have precautions inside the dorms as well.

 

Magic thrumming around him was familiar and welcomed. After the knowledge of his Father being able to render him magic bound, he's taken to storing some of his magic in his wand. As much as it can take.

 

He'll need to know the spell for that. If Harry would be on the receiving end, there's no knowing what would happen. Before the holidays, Draco almost felt Harry was ready to take on the Dark Lord despite the Horcruxes but he'd been naive to think so. They need to do so much more planning.

 

They need to find the Horcruxes before they graduate or better yet, identify what it is. 

 

For that, he'll first need to get into the Dark Lord's good graces. There's so much information when lips are loose even in his presence.

 

“How is your mission going, Draco?” Voldemort asked, asking for updates.

 

“Regarding my mission to eliminate Dumbledore, I have my plans already set to motion, sir.”

 

“How about the infiltration?”

 

“It's also in the works. I plan to eliminate the headmaster on the same day Death Eaters will swarm Hogwarts.”

 

Voldemort cackled, loud and grating. “Yes! What absolutely delightful news. I cannot wait! Have it ready before the school year ends, dragonling! My army is nearly done converging.”

 

Draco bowed and swiftly made his way out of the receiving room. He bumped into Peter Pettigrew out of the way. 

 

The pitiful being looked like a forest goblin with his shaggy hair, black eyebags, saggy skin and unruly appearance. The effect of (unknowingly) consuming nightmare potions and being Nagini’s plaything.

 

“You're not even a part of the inner circle, either!” Peter hissed when he felt Draco’s judging stare.

 

Draco laughed.

 

It was loud, hysterical laughter. It sounded so unhinged, it brought goosebumps to those who heard it.

 

Bellatrix, who just came inside the Manor bloody and insane, looked like the proudest aunt as she watched what she's stumbled into.

 

Wormtail shivered in fear as Nagini went out the receiving room, intimidated. He nearly shrieked as Nagini slithered close to reach Draco. The beloved snake hissed as she intimidated the rat into squeaking in terror.

 

Draco looked at Pettigrew blankly. This rat just had to be in his presence while he's at the breaking point. Pity was a reoccurring emotion whenever he sees the traitorous rat.

 

You know what? Fuck being good.

 

To Hel with self-preservation.

 

To the underworld with cunningness.

 

Draco is so tired.

 

He is so fucking tired.

 

“Do you see this, Peter Pettigrew?” Draco raised the left sleeve of his robe, undoing the glamours with a swift wave of his hand.

 

The Dark Mark was stark against the porcelain skin of the Malfoy heir.

 

The snake inside the skull looked alive.

 

“I hold the record of the Youngest Death Eater MARKED.” Draco chuckled, mirthless. “I beat you and your only achievement in Hogwarts.”

 

He's Marked!!

 

It makes him feel like a few screws went loose during the process.

 

Is he becoming like Aunt Bella, then?

 

Maybe hysteria really was in his pure pure blood.

 

What was the point of resisting being Marked when it would inevitably happen?

 

He was such a fool.

 

“I was given the honour for that.” Draco continued, pacing around the room. “Didn't I tell you years ago? You're nothing but a pawn. Look at me, just a few months and I've already come this far. How about you? Years of servitude to the Dark Lord and you're just here as collateral damage. The Dark Lord has a certain demand for skill and competence but you're just here as a plaything. So yes, I may not be in the inner circle but I'm so much more than you could ever hope to be.”

 

Peter scrambled away, tail between his legs as Nagini rose up and hissed at him. The stench of humiliation poured out of his pitiful body.

 

Anyone else who might have seen the scene would think that they went back to the past with how Draco was leaking pure magick, intimidating everyone in his path. Like how the Dark Lord was during his youth.

 

Silver-grey eyes glowed right beside gold, a question lingering in the air.

 

“Do you fear death?”

 

 

The dungeons, despite the population it holds, were deathly silent.

 

A rock rolling around the floor would've been heard loud and clear.

 

Breathing even feels illegal to do in the presence of the new Death Eater roaming the halls of the dungeons.

 

“The Healer of Death,” one whispered, trembling.

 

“He's here.” one whimpered out.

 

You'd have thought they'd come scrambling towards the front of their cages for healing despite their tortured wounds.

 

But no.

 

What was the point of healing when they'll be hurt again?

 

And the Healer of Death was too good at his job.

 

Recent scars disappeared from his potions.

 

Pain from countless Crucios alleviated.

 

The wounds were healed as if nothing happened.

 

Even the freshening charms feel like they've washed up and felt better than when the house elves had done it.

 

It would've been seen as such a good and gracious act, healing other people.

 

If it only weren't for the endless cycle of torture, be healed, torture that's gone on for days or weeks now. If only their skin wasn't broken once again like it's the first time they got tortured. If only their pain tolerance hasn't even improved since they've been taken prisoner. They were always as good as new.

 

“I don't want to be healed!” one wailed, screaming in agony as he felt the pain dissipate. “Please, healer. Please!”

 

“...Take him to the Dark Lord.”

 

“No! Please, I beg of you!”

 

Other prisoners turned away as the person was dragged out, crying and worn out.

 

“What's the point of healing us if you let us get hurt again, Healer!? Spare us! Have mercy!”

 

“Have mercy!!”

 

“Please!”

 

The door creaked open and the intensity of the screams heightened. The Healer of Death went out with the door banging close, their pleas ignored.

 

Maybe there was something about others suffering as much as you that brings some semblance of comfort in these dreary days.

 

Not that anyone would know that.

 

Not that anyone would care.

 

 

Dearest Jo and Ker,

 

I've written out a hundred letters of apologies by now. I know you'll tire of reading it the moment I sent it.

 

So, today, I'm going to thank you.

 

Thank you for the time we had together.

 

Thank you for making me smile.

 

Thank you for making me laugh.

 

Thank you for seeing me as Just Draco.

 

Thank you for always being there for me.

 

Thank you for all the letters you've given me.

 

Thank you for creating a journal meant to contact me.

 

Thank you for accepting who I am.

 

Thank you for giving me warm hugs.

 

Thank you for all the picnics and dates.

 

Thank you for saying you love me.

 

Thank you for teaching me how to love.

 

Thank you for being my Jo and my Ker.

 

Thank you for existing, my Joker.

 

I'm g lad the love that found me was yours.

 

I miss you.

 

I love you, still.

 

Thank you for the memories.

 

 

XOXO,

 

Your Darling D

 

 

 

Notes:

(side eye to the 18/??)

Notes:

How's that for a first chapter? Let me know if there's some scenarios you want to read in Us, Together! I'm currently accepting requests to put extra scenes in future chapters!

Happy birthday, Fred and George! Let's have the time of our lives for the adventure we'll read on the last book of Our Darling D series!

P.s i certainly do hope that the emojis are visible to everyone because I want it to stay in the story (◍•ᴗ•◍)✧*。

Series this work belongs to: